This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
a and an uncountable set c Ker
+iv> yields a function with positive real part and the second of Yabuta's criteria applies. 2.3. Strongly exposed points. Whereas it seems impossible to give a characterization of exposed points that allows to check if a given function in aB(HI (II)))) is an exposed point, it is possible to characterize the strongly exposed points. This is the content of work of Nakazi and, independently, the first author. Let us describe strongly exposed points in terms of properties of the exposing functional. THEOREM 2.12 ([2,4]). II alunction IE 8B(H 1 (1I)))) is strongly exposed, then d( Tfr, HOO) < 1. (d = Loo-distance). PROOF. Suppose that the LOO-distance of
O. Recall Corollary 2.18: if f is strongly exposed then for all small c > 0, the functions p+e and 1/ f1+ e are contained in HI. This result can be sharpened somewhat using Theorem 2.21:
68
PAUL BENEKER AND JAN WIEGERINCK
PROPOSITION 2.23 ([2]). Let f be a strongly exposed point in the unit ball of HI. Then for all sufficiently small c > 0, the (normalized) functions ce f1+E: and del f1+E: of unit norm are again strongly exposed in the unit ball of HI. The Proposition explains the following examples from [47]. EXAMPLES 2.24. A polynomial is rigid in HI if and only if its zeros on the unit circle are single zeros (and it is zero-free on llJ), obviously). Any normalized polynomial P with at least one single zero on '][' is not strongly exposed however, because 1/ P ¢ HI Let f#(z) be the extreme point c(1 + z) log2(1 + z) in the unit ball of HI. Because f# is outer and because 1/lf#1 E LI, we conclude that f# is exposed (Theorem 2.9. 1). However, 1/lf#1 ¢ L1+E:, so f# is not strongly exposed.
2.5. Toeplitz operators and De Branges-Rovnyak spaces. Let P+ be the orthogonal projection of L2('][') onto H2: 00 00 P+(Lane inll ) = Lane inll , -00 0 and let P_ be the orthogonal projection of L2 onto (H2).l. 00 -1 P_(Lane inll ) = Laneinll . -00 -00
=
H~:
DEFINITION 2.25. Given a bounded function '¢ E LOC the Toeplitz operator T", is the bounded map T", : H2 _ H2 given by T",(f) = P+('¢f).
We say that '¢ is the defining function of the Toeplitz operator T",. We see that the norm of the Toeplitz operator T", is at most 1I,¢1I00. It is not difficult to show that the norm of T", is in fact equal to 1I'¢1I00, but we will not need this result. Also, it is a routine exercise to verify that the adjoint of T", is the Toeplitz operator Ttji. Clearly, if'¢ E Hoo, then T",(f) = '¢f. Combining these two observations we have the following result: LEMMA 2.26. If cp or'¢ is contained in H oo , then T-qiT", = TVi",. Given a function '¢ E Loo, the Hankel operator H", (with defining function '¢) is the bounded operator H",(f)
= '¢f - T",(f) = (I - P+)(,¢f) = P_('¢f)
from H2 into (H2).l.. By the same reasoning the norm of H", is at most 1I,¢1I00. If two functions cp and '¢ in Loo differ by an element of H OO , then the associated Hankel operators coincide. Hence the operator norm of H", is at most Loo-dist('¢,HOO). The basic fact about Hankel operators, due to Z. Nehari, is that equality holds: THEOREM 2.27 ([34]). The operator norm of H", equals the Loo -distance of '¢ to HOO.
THE BOUNDARY OF THE UNIT BALL IN
HI_TYPE
SPACES
69
The following result (and its corollaries) will be of great importance. We only have as reference Sarason's notes [43]. THEOREM 2.28. (Devinatz-Rabindranathan) If'IjJ is unimodular, then T1fJ is left-invertible if and only if Loo-dist('IjJ,Hoo) < 1.
A bounded linear operator L : X -+ Y is said to be left-Fredholm if the range of X under L is closed and of finite codimension in Y. For left-Fredholm operators one has the following result. COROLLARY 2.29 ([11]). (Douglas-Sarason) If'IjJ is unimodular, then T1fJ is left-Fredholm if and only if the Loo -distance of'IjJ to HOO + C is less than 1. See [43], p. 119 ff. also for a proof of the next result COROLLARY 2.30 ([9, 49]). (Devinatz-Widom) If'IjJ is unimodular, then T1fJ is invertible if and only if'IjJ can be written as ei(uH), where u and v are real functions in Loo such that IIvll oc < 'IT". We will now explain the relation between Toeplitz operators and rigidity (exposedness) of functions in HI. LEMMA 2.31. Let f be an outer function in HI. Then f is rigid if and only if the Toeplitz operator with defining function
0 the set Kn(
O. In particular, every Choquet simplex has the unique decomposition property. A result of Grothendieck [10], see also [5, p. 272], shows that the state space of a (unital) C*-algebra has the unique decomposition property. Thus the results of this paper apply, giving an affine homeomorphism between the state spaces K and S of two C*-algebras whenever the associated (real) affine function spaces A(K) and A(S) are linearly isometric. We give some examples below, the second and third of which show that the unique decomposition property and the condition of Ellis and So are independent geometric properties of a compact convex set. EXAMPLE 2.1. Let K be the state space of the C*-algebra M 2 , of all 2 x 2 matrices over C. Then, by Grothendieck's result, K has the unique decomposition property. Also, K is affinely homeomorphic to a closed ball in 1R3 (see [2, p. 241]) and satisfies the condition of Ellis and So since it has no proper complementary faces. EXAMPLE 2.2. Let K be a triangular bi-simplex in 3-dimensional space as in the figure below, Figure 1. Then no proper face is (geometrically) parallel to any other and hence K n (
o. It follows, by the geometric characterisation of Ellis, that K has the unique decomposition property. However (F, F') is a pair of complementary faces of K, but not split, and hence K does not satisfy the condition of Ellis and So. EXAMPLE 2.3. Let K be an icosahedron in 3-dimensional space. Then K satisfies the condition of Ellis and So because it has no proper complementary faces. However it does not have t.he unique decomposition property because it has
F
FIGURE 1. The bi-simplex of Example 2.2
154
AUDREY CURNOCK, JOHN HOWROYD, AND NGAI-CHING WONG
faces (geometrically) parallel to each other and hence K n (cp + aK) can have empty interior for some cp E A(K)* and a > O. 3. Results
Throughout this section K and 8 will denote compact convex sets of locally convex (Hausdorff) spaces. We will also let T: A(K) ~ A(8) denote a surjective linear isometry. Notice that if T1 = 1 then for cp E A(8)* with Ilcpli = 1 = cp(1), we have IIT*cpll = licp 0 Til = licpli = 1 = cp(1) = cp(T1) = T*cp(1); here T*: A(8)* ~ A(K)* denotes the dual map of T. Consequently T*(8) = K and hence T* induces an affine homeomorphism a: 8 ~ K such that Tf(s) = T*s(f) = f(a(s)) for all s E 8; that is, T is a composition operator f f-+ f 0 a. In Proposition 3.3 we see that T is a weighted composition operator if and only if T1 is central. To do this we 'decompose' 8 by defining (3.1)
81
= {s E 8: (Tl)(s) = I}
and
82 = {s E 8 : (T1)(s)
= -I}.
It is clear that 8 1 and 8 2 are closed faces of 8. LEMMA 3.1. Let 8 1 and 8 2 be as in (3.1). Then 88 are closed parallel faces of 8.
~
8 1 U 8 2, and 8 1 and 8 2
PROOF. Observe that the dual map T* is a linear isometry from A(8)* onto A(K)*. Hence T* maps the extreme points of the closed unit ball of A(8)* onto the extreme points of the closed unit ball of A(K)*. Thus
T*(88 U 8( -8)) = 8K U 8( -K). Consequently, for each s E 88 we have T* s is in 8K or 8( - K) and hence
Tl(s) = T*s(l) = ±1. Therefore 88 ~ 8 1 U 8 2 and thus by the Krein-Milman Theorem 8 = co (81 U 8 2), since 8, 8 1 and 82 are all (weak*) compact. Thus 8 1 and 8 2 are complementary faces since they are clearly disjoint. For each s in 8 with s = >.x + (1 - >')y, where x E 8 1 , Y E 8 2, and>' E (0,1), we have T* s = >'T*x + (1 - >')T*y. Thus,
= T*s(1) = >'T*x(1) + (1- >')T*y(1) = >. - (1- >.) = 2>' - 1. This establishes the uniqueness of>. = ((Tl)(s) + 1)/2 and the result follows. Tl(s)
0
We now specialise to the case when K and 8 have the unique decomposition property. LEMMA 3.2. Let 8 1 and 8 2 be as in (3.1). 8uppose that K has the unique decomposition property. Then 8 1 and 8 2 are complementary split faces of 8. PROOF. By Lemma 3.1, for each s E 8\(81 U 8 2) we may write s = >.x + (1 - >.)y where x E 8 1 , Y E 8 2 and 0 < >. < 1, and>' is unique. We consider the decomposition T* s = >'T*x - (>. -1)T*y. Since x E 8 1 we have T*x E K and hence >'T*x is positive. Similarly, T*y E -K and hence (>. - I)T*y is positive. Also
IIT*sll = 1 = >. + (1- >.) = Ii>'T*xli + 11(>' -
I)T*yli· Thus, by the unique decomposition property, >'T*x and (>. -1)T*y are unique. By the uniqueness of >., we have T*x and T*y are unique. Since T is surjective, T* is injective and the result follows. 0
THE UNIQUE DECOMPOSITION PROPERTY AND BANACH-STONE THEOREM
155
By replacing T by T- 1 in (3.1) we may 'decompose' K by defining (3.2) K1 = {k E K : T- 11(k) = I} and K2 = {k E K : T- 11(k) = -I}. Applying Lemmas 3.1 and 3.2 to T- 1 we see that K1 and K2 are complementary split faces of K whenever S has the unique decomposition property. We say that T is a weighted composition operator whenever there exists a central function h in A(S) and a continuous affine mapping (1: S -+ K such that Tf = h· f 0 (1 for all f E A(K); that is, Tf(s) = h(s)f((1(s)) for all sEaS. The following proposition asserts that the linear isometry T is a weighted composition operator, with Tl(s) = ±1 on as, if and only if Tl is central. PROPOSITION 3.3. Let T: A(K) -+ A(S) be a linear mapping. Then the following are equivalent: a) T is an isometry and Tl is central; b) T is a weighted composition operator of the form T f = h . f 0 (1 for all f E A(K) where (1 is an affine homeomorphism and h(s) = ±1 for all sEas. PROOF. See [4, Theorem 3.3] or [13].
o
We now apply the above decompositions of K and S to prove our main theorem. THEOREM 3.4. Suppose that K and S have the unique decomposition property. Then the real affine function spaces A(K) and A(S) are linearly isometric if and only if K and S are affinely homeomorphic. Moreover, every linear isometry from A(K) onto A(S) may be written as a weighted composition operator. PROOF. It suffices to show necessity. Suppose that T is a linear isometry from A(K) onto A(S). We 'decompose'S into the complementary split faces Sl and S2 of (3.1) and, similarly, K into the complementary split faces K1 and K2 of (3.2). Since (T-1)* = (T*)-l, we have T*(Sd = K1 and T*(S2) = -K2' and hence we may define (1: S -+ K by (1(,xx + (1 - ,x)y) = ,xT*(x) - (1 - ,x)T*(y)
whenever x E Sl, Y E S2 and 0 :5 ,x :5 1. We see that (1 is an affine homeomorphism from S = co (Sl U S2) onto K = co (K1 U K 2). Moreover, to show that T is a weighted composition operator it suffices, by Proposition 3.3, to show that h = Tl is central. Let f E A(S) then, since (1: S -+ K is an affine homeomorphism, we may write f = gO(1 for some g E A(K). Note that for x E Sl we have Tg(x) = T*x(g) = g((1(x)) = h(x)f(x). Similarly for x E S2 we have Tg(x) = T*x(g) = -g((1(x)) = h(x)f(x). Therefore, for all x E as £;; Sl U S2 we have Tg(x) = h(x)f(x), and the result follows. 0 References [1] E.M. Alfsen, Compact convex sets and boundary Integmls, Ergebnisse der Mathematik, 57, (Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 1971). [21 L. Asimow and A.J. Ellis, Convexity theory and its applications in functional analysis, London Math. Soc. Monograph, 16 (Academic Press, London, 1980). [3] E. Behrends, M -Structure and the Banach-Stone Theorem, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 736, (Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 1979). [4] A. Curnock, J. Howroyd, and N.-C. Wong, Isometries of affine function spaces, preprint. [5] J. Dixmier, C*-Algebms (North-Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdem-New York-Oxford, 1982).
AUDREY CURNOCK, JOHN HOWROYD, AND NGAI-CHING WONG
156
[6] A.J. Ellis, An intersection property for state spaces, J. London Math. Soc., 43 (1968), 173176. [7] A.J. Ellis; Minimal decompositions in partially ordered normed spaces, Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc., 64 (1968),989-1000. [8] A.J. Ellis, On partial orderings of normed spaces, Math. Scand., 23 (1968), 123-132. [9] A.J. Ellis and W.S. So, Isometries and the complex state spaces of uniform algebras, Math. Z., 195 (1987), 119-125. [10] A. Grothendieck, Un result at sur Ie dual d'une C*-algebre, J. Math. Pures Appl., 36 (1957), 97-108. [11] A.J. Lazar, Affine products of simplexes, Math. Scand., 22 (1968), 165-175. [12] R.R. Phelps, Lectures on Choquet's Theorem, Second Edition, Lecture notes in Mathematics 1757 (Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 2001). [13] T.S.R.K. Rao, Isometries of Ac(K), Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 85 (1982), 544-546. SCHOOL OF COMPUTING, INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND MATHEMATICS, SOUTH BANK UNIVERSITY, LONDON SE1 OAA, ENGLAND. E-mail address:curnocaOsbu.ac.uk DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES, GOLDSMITHS COLLEGE, UNIVERSITY OF LONDON, LONDON SE14 6NW, ENGLAND. E-mail address:masOljdhOgold.ac.uk DEPARTMENT OF ApPLIED MATHEMATICS, NATIONAL SUN YAT-SEN UNIVERSITY, KAOHSJUNG 80424, TAIWAN, R.O.C.
E-mail
address:wong~ath.nsysu.edu.tw
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328, 2003
A Survey of Algebraic Extensions of Commutative, Unital Normed Algebras Thomas Dawson ABSTRACT. We describe the role of algebraic extensions in the theory of commutative, unital normed algebras, with special attention to uniform algebras. We shall also compare these constructions and show how they are related to each other.
Introduction Algebraic extensions have had striking applications in the theory of uniform algebras ever since Cole used them (in [5]) to construct a counterexample to the peak-point conjecture. Apart from this, their main use has been in (a) the construction of examples of general, normed algebras with special properties and (b) the Galois theory of Banach algebras. We shall not discuss (b) here; a summary of some of this work is included in [29]. In the first section of this article we shall introduce the types of extensions and relate their applications. The section ends by giving the exact relationship between the types of extensions. Section 2 contains a table summarising what is known about the extensions' properties. A theme lying behind all the work to be discussed is the following question:
(Q) Suppose the normed algebra B is related to a subalgebra A by some specific property or construction. (For example, B might be integral over A: every element b E B satisfies ao + ... +an_1bn-1 +bn = 0 for some ao, ... ,an -1 EA.) What properties of A (for example, completeness or semisimplicity) must be shared by B? This is a natural question, and interesting in its own right. Many special cases of it have been studied in the literature. We shall review the related body of work in which B is constructed from A by adjoining roots of monic polynomial equations. Throughout this article, A denotes a commutative, unital normed algebra, and A its completion. The fundamental construction of [1] applies to this class of 1991 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 46J05, 46J10. This research was supported by the EPSRC. © 2003 American Mathematical Society 157
THOMAS DAWSON
158
algebras. Algebraic extensions of more general types of topological algebras have received limited attention in the literature (see [19], [21]). If E is a subset of a ring then (E) will stand for the the ideal generated by E. 1. Types of Algebraic Extensions and their Applications 1.1. Arens-Hoffman Extensions. Let a(x) = ao + ... + an_lx n- l + xn be a monic polynomial over the algebra A. The basic construction arising from A and a(x) is the Arens-Hoffman extension, Ao. This was introduced in [1]. Most of the obvious questions of the type (Q) for Arens-Hoffman extensions were dealt with in this paper and in the subsequent work of Lindberg ([18]' [20], [13]). See columns two and three of Table 2.2. All the constructions we shall meet are built out of Arens-Hoffman extensions. DEFINITION 1.1.1. A mapping 0: A - B between algebras A and B is called unital if it sends the identity of A to the identity of B. An extension of A is a commutative, unital normed algebra, B, together with a unital, isometric monomorphism
O:A-B.
The Arens-Hoffman extension of A with respect to a(x) is the algebra Ao := A[x]/(a(x)) under a certain norm; the embedding is given by the map v: a t-+ (a(x)) + a.
To simplify notation, we shall let x denote the coset of x and often omit the indeterminate when using a polynomial as an index. It is a purely algebraic fact that each element of Ao has a unique representative of degree less than n, the degree of a(x). Arens and Hoffman proved that, provided the positive number t satisfies the inequality t n ~ ~~:~ lIakll tk, then
I~
bkX
k
=
~ IIbkll t
k
(bo, ... , bn -
l
E
A)
defines an algebra norm on Ao. The first proposition shows that Arens-Hoffman extensions satisfy a certain universal property which is very useful when investigating algebraic extensions. It is not specially stated anywhere in the literature; it seems to be taken as obvious. 1.1.2. Let A(l) be a normed algebra and let 0: A(l) _ B(2) be a unital homomorphism of normed algebras. Let al (x) = ao + ... + an_lXn - l + xn E A(l) [x] and B(1) = A~l}. Let y E B(2) be a root of the polynomial a2(x) := O(ad(x) := O(ao) + ... +O(an_l)X n - l +xn. Then there is a unique homomorphism 1>: B(l) _ B(2) such that PROPOSITION
B(1)
~
II
/9
r
B(2)
is commutative and 1>(x) = y.
A(l)
The map 1> is continuous if and only if 0 is continuous. PROOF.
This is elementary; see [7]
o
ALGEBRAIC EXTENSIONS OF COMMUTATIVE NORMED ALGEBRAS
159
1.2. Incomplete Normed Algebras. A minor source of applications of Arens-Hoffman extensions fits in nicely with our thematic question (Q): these extensions are useful in constructing examples to show that taking the completion of A need not preserve certain properties of A. The method uses the fact that the actions of forming completions and ArensHoffman extensions commute in a natural sense. A special case of this is stated in [17]; the general case is proved in [7), Theorem 3.13, and follows easily from Proposition 1.1.2. It is convenient to introduce some more notation and terminology here. Let O(A) denote the space of continuous epimorphisms A --+ Cj when n appears on its own it will refer to A. As discussed in [1], this space, with the weak *-topology relative to the topological dual of A, generalises the notion of the maximal ideal space of a Banach algebra. In fact, it is easy to check that 0 is homeomorphic to 0(..4), the maximal ideal space of the completion of A. The Gelfand transform of an element a E A is defined by
a: n --+ C; W
1--+
w(a)
and the map sending a to a is a homomorphism, r, of A into the algebra, C(O), of all continuous, complex-valued functions on the compact, Hausdorff space O. We denote the image of r by A. A good reference for Gelfand theory is Chapter three of [24]. DEFINITION
1. 2.1 ([1)). The algebra A is called topologically semisimple if
r
is injective. If A is a Banach algebra then this condition is equivalent to the usual notion of semisimplicity. The precise conditions under which Aa is topologically semisimple if A is are determined in [1]. In [17] Lindberg shows that the completion of a topologically semisimple algebra need not be semisimple. In order to illustrate Lindberg's strategy we recall two standard properties of normed algebras.
1.2.2. The normed algebra A is called regular if for each closed subset E ~ 0 and wE O-E there exists a E A such that a(E) ~ {O} and a(w) = 1. The algebra is called local if A contains every complex function, f, on 0 such that every wE 0 has a neighbourhood, V, and an element a E A such that flv = alv. DEFINITION
It is a standard fact that regularity is stronger than localness; see Lemma 7.2.8 of [24). EXAMPLE 1.2.3. Let A be the algebra of all continuous, piecewise polynomial functions on the unit interval, I, and a(x) = x 2 - id/ E A[x]. Let A have the supremum norm. By the Stone-Weierstrass theorem, A = C(I) and hence n is identifiable with I. Clearly A is regular. We leave it as an exercise for the reader to find examples to show that Aa is not local. This is not hardj it may be helpful to know that in this example the space O(Aa) is homeomorphic to {(s, oX) E I xC: oX 2 = s}. This follows from facts in [1]. In the present example, neither localness nor regularity is preserved by (incomplete) Arens-Hoffman extensions.
THOMAS DAWSON
160
Finally we can explain the method for showing that some properties of normed algebras are not shared by their completions because, in the above, 'non-regularity' is not preserved by completion of Ao (nor is 'non-localness'). To see this, note that Ais clearly regular if A is and so by a theorem of Lindberg (see Table 2.2) the ArensHoffman extension (A)o is regular. But, by a result of [17] referred to above, this algebra is isometrically isomorphic to the completion of Aa. Of course Lindberg's original application was much more significant; there are simpler examples of the present result: for example the algebra of polynomials on I.
1.3. Uniform Algebras. It is curious that the application of Arens-Hoffman extensions to the construction of integrally closed extensions of normed algebras did not appear in the literature for some time after [1]. It was seventeen years later until a construction was given in [22]. Even then the author acknowledges that the constuction was prompted by the work of Cole, [5], in the theory of uniform algebras. Cole invented a method of adjoining square roots of elements to uniform algebras. He used it to extend uniform algebras to ones which contain square roots for all of their elements. Apart from feeding back into the general theory of commutative Banach algebras (mainly accomplished in [22] and [23]) his construction provided important examples in the theory of uniform algebras. We shall describe these after recalling some basic definitions. DEFINITION 1.3.1. A uniform algebra, A, is a subalgebra of C(X) for some compact, Hausdorff space X such that A is closed with respect to the supremum norm, separates the points of X, and contains the constant functions. We speak of 'the uniform algebra (A, X)'. The uniform algebra is natural if all of its homomorphisms wEn are given by evaluation at points of X, and it is called trivial if A = C(X).
Introductions to uniform algebras can be found in [4], [11], [26], and [16]. An important question in this area is which properties of (A, X) force A to be trivial. For example it is sufficient that A be self-adjoint, by the Stone-Weierstrass theorem. In [5] an example is given of a non-trivial uniform algebra, (B,X), which is natural and such that every point of X is a 'peak-point'. It had previously been conjectured that no such algebra existed. We shall describe the use of Cole's construction in the next section, but now we reveal some of the detail. PROPOSITION 1.3.2 ([5],[7]). Let U be a set of monic polynomials over the uniform algebra (A, X). There exists a uniform algebra (AU, XU) and a continuous, open surjection 7r: XU ---> X such that (i) the adjoint map 7r*: C(X) ---> C(XU) induces an isometric, unital monomorphism A ---> AU, and (ii) for every a E U the polynomial 7r*(a)(x) E AU[x] has a root Po E AU. PROOF. We let XU be the subset of X x such that for all a E U f(a)(K)
JO
cU consisting of the elements (K, >.)
+ ... + /(0) (K)>.n(0)-1 + >.n(o) n(a)-1 a 0
= 0
ALGEBRAIC EXTENSIONS OF COMMUTATIVE NORM ED ALGEBRAS
161
where o:(x) = f~Ol) + ... + f~(l)_lXn(Ol)-l + xn(Ol) E U. The reader can easily check that XU is a compact, Hausdorff space in the relative product topology and so the following functions are continuous: 11":
XU -+ X; (~, >.) ...... ~
POI: XU -+ C; (~, >.) ...... >'01
(0:
E U).
The extension AU is defined to be the closed subalgebra of C(XU) generated by 1I"*(A) U {POI: 0: E U} where 11"* is the adjoint map C(X) -+ C(XU) ; g ...... go 11". It is not hard to check that AU is a uniform algebra on XU with the required properties. 0 We shall call AU the Cole extension of A by U. Cole gave the construction for the case in which every element of U is of the form x 2 - f for some f E A. It is remarked in [22] that similar methods can be used for the general case; these were independently, explicitly given in [7]. By repeating this construction, using transfinite induction, one can generate uniform algebras which are integrally closed extensions of A. Full details of this, including references and the required facts on ordinal numbers and direct limits of normed algebras, can be found in [7]. Again this closely follows [5]. Informally the construction is as follows. Let v be a non-zero ordinal number. Set (Ao,Xo) = (A,X). For ordinal numbers T with 0 < T ~ V we define (A~" , X!:" )
(A.,-, X T )
if T = a
+1
and
= { l~ . (A u,Xu)u<.,-, (* 1I"p,u, 1I"p,u ) p~U
if T is a limit ordinal.
The construction requires sets of monic polynomials, Uu ~ Au [x], to be chosen inductively. The notation (Au, Xu )u<.,-, (1I";,u, 1I"p,u )P~U
(A, X).
-
Thus (A1' Xl) is just a Cole extension of (Ao, Xo). When U1 is a singleton we call Al a simple extension of Ao; the same adjective can be applied to ArensHoffman extensions. An integrally closed extension, (Av, Xv), is obtained by taking v to be the first uncountable ordinal. At the successor ordinals the whole set of monic polynomials is frequently used to extend the algebra, but this set is larger than necessary. The same procedure is used to obtain the integrally closed extensions in other categories (to be discussed in Section 1.6).
THOMAS DAWSON
162
1.4. Some Applications of Cole's Construction. Cole's method has been developed by others, including Karahanjan and Feinstein, to produce examples of non-trivial uniform algebras with interesting combinations of properties. We cite the following example of Karahanjan. THEOREM 1.4.1 (from [15], Theorem 4). There is a non-trivial, antisymmetric uniform algebra, A, such that (1) A is integrally closed, (2) A is regular, (3) n is hereditarily unicoherent, (4) G(A) is dense in A, and (5) the set of peak-points of A is equal to n. In the above, G(A) is our notation for the invertible group of A. We refer the reader to [15] and the literature on uniform algebras for the definitions of other terms we have not defined here. A further example in [15] also strengthens Cole's original counter-example. Both examples (of non-trivial, natural uniform algebras on compact, metriseable spaces, every point of which is a 'peak-point') are regular. Feinstein has varied the construction to obtain such an example which is not regular in [10]. The same author also used Cole extensions in [9] to answer a question of Wilken by constructing a non-trivial, 'strongly regular', uniform algebra on a compact, metriseable space. Returning to the sample theorem quoted above, note that some of these properties (for example the topological property of 'hereditary unicoherence') are consequences of the combination of other properties of the final algebra. By contrast, (2) and (4) hold because they are true for the base algebra on which the example is constructed. It is therefore very useful to know exactly when specific properties of a uniform algebra are transferred to those in a system of Cole extensions of it. The known results on this problem are summarised in the first column of Table 2.2. Determining if an algebra's property is shared by its algebraic extensions has led to some interesting devices. We shall elaborate on this topic in the next section. We remark in passing that the methods used in [15] to show that the final algebra has a dense invertible group have been simplified in [8]; in particular there is no need to develop the theory of 'dense thin systems' in [15].
1.5. A Further Remark on Cole Extensions. The reader will notice from Table 2.2 that virtually all properties of uniform algebras are preserved by Cole extensions. The key to obtaining most of these results is the following result, originating with Cole. PROPOSITION 1.5.1 ([5]'[23]). Let (Ar,Xrk:;v be a system of Cole extensions of (A, X). There exists a family of unital contractions (T.,.,r: C(Xr) -+ C(X.,.)).,.::;r::;v such that for all a ~ T ~ v (i) T.,.,r(A r ) ~ A.,., and (ii) T.,.,r 07r;,r = idc(X u )'
o
PROOF. See [23]. For example, it is easy to see from the existence of T: C(Xu) Cole extension AU is non-trivial if A i= C(X).
-+
C(X) that the
ALGEBRAIC EXTENSIONS OF COMMUTATIVE NORMED ALGEBRAS
163
The operator T was constructed in [5] for extensions by square-roots. In the case of a simple Cole extension, (A{o}, X{o}), there are at most two points y±(x:) in the fibre 7r- l (x:) for each x: E X and they correspond to the roots of the equation x 2 - f(x:) = 0 where o(x) = x 2 - f. The operator is then defined by
(g E C(X{o}), x: EX). For other sorts of monic polynomials it was not so obvious how to construct T. The basic techniques appeared in [22] (see the proof of Theorem 3.5) for simple extensions, and were further developed in the proof of Theorem 4 of [15], but it was not until [23] that a comprehensive construction was given. We must also mention the role of E. A. Gorin: he appears to have paved the way for [15] and [23].
1.6. Algebraic Extensions of Normed and Banach Algebras. As we have seen, algebraic extensions have had striking applications in the theory of uniform algebras. They have long been used as auxiliary constructions in the general theory of Banach algebras. Notable examples of this are in [14] and [25]; the latter explicitly uses Arens-Hoffman extensions. However algebraic extensions for Hormed algebras were apparently only studied in their own right in order to generalise the work of Cole and Karahanjan. We now turn to these generalisations. The basic extension generalising Arens-Hoffman extensions is called a standard normed extension. It is defined in the following theorem of Lindberg. THEOREM 1.6.1 ([22]). Let A be a normed algebra and U a set of monic polynomials over A. Let ~ be a well-ordering on U with least element 00' Then there exists a normed algebra, B u , with a family of subalgebras, (Bo)oEU, such that: (i) for all 0, (3 E U, Bo ~ Bf3 if 0 ~ (3, and, (ii) for all (3 E U, Bf3 is isometrically isomorphic to an Arens-HoffmBll extension of B
PROOF. See [22].
o
Lindberg shows how this leads to the construction of Banach algebras with interesting combinations of properties, one of which is integral closedness. Let the isometric isomorphism B
THOMAS DAWSON
164
Let ~Ot be the standard root of a E U, witll associated norm parameter tOt, and suppose (T/Ot)OtEU ~ B(2) is such that £I(a)(T/Ot) = 0 for all a E U. Tllen there is a unique, unital homomorphism ¢: B(l) --+ B(2) such that the following diagram is commutative B(1)
r~
~
B(2)
/9
A(1)
(Note added in proof: The map ¢ is continuous if and only if £I is continuous and
L OtEU
(n(a) -l)log+
(11~OtII) < +00 Ot
where log+ denotes the positive part of the logarithm, max(log,O).) PROOF. A simple application of transfinite methods and Proposition 1.1.2. 0 Purely algebraic standard extensions are defined in [22] and the main content of Lemma 1.6.2 is a statement about these. Narmania gives ([23]) an alternative construction for integrally closed extensions of a commutative, unital Banach algebra, A. His method is rather more conventional than the one used to define standard extensions. If U is a set of monic polynomials over A then the Narrnania extension of A by U is equal to the Banach-algebra direct limit of (As: 8 is a finite subset of U) where each As is isometrically isomorphic to A extended finitely many times by the Arens-Hoffman construction. As this paper is not readily available in English and we shall refer to the explicit construction of Narmania's extensions in the next result, we stop to report the precise details of this. If E is a set, the set of all finite subsets of E will be written E<wo. Let 8 = {ai, ... , am} ~ U and let tOt (a E U) be a valid choice of Arens-Hoffman normparameters (see Section 1.1). It is important to insist that distinct elements a, /3 E U are associated with distinct indeterminates XOt , x{3. Thus 8 is an abbreviation for {a1(xoJ, ... ,am(xo,J}. It is proved carefully in [23] that for q = Ls qsx~ll ... x~;;, E A[x U1 ' · •• ,xo: m ], the algebra of polynomials in m commuting indeterminates over A (s is a mult.iindex in No where No = {O}UN), then (8) +q has a unique representative whose degree in 3:O: j is less than than n(aj), the degree of aj(:ro: j ) (j = 1, ... ,m). For convenience we shall call such representatives minimal. Then if q is the minimal representative of (8) +q, 11(8) + qll := Ls IIqsll t~ll ••• t~: defines an algebra norm on As. The index set, U<wo is a directed set, directed by ~. The connecting homomorphisms VS.T (for 8 ~ T E U<wo) are the natural maps; they are isometries. Thus (sec [24] Section 1.3) Au is the completion of the normed direct limit, D := UsEU<wo As / "', where '" is an equivalence relation given by (8) + q '" (T) + r if and only if q - r E (8 UT) for 8, T E U<wo. Furthermore, the canonical map, Vs, which sends an element of As to its equivalence class in D, is an isometry. Note that A0 is defined to be A. We can now show how the types of extensions we have been considering are related. Many of the idea.'3 behind Proposition 1.6.3 are due to Narmania but we take the step of linking them to Cole and standard extensions.
ALGEBRAIC EXTENSIONS OF COMMUTATIVE NORMED ALGEBRAS
165
1.6.3. Let A be a commutative, unital Banach algebra and U a set of monic polynomials over A. Then, up to isometric isomorphism, Au = Bu. If A is a uniform algebra then we have PROPOSITION
A
u
--
--
= (Au)" = (Bur,
where the closures are taken with respect to the supremum norm. PROOF.
It is easily checked that if B is a normed algebra then the homeomor-
phism 12(B) ---t O(B) induces an isometric isomorphism B" ---t (B)". It is therefore sufficient to prove that Au = Bu and that AU = (Bu)". The last equality follows very quickly from the universal property of standard extensions mentioned above and the simplicity of the definition of AU. We shall only prove the first identification; the second can be proved by a similar approach. Although what follows is routine, we hope that it will help to clarify the details of standard and Narmania extensions. As before let to (0 E U) be a valid choice of Arens-Hoffman norm-parameters for the respective extensions Ao. We shall show that there is then an isometric isomorphism between Bu and D (when defined by these parameters); the result then follows from the uniqueness of completions. For each a E U let Yo be the equivalence cla..<;s [({o(:c o )}) + xo] E D. Since Yo is a root of V0(0)(X) in D there exists, by the universal property of standard extensions, a (unique) homomorphism ¢: Bu ---t D such that ¢I A = V0 and for all a E U, ¢(~o) = Yo' Here, ~o is the the element of Bu associated with x by the isometric isomorphism 1/)0 : B
L,j!!j-111¢(bj)11 tb.
tb
Since the algebras vs(As) are directed there exists 8 E U<W(I such that ¢(bj ) E vs(As) (j = 0, ... ,n(,6) -1). We can assume that 8 = {al,'" ,am} and ol(X) = ,6(x). Let qo,·.· ,qn((3)-IE A[XQ1"" ,XOm] be the minimal representatives such that ¢(bj ) = [(8) + qj] (j = 0, ... ,n(,6) -1). So Ilbjll = Ilqjll (j = 0, ... ,n(,6) - 1). A routine exercise in the transfinite induction theorem shows that for all 'Y E U, ¢(B"() ~ UTE[O,"(]<w" vT(AT). It follows that the
THOMAS DAWSON
166
degree of qj in
XO
is zero. Hence n({3)-l
11¢(b)11 =
L
reS) + qjX~l]
=
j=O n(tJ)-l
(S) +
L
qj.T~l
j=O n({3)-l
=
L
IIqj
II t~l
=
Ilbll ,
j=O
from above. The penultimate equality above follows from noting that the representative of the coset is minimal and then expanding and collecting terms. By the transfinite induction theorem, .:J = U as required. 0
2. A Survey of Properties Preserved by Algebraic Extensions 2.1. Introduction. We summarise in Table 2.2 what is currently known about the behaviour of certain properties of normed algebras with respect to the types of extensions we have been considering. Some preliminary explanation of the entries is in order first. Extra information about the polynomial(s) generating an algebraic extension can help to determine whether certain properties are preserved or not. For example if a(x) has degree nand factorises completely over A with distinct roots AI, ... ,An E A such that for all W E fl, .x:(w) =I- :X;(w) if i =I- j then n(Ao<) decomposes into n disjoint homeomorphs of fl in which case very many properties of A, for example localness, are shared by Ao<' This property, referred to as 'complete solvability', is investigated in [12]. The condition on a(x) most frequently encountered in the literature is that it should be 'separable'. This means that its 'discriminant', which is a certain polynomial in the coefficients of a(x), is invertible in A. It is interesting to compare columns two and three. Of course one can make additional assumptions on the algebra (for example that A be regular and semisimple) but the resulting table would become too large and we have restricted it to three popular categories. References to the results follow the table. We should mention that some of the entries have trivial explanations. For example Sheinberg's theorem, that a uniform algebra is amenable if and only if it is trivial, explains the entries for amenability in column one. Also, applying the Arens-Hoffman construction to a uniform algebra need not result in a uniform algebra so not all the entries make sense. We have already met most of the properties listed in the table. We end this section by discussing the ones which have not yet been specially mentioned. 1. Denseness of the invertible group. Although this property is self-explanatory it might not be obvious why it is listed. However, the condition G(A) = A appears in the literature in various contexts; see for example [8].
ALGEBRAIC EXTENSIONS OF COMMUTATIVE NORMED ALGEBRAS
167
2. The Banach algebra, A, is called sup-norm closed if A is uniformly closed in C(f2) (and therefore a uniform algebra). It is called symmetric if A is selfadjoint. 3. For the definitions of 'amenability' and 'weak amenability' we refer the reader to section 2.8 of [6]. All the properties in the table are preserved by forming the standard unitisation of a normed algebra. Most of these results are standard facts or ea'iy exercises; some are true by definition. However this question does not fit into our scheme because the embedding is not unital in this case.
2.2. Table. Cole extensions have only been defined for uniform algebra'l; the algebra is therefore assumed to be a uniform algebra throughout column one. Colulllns two and three, a'l mentioned above, refer to Arens-Hoffman extensions of a normed algebra, A, by a monic polynomial a(x); in column three it is given that a(:1:) is separable. Type of Extension: Property:
Cole
A.-H.
Ac.
A.-H. standard Narmania a sep.
for normed algebras
complete topologically semisimple non-local local regular
1.
2. 3. 4. 5.
• • • ?
• 0
•
• • •
•
0
? '?
?
'?
'!
• • • • •
• •
• • • •
0
0
•
0
0
•
•
0
•
'?
?
for Banach algebras
6. 7. S. 9. 10.
local regular dense invertible group sup-norm closed symmetric 11. amenable 12. weakly amenable
?
0 0 0 0
for uniform algebms
13. non-trivial 14. trivial 15. natural
• • •
Key • property is always preserved o property is sometimes, but not always preserved
? ?
? ?
?
•
• •
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
168
THOMAS DAWSON
? not yet determined - it doesn't always make sense to consider this property here References for the Entries. If we do not mention an entry here, it can be taken that the result is an immediate consequence of the definition or was proved in the same paper in which the relevant extension was introduced (that is in [5], [1], [22], or [23]). The results of row three are not hard to obtain, using appropriate versions of Proposition 1.5.1. Localness and regularity were discussed in Section 1.2. The main result about this is due to Lindberg in [18]; the same section of his paper also deals with the results on the symmetry of Arens-Hoffman extensions. That regularity passes to direct limits of such extensions has been widely noted by many authors, for example in [15]. Results of row eight follow from [8]; the case of Cole extensions was partially covered in [15], but the reasoning is not clear. The property of being sup-norm closed was investigated in [13]; this work was generalised in [28]. Finally, examples of amenable Banach algebras which do not have even weakly amenable Arens-Hoffman extensions have been known for a long time. For example, the algebra C E9 C under the multiplication (a, b) (e, d) = (ae, be + ad) is realisable as an Arens-Hoffman extension of C. Examples with both A and Ao semisimple have been found by the author. However the entries marked "?' in rows eleven and twelve represent intriguing open problems. 3. Conclusion The table in Section 2.2 still has gaps, and there are many more rows which could be added. For example it would be interesting to be able to estimate various types of 'stable ranks' (see [2]) of the extensions in terms of the stable ranks of the original algebras. (The condition G(A) = A is equivalent to the 'topological stable rank' of A not exceeding 1.) Remember too that there are many more questions which can be asked, of the form: 'if n has the topological property P, does n(Ao) have property P?' By way of a conclusion we repeat that algebraic extensions have proved immensely useful in the construction of examples of uniform algebras. There is therefore great scope for and potential usefulness in augmenting Table 2.2. It might also be valuable to reexamine the techniques used to obtain the entries to produce more general results (of the kind in [28] for example) in the context of question (Q).
References 1. Arens, R. and Hoffman, K., Algebraic Extension of Normed Algebras., Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 7 (1956), 203-210. 2. Badea, C., The Stable Rank of Topological Algebras and a Problem of R. G. Swan., J. Funet. Anal. 160 (1998), 42-78. 3. Batikyan, B. T., Point Derivations on Algebraic Extension of Banach Algebra., Lobachevskii J. Math. 6 (2000), 3-37. 4. Browder, A., Introduction to Function Algebras., W. A. Benjamin, Inc., New York, 1969.
ALGEBRAIC EXTENSIONS OF COMMUTATIVE NORMED ALGEBRAS
169
5. Cole, B. J., One-Point Parts and the Peak-Point Conjecture., Ph.D. Thesis, Yale University, 1968. 6. Dales, H. G., Banach Algebms and Automatic Continuity., Oxford University Press Inc., New York,2000. 7. Dawson, T. W .. Algebmic Extensions of Normed Algebms., M.Math. Dissertation, accessible from the web at: http://xxx.lanl.gov/abs/math.FA/0102131, University of Nottingham, 2000. 8. Dawson, T. W., and Feinstein, J. F., On the Denseness of the Invertible Group in Banach Algebms., Proc. Am. Math. Soc. (to appear). 9. Feinstein, J. F., A Non-Trivial, Strongly Regular Unif01m Algebm., J. Lond. Math. Soc. 45 (1992), 288-300. 10. Feinstein, J. F., Trivial Jensen Measures Without Regularity., Studia Math. 148 (2001).6774. 11. Gamelin, T. W., Uniform Algebms., Prentice-Hall Inc., Engelwood Cliffs, N. J., 1969. 12. Gorin, E. A., and Lin, V ..J., Algebmic Equations with Cont'inuous Coefficients and Some Problems of the Algebmic Theory of Bmids., Math. USSR Sb. 7 (1969), 569-596. 13. Heuer, G. A., and Lindberg, J. A., Algebmic Extensions of Continuous Function Algebms., Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 14 (1963),337-342. 14. Johnson, B. E., Norming C(O) and Related Algebms., Trans. Am. Math. Soc. 220 (1976), 37-58. 15. Karahanjan, M. I., Some Algebmic Chamcterizations of the Algebm of All Continuous Functions on a Locally Connected Compactum., Math. USSR Sb. 35 (1979),681-696. 16. Leibowitz, G. M., Lectures on Complex Function Algebm,~., Scott, Foresman and Company, Glenview, Illinois, 1970. 17. Lindberg, J. A .• On the Completion of Tractable Normed Algebms., Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 14 (1963),319-321. 18. Lindberg, J. A., Algebmic Extensions of Commutative Banach Algebms., Pacif. J. Math. 14 (1964), 559-583. 19. Lindberg, J. A., On Singly Genemted Topological Algebras, Function Algebras (ed. Birtel, F. T.), Scott-Foresman, Chicago, 1966, pp. 334-340. 20. Lindberg, J. A., A Class of Commutative Banach Algebms with Unique Complete Norm Topology and Continuous Derivations., Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 29 (1971), 516-520. 21. Lindberg, J. A .. Polynomials over Complete l.m.-c. Algebms and Simple Integml Extensions., Rev. Roumaine Math. Pures Appl. 17 (1972), 47-63. 22. Lindberg, J. A., lntegml Extensions of Commutative Banach Algebms., Can. ,/. Math. 25 (1973), 673-686. 23. Narmaniya, V. G., The Construction of Algebmically Closed Exten,~ions of Commutative Banach Algebms., Trudy Tbiliss. Mat. Inst. Razmadze Akad. 69 (1982), 154-162. 24. Palmer, T. W., Banach Algebras and the Geneml Theory of *-Algebms. Vol. 1, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1994. 25. Read, C. J., Commutative, Radical Amenable Banach Algebms., Studia Math. 140 (2000), 199-212. 26. Stout, E. L., The Theory of Uniform Algebms., Bogden and Quigley Inc., Tarrytown-onHudson, New York, 1973. 27. Taylor, J. L., Banach Algebms and Topology, Algebras in Analysis. (ed. Williamson, J. H.), Academic Press Inc. (London) Ltd., Norwich:, 1975, pp. 118-186. 28. Verdera, J., On Finitely Genemted and Projective Extensions of Banach Algebms., Proc. Am. Math. Soc. 80 (1980), 614-620. 29. Zame, W. R., Covering Spaces and the Galois Theory of Commutative Banach Algebms., J. Funet. Anal. 27 (1984), 151-171.
Acknowledgements The author would like to thank the Division of Pure Mathematics and the Graduate School at the University of Nottingham for paying for his expenses in
170
THOMAS DAWSON
order to attend the 4th Conference on FUnction Spaces (2002) at the Southern Illinois University at Edwardsville. The author is grateful to Mr. Brian Lockett who provided him with a translation of the paper [23]. Special thanks are due to Dr. J. F. Feinstein who offered much valuable advice and encouragement and also proofread the article. DIVISION OF PURE MATHEMATICS, SCHOOL OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES, UNIVERSITY OF NOTTINGHAM, UNIVERSITY PARK, NOTTINGHAM, NC7 2RD, UK.
E-mail address:pmxtwdlDnottingham.ac.uk
Contemporary Mat.hematics Volume 328, 200a
Some more examples of subsets of Co and Ll[O, 1] failing the fixed point property P.N. Dowling, C.J. Lennard, and B. Thrett We give examples of closed, bounded. convex, non-weakly compact subsets of Co on which the right shift is expansive, and we construct two nonexpansive self-mappings (one affine and one non-affine) on these sets which fail to have a fixed point. We also prove that every closed, bounded, convex subset of L1 [0,1] with a non-empty interior fails the fixed point property for nonexpansive mappings. Finally, we extend this result by showing that every closed, bounded, convex subset of L1 [0,1] that contains a non-trivial order interval must fail the fixed point property. ABSTRACT.
1. Introduction
In [5], Llorens-Fuster and Sims construct examples of closed, bounded, convex subsets of Co that are not weakly compact but are compact in a topology that is slightly coarser than the weak topology, and they nonetheless fail the fixed point property for nonexpansive mappings. These examples led Llorens-Fuster and Sims to conjecture that closed, bounded, convex non-empty subsets of Co have the fixed point property if and only if they are weakly compact. This conjecture has been recently settled in the affirmative [2, 3]. All the examples constructed in [5] had a common feature - they all support a nonexpansive right shift. In the first part of this short note we produce a collection of sets of the type considered by Llorens-Fuster and Sims, but which do not support a nonexpansive right shift and yet they fail the fixed point property for nonexpansive mappings. In fact, we will produce two nonexpansive fixed point free mappings: one affine and the other non-affine. Variations on the themes of these examples are important in the papers [2, 3]. Llorens-Fuster and Sims [5] also proved that a closed, bounded, convex subset of Co with non-empty interior fails the fixed point property for nonexpansive mappings. In the second part of tllis note we prove an analogous statement in the setting of L1 [0, 1]. We also generalize this result to show that every closed, bounded, convex 2000 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 47HI0, 47H09, 46E30. The authors wish to thank Professor Kaz Goebel for his helpful suggestions concerning the proof of Theorem 3.2. The second author thanks the Department of Mathematics and Statistics at Miami University for their hospitality during part of the preparation of this paper. He also acknowledges the financial support of Miami University.
© 171
2003 American l\1athematical Society
P.N. DOWLING, C.J. LENNARD, AND B. TURETT
172
subset of L1 [0, 1J that contains a non-trivial order interval must fail the fixed point property. We refer the reader to the text of Goebel and Kirk [4J for any unexplained terminology. 2. The fixed point property in Co We begin this section with the Llorens-F\lster and Sims examples. We have slightly modified their examples to simplify the computations. Let r denote the set of sequences 'Y = ("(n)n in the interval (0,1). For all 'Y E r, define K., by
K...,
:=
{x
=
("(ntn)n E Co 112: h 2: t2 2: t3 2: ... 2: O} .
We define the right shift Ton K..., by
T( ("(1 t 1 , 'Y2t2, 'Y3 t3, 'Y4t4, ... ))
:=
("(1, 'Y2t 1, 'Y3 t2, 'Y4t3, ... ).
Note that if x = ("(ntn)n and y = ("(nsn)n are elements of K..." then Ilx - yll sUPn 'Ynlt" - 8 n l and IIT(x) - T(y)11 = SUPn 'Yn+1Itn - 8 n l· Clearly, if the sequence ("(n)n is decreasing, then T is a nonexpansive mapping on K..., - this is the case considered by Llorens-Fuster and Sims [5J. However, it is equally obvious that if the sequence ("(n)n is strictly increasing, then T is an expansive mapping on K...,; that is, IIT(x) - T(y)11 > IIx - yll whenever x i= y. We will show that even though some of these sets do not support a nonexpansive right shift, they do support nonexpansive fixed point free mappings. To simplify our computations we will only consider the sets K..., where the sequence 'Y = ("(n)n is in (0,1), is strictly increasing and satisfies 1 - 'Yn < 4- n for all n E N. EXAMPLE 2.1. Let I be the identity mapping on K..." let T be the right shift defined above, T2 = ToT, T3 = ToT 0 T, and so on. Define R: K..., --+ K..., by
R
:= ~I
+ -b T + -1a T2 + 21
4
T3
+... .
A simple calculation shows that if x = ("(1 t1, 'Y2t2, 'Y3t3, ... ) E K..." then
R(x) = ('Y1(~t1
+ ~),'Y2(~t2 + it1 + i),'Y3(~t3 + it2 + kt1 + ~), ... ). that if R(x) = x, then tn = 1 for all n E N, and thus
It is easily seen x is not an element of K...,; that is, R is fixed point free on K...,. To see that R is nonexpansive on K..." let x = ("(ntn)n and y = ("(nsn)n be elements of K...,. Then, 12 + - 4 1 + ... + 2,,1...,1 ) < 1 for each n E N. since 1 - 4- n < 'Yn < 1, we have 'Yn( -...,,, "",,-1 Consequently,
IIR(x) - R(y)11
sup hnl~(tn - sn) n
+ i(tn-1
- sn-d
+ ... + 2~ (t1
-
< sup hn(~ltn - snl + iltn-1 - 8 n -11 + ... + 2~' It 1 n
< sup {'Yn(_l+ _1_ + ... + +) max 'Yilti - Sil} n 2...,,, 4"",,-1 2""1 l::;'i::;n
< sUP'Ynltn n
8n
l
Ilx-yll· Thus R is a nonexpansive mapping on K...,.
st)l} Sl
J)}
173
EXAMPLES OF FIXED POINT FREE MAPS
The mapping R, given in example 2.1, is an affine mapping on K"I' Our next example is non-affine on K"I' EXAMPLE 2.2. For an element x = (xn)n in K"I' we denote by bl,X) the sequence bl,Xl,X2,X3, ... ). We define a mapping S: K"I -+ Co by S(x):= X, for each x E K"I' where x = (Xl, X2, X2, ... ) is the decreasing rearrangement of the sequence bl' x); that is, X = bl, x)*. Note that
X= (Xl,X2,X3, ... ) =
(11
(~~) ,12 (~:) ,13 (~:) , ... ).
Also Xl 2: X2 2: X3 2: ... 2: 0 and 0 < 11 < 12 < 13 < ... < 1. Therefore ~ > ~ > ~ > ... > O. Since ~ = max("("x) > 1 S(x) does not necessarily belong ~-n-n~ ~ -, to K"I' However, the mapping S is nonexpansive on K"I because the operation of decreasing rearrangement is nonexpansive on Co, so for all x and y in K"I' we have IIS(X) - S(Y)II = IIx -
yll
IIbl,X)* - bl,Y)*11 :::; Ilb1.x) - b1.y)11
=
=
Ilx - YII·
We now introduce a modification U of S that will be nonexpansive and fixed point free on K"I' Define U : K"I -+ Co by
Since
11j AXj - 1j AYj I :::; IXj - Yj I for all j E N, it follows that IIU(x) - U(Y)II :::;
Ilx - yll = IIS(x) - S(Y)II :::; IIx - YII·
Thus U is a nonexpansive mapping on K"I' Furthermore, since 1j AXj =
1j (1 A ~) for all j E Nand 1 2: 1 A ~ 2: 1 A ~ 2:
1 A ~ 2: ... 2: 0, U maps K"I into K"I' To finish, we will show is fixed point free on K"I' Suppose, to get a contradiction, that there exists x E K"I such that x = U(x). Thus, for all j EN, Xj = 1j AXj. A well-known fact about decreasing rearrangements that we will use is that for for each mEN, all W E
ct,
WI
+ ... + Wm
:::;
wi + ... + w;;'.
Since 1 = (1n)n is strictly increasing with limit 1, while X is decreasing with 1 > Xl 2: 11, there exists a unique kEN such that Xk+1 < 1k+l and Xk 2: 1k. Thus, for all mEN with m > k, we have, k + Xl
+ ... + Xm+l > (Xl + ... + Xk) + (Xl + ... + xm+d (Xl
+ ... + Xk) +
bl A Xl + ... + 1k A Xk + 1k+l A Xk+1 + ... + 1m+1 A Xm+1 = (Xl + ... + Xk) + bl + ... + 1k + Xk+l + ... + xm+d bl + ... + 1k) + (Xl + ... + Xk + Xk+1 + ... + Xm+1) bl + ... + 1k) + (Xl + ... + Xm+l) > bl+"'+1k)+bl+Xl+"'+Xm),
174
P.N. DOWLING, C.J. LENNARD, AND B. TURETT
It follows that for all
Tn
E N with Tn
> k, k
Xm
+l
>
bl+"'+'Yk)-k+'Yl='YI-L(1-'Yj) j=1
> 'Y1 -
=
L (1 -
'Yj) ~ 'Yl -
j=1
=.
L 4-
J
1
= 'Yl -
:3
1
>
:3'
j=1
This contradicts the fact that x E Co and so completes the proof that U is fixed point free on K-y.
3. The fixed point property in £1 [0, 1] One of the most notable works in metric fixed point theory is the construction of Alspach [1] of a non-empty weakly compact convex subset of Ll[O, 1] which fails the fixed point property. We begin this section by recalling some of the details of Alspach's construction. Let C:= {f E Ll[O, 1] : 0::; f(t) ::; 1, for all t E [0, I]}. Now define T: C -+ C by
Tf(t) := {min{2f (2t), I} max{2f(2t - 1) - 1, O}
for 0 ::; t ::; ~ for ~ < t ::; 1.
for all f E C. Alspach showed that the mapping T is an isometry on C which has two fixed points; namely 0 and X[O,lj' Alspach also showed that T is an isometric self map of the closed convex subset Co := {f E C : J~ f dm = 1/2} of C, such that T is fixed point free on Co. Here, m denotes Lebesgue measure. We now follow a modification of Alspach's example due to Sine [7]. Define S : C -+ C by S(f) := X[O,lj - f, for all f E C. The mapping S is clearly an isometry of C onto C. Thus the mapping ST is a nonexpansive mapping on C. Sine proved that ST is fixed point free on C. In [5], Llorens-FUster and Sims prove that a closed bounded convex subset of Co with non-empty interior fails the fixed point property. We will use the above construction of Alspach, and modification by Sine, to prove a result analogous to the Llorens-FUster and Sims result in the setting of Ll [0, 1]. Specifically we prove the following result. THEOREM 3.1. Let K be a closed, bounded, convex subset of Ll [0, 1] with nonempty interior. Then K fails the fixed point property for non expansive mappings. PROOF. By translating and scaling, we ca.n assume that K contains the unit ball of £1 [0, 1]. Consequently, the set C, constructed above, is a subset of K. Define the mapping R : K -+ K by
Rf(t) := min{lf(t)l, I}, for 0::;
f
E
t::; 1, for all f
E
K.
It is easily seen that R is a. nonexpansive mapping on K and R(f) E C for all K. Now define U: K -+ K by
U(f) := ST(R(f)), for all
f
E
K.
The mapping U is nonexpansive since all of the mappings, R, S, and Tare nonexpansive.
EXAMPLES OF FIXED POINT FREE MAPS
175
We now show that U is fixed point free. Suppose that f E K is a fixed point of U, that is, U(f) = f. Since f E K, R(f) E C, and since ST maps C into C, f = U(f) = ST(R(f)) E C. Note that the mapping R restricted to C is the identity on C. Therefore, f = ST(R(f)) = ST(f) and so f is a fixed point of ST in C. This contradicts Sine's result that ST has no fixed point in C [7], and thus the proof is complete. D THEOREM 3.2. Let K be a closed, bOllnded, convex sllbset of Ll[O, 1] that contains an order interval [h,g] := {f E L1[0, 1] : h ::; f ::; 9 a.e.}, for some h,g E Ll[O, 1] with h ::; 9 a.nd h ::f g. Then K fa'ils the fixed point property for nonexpansive mappings,
a a
a
PROOF. By translating by -h, we may assume that h = and 9 ~ a.e. with 9 non-trivial. Next, note that there exists a real number c > and a measurable set E with Lebesgue measure rn(E) > 0, such that 9 ~ CXE. By rescaling K by lie, we may assume without loss that c = 1. Now, define the mapping R : K ~ [0, xel ~ K by R(f) := ifi /\ XE. Note that R is nonexpansive and R equals the identity on [0, xel. At this stage, consider E. There exists to in the interval [0,1] such that rn(En [0, to]) = ~ rn(E), Let E1.1 := En [0, to] and E1.2 := En (to, 1]. Clearly E is the disjoint union of E1.1 and E 1,2 and rn(E 1,1) = rn(El,2) = ~ rn(E). Proceed iteratively from here. Similarly to above, there exist pairwise disjoint measurable subsets E2,1, E 2,2, E2,3 and E2,4 of [0, 1] such that El,l = E 2,1 U E2,2, E 1 ,2 = E 2,3 U E 2.4 , and each rn(E2,k) = ~ rn(E). Repeating this construction inductively, we produce a family of measurable subsets (EO,1 := E, En,k : n E N, k E {I, ... , 2n}) of [0,1] such that (XE",k)n.k is a dyadic tree in Ll [0,1]. Moreover, letting the measure v be defined on the measurable subsets of E by v = (1/rn(E))rn, it follows that the Banach space L 1 ( E, v) is isometrically isomorphic to L 1 ( [0, 1], m) = L 1 [0, 1] via the mapping Z defined as follows: Z(XEn, k):= X[k-l k), 2l'r'2"'t"
for each XE",k' Then Z is extended to L := the linear span of the functions XE",k in the usual way. Of course, Z is an isometry on L. Finally, since L is dense in Ll(E, v), with dense range in Ll [0,1], Z extends to a linear isometry from L1(E, v) onto Ll[O, 1]. Let W := ST be Sine's variation on Alspach's example, as described above, and note that W maps the order interval C := [0, X[O,I]] into C. Let's use W to define E : [0, xel ~ [0, XE], by E := Z-1 W Z. We have that E is a fixed point free Ll [0, 1]-isometry on [0, xel. Finally, we define U : K ~ [0, XE] ~ K via U := E R. In a manner analogous to the argument in the proof of Theorem 3.1 above, we see that U is a fixed point free Ll[O, 1]-nonexpansive mapping on K. D REMARK 3.3. In [6], MatlI'ey proved that closed, bounded, convex, non-empty subsets of reflexive subspaces of Ll [0, 1] have the fixed point property for nonexpansive mappings. Consequently, Maurey's result, in tandem with Theorem 3.2, shows that reflexive subspaces of U [0,1] cannot contain a non-trivial order interval. In fact, as pointed out by the referee, the argument in the proof of Theorem 3.2 shows
176
P.N. DOWLING, C.J. LENNARD, AND B. TURETT
that infinite-dimensional subspaces of £1[0,1] which contain non-trivial order intervals actually contain isometric copies of £1 [0, 1] and thus are nonreflexive. The authors thank the referee for his/her comments. References 1. D. Alspach, A fixed point free nonexpansive mapping, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 82 (1981), 423-424. 2. P.N. Dowling, C.J. Lennard and B. Thrett, Characterizations of weakly compact sets and new fixed point free maps in co, to appear in Studia Math. 3. P.N. Dowling, C.J. Lennard and B. Thrett, Weak compactness is equivalent to the fixed point property in co, preprint 4. Kazimierz Goebel and W.A. Kirk, Topics in metric fixed point theory, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1990 5. Enrique Llorens-Fuster and Brailey Sims, The fixed point property in co, Canad. Math. Bull. 41 (1998), no. 2, 413-422. 6. B. Maurey, Points fixes des contractions de certains faiblement compacts de Ll, Seminaire d'Analyse Fonctionelle, 1980-1981, Centre de Mathematiques, Ecole Polytech., Palaiseau, 1981, pp. Exp. No. VIII, 19. 7. R. Sine, Remarks on an example of Alspach, Nonlinear Anal. and Appl., Marcel Dekker, (1981), 237-241. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS, MIAMI UNIVERSITY, OXFORD, OH
45056
E-mail address: dowlinpnGmuohio. edu DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, UNIVERSITY OF PITTSBURGH, PITTSBURGH, PA
15260
E-mail address: lennard+lDpi tt. edu DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS, OAKLAND UNIVERSITY, ROCHESTER,
48309 E-mail address: turettlDoakland. edu
MI
Contemporary Mathelnatics Volume 328. 2003
Homotopic composition operators on Hoo (Bn) Pamela Gorkin, Raymond Mortini, and Daniel Suarez We characterize the path components of composition operators on Hoo(B n ), where Bn is the unit ball of en. We give a geometrical equivalence for the compactness of the difference of two of such operators. For n = 1, we give a characterization of the path components of the algebra endomorphisms. ABSTRACT.
1. Introduction
Consider the Hardy space H2 on the unit disk D. Littlewood's subordination principle tells us that for an analytic self-map ¢ of D and a function f in H2, the function f 0 ¢ is once again in H2. Thus one defines the composition operator C'" on H2 by C",(f) = f 0 ¢. The interplay of operator theory and function theory leads to several interesting results. One of these results is Berkson's theorem on isolation of composition operators (see [1] and [14]): THEOREM 1 (Berkson). Let ¢ be an analytic self-map of D. If ¢ has mdial limits of modulus one on a set E of positive measure, then for every other analytic self-map 'l/J of D, the following estimate holds:
IIC", - C",II2:
Jmea;(E),
where C'" and C'" are the corresponding composition opemtors on H2.
Thus, Berkson's theorem tells us that every such operator is isolated in the set of composition operators in the operator norm topology. For example, the identity operator, C z , is at least a distance of ..[f72 from every other composition operator on H2 (as is C"', where ¢ is any inner function). However, not every composition operator is isolated. If ¢ is analytic and ¢ : D ~ sD for some s with 0 < s < 1, then it is easy to check that
Thus, C'" is not isolated. Inner functions induce highly noncompact operators, as well as isolated operators. The operators C'" for which ¢(D) is contained in sD for some s with 0 < s < 1 2000 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 47B33; Secondary 47B38. Key words and phrases. composition operator, path components, compact differences.
© 177
2003 American lvlathematical Society
178
PAMELA GORKIN. RAYMOND MORTINI. AND DANIEL SUAREZ
are compact. As Shapiro and Sundberg [14J indicate in their paper, "compact composition operators are dramatically nonisolated." They show that the set of compact composition operators is path connected, and therefore these operators are never isolated. It is interesting to ask which composition operators are, in fact, isolated. Shapiro and Sundberg studied this problem, and showed (among other things) that if ¢ is au analytic self-map of D that is not an extreme point of the algebra HOC(D), then C> is not isolated; in their words, "isolated composition operators can only be induced by extreme points." This allowed them to exhibit an example of a non-compact non-isolated operator. They also raised several questions at the end of their paper: (1) Characterize the components in Comp(H2), the space of all composition operators on H2. (2) Which composition operators are isolated? (3) Characterize composition operators whose difference is compact. Before stating the final question, we remind the reader that the essential norm of an operator T defined on a Banach space H is the distance to the compact operators; that is, liT lie = inf{IIT - KII : K compact on H}. It is clear that IITII ~ IITlle, and therefore every essentially isolated operator is isolated. In fact, because of the abundance of weakly null sequences in H2, all the results on isolation appearing in Shapiro and Sundberg's paper hold true if we replace the norm with the essential norm (see [14], p. 148). Thus they raised the following question. (4) Is every isolated operator essentially isolated? Other papers of interest on this subject include [10J. Of course, one is not limited to the space H2, and the study of composition operators on various spaces has lead to a large body of literature. In this paper, we are interested in the same problems for composition operators on HOC (Bn), where Bn denotes the open unit ball in en. While the problem 011 H2 seems to be difficult, MacCluer, Ohno and Zhao [l1J were able to obtain partial results about operators on the algebra HOO(D). They showed that for two analytic self-maps of the disk, C> and C.p are in the same path component in the space of composition operators, Comp(HOC(D)), if and only if IIC", - c.pll < 2. In particular, an operator C> is isolated in Comp(HOC(D)) if and only if IIC", - C",II = 2 for any other analytic self-map 'IjJ of the disk. The authors show that this result can be rephra..<;ed in terms of the pseudohyperbolic metric, and they posed the question of whether or not every isolated composition operator on HOC is, in fact, essentially isolated. The answer to this la..<;t question was given by Hosokawa, Izuchi and Zheng [8J. Their technique was to develop something called asymptotic interpolating sequences, or a.i.s. for short. Essentially, this definition allowed them to interpolate sequences with a good bound on the norm (see [6J for more information about these sequences). They then used these sequences and Blaschke products to obtain HOC(D) functions that provide good estimates for the essential norm of the difference of two composition operators.
HOMOTOPIC COMPOSITION OPERATORS ON Hoo(Bn)
179
In this paper, we give simpler proofs of the results obtained by Hosokawa, Izuchi and Zheng, and combine them with the proofs of MacCluer, Ohno and Zhao. Because our proofs are significantly simpler and do not refer to asymptotic interpolating sequences or Blaschke products, we are able to obtain the results on the ball in en. While our results do not rely on interpolating sequence results, they do rely on a construction of Gamelin and Garnett relating interpolating sequences to peak sets [5]. The proof we will provide is simple enough to be applicable to other algebras. We conclude the paper with an example of such an application: Using these same techniques, we are able to "lift" these results to obtain a characterization of the path components of endomorphisms of HOO(D). After we completed this paper, we learned that some of the results on composition operators on Hoo(Bn) were also obtained by Carl Toews [15]. Two other papers directly related to the results described here are [3] and [9]. Finally, we mention that recent results on Shapiro and Sundberg's first question in the space H2 can be found in [12].
2. Preliminary results Our goal is to prove results about composition operators on Hoo(Bn) and endomorphisms of HOO(D). In this section, we present proofs of several lemmas that will be important in obtaining estimates on norms and essential norms of operators. Our discussion begins with functions of n variables and Z = (Zl' Z2, .•. , zn), where each Zj is a complex number. As usual, the associated norm of Z is given by
Izi =
(z, z)1/2,
and the unit ball Bn is the set of all Z E en for which Izi < 1. We let Hoo(Bn) denote the space of bounded holomorphic functions on Bn. If n = 1 our situation reduces to the familiar space of functions on the unit disk: HOO(D). We need some background on general uniform algebras, some information specific to Hoo(Bn) and some deeper results for HOO(D). Everything we need is presented in this paper. Let A be a uniform algebra. The maximal ideal space of A, denoted M(A), is the set of complex-valued, linear, multiplicative maps of A that map the identity of A to the value 1 E C. Since evaluations at points of Bn are linear multiplicative functionals on Hoo(Bn), we may think of Bn as a subset of M(Hoo(Bn)). It is well known that M(A) is a compact Hausdorff space when endowed with the weak-* topology induced by A * . We will always consider this topology for M(A). For an element a E A, the Gelfand transform of a is a complex-valued map defined on M(A) by a(x) = x(a). This map establishes an isometric isomorphism between A and a closed subalgebra of C(M(A)). It is usual to identify the function with its Gelfand transform, since the meaning is generally clear from the context. For x, y E M(A), the pseudohyperbolic and hyperbolic metrics are defined, respectively, by
p(x, y) = sup{l/(y)1 : I E A, 11/11 ::; 1, and I(x) = O} and y) h( x, y ) -- Iog 11 + p(x, ( ). -p x,y
180
PAMELA GORKIN, RAYMOND MORTINI, AND DANIEL SUAREZ
It is well-known that P is a [0, 1]-valued metric and that h is a [0, +oo]-valued metric on M(A). The triangle inequality for h immediately implies that the condition p(x, y) < 1 (i.e. h(x, y) < 00) is an equivalence relation on M(A). If A is a uniform algebra and ¢ : M(A)-+M(A) is a continuous map such that a 0 ¢ E A for all a E A, then the map C'" defined by
C",a = a 0 ¢ is an endomorphism of A. We will write C'" E End (A). Conversely, if E E End (A), we may define ¢ : M(A)-+M(A) by ¢(x)(a) = x(E(a)), obtaining E = C"'. The Shilov boundary of A is the smallest closed subset of M(A) on which every function in A attains its maximum. We denote the Shilov boundary by 8A. LEMMA 2. Let A be a uniform algebra and let C"', C1/J E End (A). Let V M(A) be a set whose closure contains 8A. Then,
(2.1)
sup xEV
PROOF.
c
2p(¢(x),1/I(x)) J :::; IIC", - C1/J1I :::; 2 sup p(¢(x), 1/I(X)). 1 + 1 - p(¢(x), 1/I(x))2 xEV
First we show that if x, y
(2.2 )
1
E
M(A), then
II 2p(x, y) + Jl - p(x,y )2:::; X
II 2 ( ) Y A*:::; p x, y .
-
The proof uses the techniques of [4, p. 144]. Let I E A with Ilfll < 1. It is clear that 1 = U - f(y))/(1 - I(y)f) E A, l(y) = and 11111 :::; 1. By definition of p then lj(x)1 :::; p(x, y), and consequently
°
If(x) - f(y)1 :::;
11 -
f(y)f(x)1 p(x, y) :::; 2p(x, y).
Taking the supremum over Ilfll < 1 we get the upper inequality. Now we turn to the lower inequality. For simplicity, we write p = p(x, y). Choose fn E A with I!fnl! < 1, In(x) = and fn(y) > p-l/n. Let Pn = fn(Y) and Ln(z) = (tn - z)/(I- tnz), where tn = (1- Jl- P~)/Pn' Therefore Ln 0 fn E A, IILn 0 Inll :::; 1 and
°
IIx -
yl!A* ~ I(Ln
0
fn)(x) - (Ln
0
fn)(Y) I = Itn - L .. (Pn)l·
A simple computation shows that
Itn - Ln(Pn)1 = 1Pn(1 - t;) 1-+ 2p . I-tnPn 1+~ The lemma will follow immediately from (2.2) and the following chain of identities: IIC",-C1/J1I
sup sup IU 0 ¢)(x) - U 0 1/I)(x) I 11/11=1 xE8A sup sup IU 0 ¢)(x) - U 0 1/I)(x) I 1I/1I=lxEV
sup sup 11(¢(x)) - f(1/I(x))1 11/11=1 sup 11¢(x) -1/I(x)IIA*.
xEV
xEV
o LEMMA
IIC", - C1/J1I
3. Let A be a uniform algebra and let C"', C,,}
< 2 is an equivalence relation.
E
End (A). The condition
HOMOTOPIC COMPOSITION OPERATORS ON Hoo(Bn)
181
PROOF. It is obvious that the relation is reflexive and symmetric. So, suppose that ¢,'l/J and t.p define endomorphisms of A such that IICeI> - Cvlli < 2 and IICob C
=
sup p(¢(x),'l/J(x)) < 1 and
0'2
=
xEM(A)
sup p('l/J(x),t.p(x)) < 1. xEM(A)
Using the hyperbolic metric h on M(A) we obtain
1 + 0'1 h(¢(x), t.p(x)) :::; log - XEM(A) 1 - 0'1 sup
1 + 0'2 + log - = /3, 1-
0'2
and consequently sUPXEM(A) p(¢(x), t.p(x)) :::; (ei3 -1)/(ei3 + 1) tion of (2.1) yields the desired result.
< 1. A new applica0
LEMMA 4. Let A be a uniform algebra. If {fn} is a sequence of functions in the unit ball of A tending pointwise to zero on 8A, then {fn} tends to zero weakly in A.
PROOF. As indicated in the introduction, using the Gelfand transform, we
may think of A ~ C(8A). Let x be any element of the dual space of A. By the Hahn-Banach theorem, x has a continuous norm preserving extension to the space of continuous functions on the Shilov boundary. Therefore, there exists a finite measure ILx on 8A such that x(f) =
r
loA
f dJtx •
But Ilfnll :::; 1 for all n, and fn ...... 0 pointwise on 8A, so we may apply the Lebesgue dominated convergence theorem to conclude that 3;(fn) ...... O. Therefore, the sequence {fn} converges to zero weakly. 0 We will need another estimate, but this will depend on the pseudohyperbolic metric particular to the ball, Bn. For a, z E Bn, let Sa = lal 2 , and the
Jl -
((z' a)) a and Qa = 1- Pa. Relevant a,a computations can be found in [13, p. 25]. On Bn, the pseudohyperbolic metric induced by Hoo(Bn) is given by projections Pa and Qa be given by Pa(z)
(
p a, z
)=
=
la - Pa(z) - saQa(z) I 1 _ (z, a) ,
In what follows, for points a and z in the ball and numbers sand t in the closed interval [0,1]' we let as = a + s(z - a) and asH = a + (s + t)(z - a). LEMMA
(2.3)
5. Let a, z
E
Bn. For s, t
E
[0,1] .satisfying t :::; 1 - s we have
tp(a,z) p(a + s(z - a), a + (s + t)(z - a)) :::; 1 _ (1 _ t)p(a, z)·
PROOF. We can assume that a =I z, because otherwise there is nothing to prove. We consider first the case s = O. Since Pa and Qa are linear operators satisfying Pa(a) = a and Qa(a) = 0, the nmnerator of p(a, a + t(z - a)) satisfies
a - Pa(a + t(z - a)) - saQa(a + t(z - a)) = ta - tPa(z) - tsaQa(z).
182
PAMELA GORKIN, RAYMOND MORTINI, AND DANIEL SUAREZ
We have assumed that a =I- z, and therefore a - Pa(z) - saQa(z) =I- O. A simple computation gives
Ia -
p(a,a+t(z-a)) =
Pa{a + t(z - a)) - satQa(z) 1 - (a + t(z - a), a)
I
I
t(a - Pa(z) - saQa(z)) + (z, a) - (a, a) - t(z - a, a)
I
1 - (z, a)
< 11/p(Z,a) -1(1- t)(z - a,ta)I/la - Pa(z) - saQa(z)ll· But
I(z -
a,a)1 = I(a - Pa(z) - saQa(z),a)1 ::; la - Pa(z) - saQa(z)llal. Therefore t tp(a,z) p(a. at) < = . . - (1/ p(a, z)) - (1 - t) 1 - (1 - t)p(a, z)
(2.4)
This proves (2.3) for s = O. For the general case we can assume s =I- 1 since otherwise t = 0 and there is nothing to prove. From (2.4) we obtain
<
p(a s, as + t(z - a)) p(as,a s + (t/(I- s))(z - as)) t/(1 - s) (l/p(a s,z)) - (1- (t/(I- s)))'
But
p(a + s(z - a), z) p(z + (1 - s)(a - z), z) p(z, z + (1 - s)(a - z)). So we may apply (2.4) again to conclude that
I-s p(as,z)::; (l/p(a,z)) -s Combining this with our estimate on p(a s , as+t) above, we see that
t p(a s , as+t) ::; (1/ p(a, z)) - (1 - t)
o
Simplifying, we obtain the desired conclusion. 3. Composition operators on Hoc (Bn)
In this section we study composition operators on Hoc(Bn); that is, given an analytic self-map ¢> of the unit ball, we look at maps C'" : Hoc(Bn) ~ Hoc(Bn) defined by C",(f) = f 0 ¢>. These maps are all endomorphisms of the algebra HOC (Bn). For the special case of n = 1 we will say more in the final section of the paper. We are interested here in estimates on the essential norm of the difference of two composition operators. If T is a bounded operator, we denote its essential norm by IITlle. THEOREM
6. Let ¢> and '!/J be holomorphic self-maps of Bn such that
max{II¢>II, II'!/JII} =
1.
HOMOTOPIC COMPOSITION OPERATORS ON H"""(Bn)
183
Let
e=
max {lim sup p(¢(Z), 'lj!(Z)) , lim sup p(¢(Z), '¢(Z))} . 1'I/J(z)l-l
1",(z)l-l
Then (3.1) PROOF. By hypothesis there is a sequence of points {Zj} in Bn, such that p(¢(Zj),-¢(Zj)) ~ e, and one of them, say {¢(Zj)}, converges to a point ( on the boundary of Bn. Without loss of generality we may assume that p( ¢( Zj ), 'lj!( Zj)) > e-1fj. Let kj E Hoo(Bn) be a function of norm one, whose existence is guaranteed by the pseudohyperbolic distance definition, satisfying kj(¢(zj)) > e - 1fj and kj('lj!(zj)) = O. Consider the functions
f(z) = (1 + (z, () )/2 and g(z) = (1 - (z, () )/2. Then f,g E HOO(B n ), f(() = 1, If(7])1 < 1 for all 7] E aBn satisfying 7] -I- (, and g(() = O. We will now produce a sequence of functions, {hj}, tending to zero weakly for which Ihj(¢(zj)) - hj (1/I(Zj)) I ~ e. We proceed as follows. Let j E N. Since f(¢(zj)) ~ 1, we may choose Zmj so that If(¢(zmj))lj > 1 - 1 fj. Now since 9 -I- 0 on Bn, there exists an integer Ij such that
J
Ig(¢(zmj))1 1/ 1j 2: J1- 1fj. Consider the functions hj = (gl/1 j )(J3)kmr Then Ilhjll ~ 1, hj (1/I(zmj)) = 0, and Ihj(¢(zmJ)1 > (1 - 1fj)(e - 1/mj). We note that hj ~ 0 on the Shilov boundary and, by Lemma 4, hj ~ 0 weakly. Thus for any compact operator K we have IIC", - C,p
+ KII > 2:
IIC",hj - C,phj + Khjll Ihj(¢(zmj)) - hj('lj!(zmj))
+ (Khj)(zmJI ~ e·
= Ihj(¢(zmJ) + (Khj)(zmj)1
This proves the lower inequality in (3.1). For the upper inequality, let I: > 0 and choose 8 with 0 to 1 so that
p(¢(Z), 'lj!(z)) ~
e + I:
on the set {1¢(z)1
< 8 < 1 close enough
> 8} U {1'lj!(z)1 > 8}.
Now choose a = a(I:,8) E (0,1) close enough to one so that p(¢(z),a¢(z)) < I: and p('lj!(Z) , ml'{z)) < I: on the set {1¢(z)1 ~ 8}n{I1/I(z)1 ~ 8}. Since max{lla¢lI, Ila'lj!ll} ~ a < 1, the operator K ~f Co", - Co,p is compact. If Z and ware any two points of B'\ we may view Z and w as elements of the dual space of Hoo(Bn) in the obvious way. Therefore, for any function f in the unit ball of Hoo(Bn) we may apply (2.2) to conclude that If(z) - f(w)1 ~ 2p(z,w). Henceforth, applying (2.2) to the functions f and fo(z) = f(az), we have
I(C",f)(z) - (C,pf)(z) - (Kf)(z)1
~
If(¢(z)) - f(a¢(z))1 + If('lj!(z)) - f(a'¢(z))1 < 2p(¢(z), a¢(z)) + 2p('lj!(z), a'lj!(z)) < 4c
when z E {I¢I ~ 8} n Hl/)I ~ 8}, while
I(C",f)(z) - (C,pf)(z) - (Kf)(z)1
< If(¢(z)) - f('lj!(z)) I + If(a¢(z)) - f(a1/l(z))1 < 2p(¢(z), 'lj!(z)) + 2p(¢(z), 'lj!(z)) < 4e + 41:
184 when
PAMELA GORKIN. RAYMOND MORTINI, AND DANIEL SUAREZ Z E
{1cf>1
> 8} U {I'!/JI > 8}. Since the function f is arbitrary, IIG> - G", - KII
4e + 4c, and since c is arbitrary we obtain (3.1).
~
D
COROLLARY 7. Let cf> and '!/J be two holomorphic self-maps of the unit ball. Then G> - G", is compact if and only if either max {11<;b11, II'!/JII} < 1, or lim sup p(cf>(z), '!/J(z))
=
leI>(z)I~1
lim sup p(cf>(z), '!/J(z))
= O.
1"'(z)I~1
PROOF. It is clear that G> and G", are compact, if max {11cf>11, 11'!/J11l < 1. On the other hand, if max {11cf>11, II'!/JII} = 1 and e is the parameter of Theorem 6, then (3.1) says that Gel> - G", is compact if and only if e = o. D Our next goal is to characterize the path components of composition operators on Hoo(Bn). We write G> '" G", to indicate that there is a norm-continuous homotopy of composition operators joining Gel> with G",. Also, if K denotes the ideal of compact operators, we write G> "'e G", to indicate that there is an essential norm-continuous homotopy of classes {G", + K: cp: Bn -4 B n holomorphic} joining Gel> + K with G", + K. Let cf> be a holomorphic self-map of Bn. For x E M (HOO (Bn)) we can define
cf>(x) E M(Hoo(Bn)) by the rule <;b(x)(f) ~f x(f 0 cf». Thus we can extend cf> : B n -4Bn to a self-map of M(Hoo(Bn)), which we also denote by cf>. The continuity of this extension is immediate. We now have everything we need to prove the main theorem of this paper. As indicated in the introduction, this theorem unifies and extends many of the results appearing in [11], as well as [8]. THEOREM 8. Let cf> and '!/J be holomorphic self-maps of the unit ball in en. Then the following are equivalent.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
G> '" G",. G> "'e G",. IIGeI> - G",II < 2. SUPzEBn p(cf>(z), '!/J(z)) < 1.
PROOF. (a) => (b) is obvious. (c) ¢:} (d). A boundary for HOCJ (Bn) is a closed set F c M (HOCJ (Bn)) such that Ilfll = SUPxEF If(x)1 for all f E HOCJ(Bn). It is clear that the closure B n of B n in M(HOCJ(Bn)) is a boundary for HOCJ(B n ), and since oHOCJ(Bn) is the intersection of all the boundaries [4, p. 10], then oHOCJ(Bn) c F. The equivalence then follows from (2.1). (b) => (c). By hypothesis there is a family {cf>t}, with t E [0, 1], of holomorphic self-maps of Bn such that cf>o = cf>, cf>1 = '!/J and for every c > 0 there is some 8 > 0 satisfying
< c: if It - sl < 8. Then we can take finitely many points ty = 0 < ... < tm = 1 in [0,1] such that IIG>t. - GeI>tHl lie < 1/2 for every i = 1, . .. , m - 1. We claim that IIG>t - Gel>. lie
(3.2)
sup p(cf>t. (z), cf>t'+l (z)) < 1
zEBn
for every i. In fact, if r = max{llcf>d,lIcf>tHlll} < 1, then both functions map B n into the closure of r Bn, and since the pseudohyperbolic diameter of this ball
HOMOTOPIC COMPOSITION OPERATORS ON
Hoo(Bn)
185
is smaller than 1, we are done. If some of the maps have norm 1, then the first inequality of (3.1) tells us that there is some 0 < 8 < 1 close enough to 1 such that sup p(¢t;{Z), ¢tHl (Z)) < 3/4, {I>., 1~t5}U{I>"+11~6} while the set {I¢t, I < 8} n {I¢t'+ll < 8} is mapped by both functions into the ball 8Bn, whose pseudohyperbolic diameter is smaller than 1. Our claim follows. Since the closure of Bn in M(Hoo(Bn)) contains the Shilov boundary, (3.2) and (2.1) imply that IIC>" - C>'<+1 11 < 2 for i = 1, ... , Tn - 1. Lemma 3 now says that (c) holds. (d) =} (a). By (d) there exists 0: < 1 such that sup p(¢(z), 'l/J(z)) -:; 0:. zEBn
We define a map ¢t = ¢
+ t('l/J -
IIC>, - C>. II
¢) for t E [0,1]. Now, if t < s < 1
< 2 sup p(¢t(z), ¢s(z)) zEBn
< <
2(s - t)p(¢(z), 'l/J(z)) 1 - (1 - (s - t)) p(¢(z), 'l/J(z)) 20: (s - t) 1 _ 0:'
where the first inequality holds by (2.1), since 8Hoo(Bn) C 13", and the second inequality from (2.3). From this, we see that t 1--+ C>t is a continuous mapping. 0 Therefore C'" lies in the same path component as C>. As a corollary, we obtain the following generalization of the work on isolated points in [11]. COROLLARY 9. Let ¢ be a holomorphic self-map of the ball. Then C> is isolated in the set of composition operators if and only if C> is essentially isolated. PROOF. Since IIC> - C",II ~ IIC> - C",lIe, it is clear that if C> is essentially isolated, then it is isolated. If C> is isolated and 'l/J =I- ¢, Theorem 8 implies that SUPzEBn p(¢(z),'¢(z)) = 1. This can only happen if there are points z E Bn such that 1¢(z)I--+1 or I'l/J(z) 1--+1, and p(¢(z), 'l/J(z))--+1. Hence, Theorem 6 says that IIC> - C'" lie ~ 1, and C> is essentially isolated. 0
4. Examples So what are some examples of isolated operators? If ¢ : Bn --+ Bn has radial limits of Euclidean norm 1 on a set of positive measure, we claim that C> is isolated. If 'l/J =I- ¢ there must exist a set of positive measure in 8Bn on which ¢ has radial limits of norm 1 and 'l/J does not equal ¢ (see [13, Ch. 5]). Thus, there exists a sequence {zd c Bn for which ¢(Zk) --+ ( E 8Bn and 'l/J(Zk) --+ 'Tf, with 'Tf =I- (. Therefore p(¢(Zk), 'l/J(Zk)) --+ 1 and Lemma 2 tells us that IIC> - C",II = 2. In particular, the automorphisms of B n induce isolated composition operators. It is clear from Theorem 8 that if ¢, 'l/J are holomorphic self-maps of Bn and O> - C'" is compact, then C> '" C"'. It is not completely clear, though, that the converse fails. In [8] Hosokawa, Izuchi and Zheng constructed an example that shows this for n = 1. By eliminating variables, every example that works for n = 1 can be made to work for general n. Here we construct a simpler example of
186
PAMELA GORKIN, RAYMOND MORTINI, AND DANIEL SUAREZ
holomorphic self-maps of the ball, 4> and '1/), such that C'" '" C'" but C - C,,) is not compact. Let n = {UJ ED: ~1-=-!:1 > ~} be a nontangential region in D at the point Z = 1. We want to estimate p(w, (w + 1)/2) for wEn. We recall that p(z, w) = Iz - wi/II - zwl for z, wED. By straightforward calculation,
( ( + 1)/2) -1
p w, w
=
11 -lwl 2+ 1- wi Il-w I
(1 -lwl)(1 + Iwl) 1 3 Il-w I + ~
~
and
- Iwl21 11+ 1l-w
p(w, (w + 1)/2)-1
> ~ (1 + 1- Iw12) 1- w
1-lwl 2
1+ 11_wI2(1-~w)
1+ 1+ Iwl > ~
>
2
- 2
when wEn. That is,
1
2
3 ~ p(w, (w + 1)/2) ~ 3
(4.1)
for all wEn. Let c.p : D---+n be a one-to-one and onto holomorphic function and define 4>, 'I/J : Bn---+Bn by
= (c.p(Z1), 0, ... ,0) and that 114>11 = 11'1/)11 = 1. For z
4>(Z1,"" zn) It is clear that
'I/J(Z1, ... , zn) E
= ((c.p(zt) + 1)/2,0, ... ,0).
Bn, a straightforward calculation shows
p(¢(z), 'I/J(z)) = p(c.p(zd, (c.p(zd
+ 1)/2).
Since c.p(zd E n, the inequalities in (4.1) show that p(4)(z), 'I/J(z)) E [1/3,2/3]. Therefore Theorem 8 says that C'" '" C"', while Corollary 7 says that C - C'" is not compact..
5. Endomorphisms of HOO(D) In this section we investigate the path components of elldomorphisms of H OO (D). For x E M(HOO(D)), the Gleason part of x is P(x) = {y E M(HOO(D)) : p(x,y) < I}. Since the condition p(:r, y) < 1 is an equivalence relation, the Gleason parts form a partition of M(HOO(D)). In [7] Hoffman produced a continuous and onto map Lx: D---+P(x) such that Lx(O) = x and foLx E HOO(D) for every x E M(HOO(D)) and f E HOO(D). There are two possibilities: either Lx(z) = x for all zED (so P(x) = {x}) or Lx is one-to-one. We write G = {x E M(HOO) : Lx is one-to-one} and
r
= {x E M(HOO) : Lx = {x}}.
It is well-known that every endomorphism T of HOO(D) can be factored as T = C",CL", , where 4> is a holomorphic self-map of D and x E M(HOO(D)). Although it is clear that this factorization is not unique, two different factorizations of the same endomorphism are related in the following way (see [2]): if p(x, y) < 1, then there is a biholomorphic map r of D (depending on x and y) such that Ly(z) = Lx(r(z))
HOMOTOPIC COMPOSITION OPERATORS ON
Hoo(B n )
for every zED. This means that every endomorphism of the form T also be factored as
187
= Cq,CLy can
T = Cq,CLy = Cq,CTCL", = CToq,CLx ' Of course, if x E rand p(x, y) < 1, then x = y and T = C Lr . LEMMA 10. Let x E G and A = Ej=1 )..,jCq,j' where composition operators on H'XJ(D). Then IIACLJI = IIAII.
)..,j
E C and Cq,j are
PROOF. Since IIACLxll ::; IICLxllliAIl ::; IIAII, one direction is easy. For the other direction, if 0 < f < 1, there exists a function f in the ball of HOO(D) such that IIA(f)11 > (1 - f)IIAIi. By the definition of the norm, there exists r with o < r < 1 such that n
L )..,jf(cPj(z)) ZETD j=l
sup IA(f)(z)1 = sup
ZETD
> (1 - f)2I1AII·
By a result of Hoffman [7, p. 91]' there exist Blaschke products bk such that (bk 0 Lx)(z) ~ z uniformly on compact subsets of D. But rD is a precompact subset of D, and therefore cPj (r D) is precompact for each j. That is, there is 0 < 0: < 1 such that Uj=l cP j(rD) C o:D. Fix {J with 0: < {J < 1. Since f is analytic, there is 8> 0 such that for z, wE (JD with Iz - wi < 8 we have If(z) - f(w)1 < f. Clearly we can also require 8 < (J - 0:. Therefore we may choose k sufficiently large so that I(b k 0 Lx)(cPj(z)) - cPj(z)1 < 8 for all z E rD. Thus, for k that large, z E rD and f as above, (b k o Lx)(cPj(z)) E (3D and consequently If(bk(Lx(cPj(z))) - f(cPj(z))1 < f. Therefore there exists a constant At depending only on nand )..,l"",)..,n such that II ACLx II
~
sup I(ACLx(f
0
bk))(z)1
zErD
n
sup
IL
zErD j=l
)..,j(f 0 bk 0 Lx)(cPj(z))1
n
>
sup
IL
zErD
> Letting
f ~
)..,jf(cPj(z))I- Mf
j=l
(1 - f)2I1AII- Mf.
0 yields the desired result.
o
THEOREM 11. Let T 1, T2 E End(HOO(D)). Then the following ar'e equivalent.
(a) T1 rv T2 in End(HOO(D)). (b) IIT1 - T211 < 2. (c) There exist x E M(HOO(D)) and holomorphic self-maps cP. 'ljJ of D such that T1 = Cq,C Lx • T2 = CtfJCLx and IICq, - CtfJlI < 2. PROOF. Suppose that (a) holds. Then there is a homotopy
G: [0, 1] ~End(HOO(D)) with G(O) = T1 and G(I) = T 2. We can find finitely many points 0 = it < ... < tn = 1 such that IIG(tj) - G(tj+d II < 2 for j = 1, ... , n - 1. Lemma 3 then says that IIG(O) - G(I)1I < 2. Suppose that (b) holds and write T1 = CLxoq, and T2 = CLyo"" where x,y E M(HOO(D)) and
PAMELA GORKIN, RAYMOND MORTINI, AND DANIEL SUAREZ
188
p(Lx(¢(O)), Ly( - CLyo'!'lI = 2. Thus (b) implies that p(x,y) < 1. If x E r, then Tl = T2 = C Lx ' If x E G and we write T2 = CLxo.p, where 1/J is a holomorphic self-map of D. Lemma 10 says that 2> IITI - T211 = IICt/> - C,pll, so (c) holds. If (c) holds Theorem 8 says that there is a homotopy of composition operators F(t), with t E [0,1] such that F(O) = Ct/> and F(l) = C,p. By Lemma 10, G(t) ~f F(t)CLx is a homotopy of endomorphisms connecting Tl with T 2, which proves (a). 0 Acknowledgement. The last author thanks Bucknell University for its hospitality and peaceful environment during the preparation of this paper. References [1] E. Berkson, Composition opemtors isolated in the uniform opemtor topology, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 81 (1981),230-232. [2] P. Budde, Support sets and Gleason parts, Michigan Math. J. 37 (1990), 367-383. [3] P. Galindo and M. Lindstrom, Factorization of homomorphisms through HOO(D), preprint. [4] T. Gamelin, Uniform algebras, Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 1969. [5] T. Gamelin and J. Garnett, Distinguished homomorphisms and fiber algebras Amer. J. Math. 92 (1970), 455-474. [6] P. Gorkin and R. Mortini, Asymptotically interpolating sequences in uniform algebms, J. London Math. Soc., to appear. [7] K. Hoffman, Bounded analytic functions and Gleason parts, Ann. of Math. (2) 86 (1967), 74-111 . [8] T. Hosokawa, K. Izuchi, and D. Zheng, Isolated points and essential components of composition opemtors on HOC, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 130 (2002), no. 6, 1765-1773. [9] U. Klein, Kompakte multiplikative Opemtoren auf uniformen Algebren, Mitt. Math. Sem. Giessen 232 (1997), 1-120. [10] B. MacCluer, Components in the space of composition opemtors, Integr. Equ. Oper. Theory 12 (1989), 725-738. [11] B. MacCluer, S. Ohno, and R. Zhao, Topological structure of the space of composition oper'ators on HOC, Integr. Equ. Oper. Theory 40 (2001), 481-494. [12] J. Moorhouse and C. Toews, Differences of composition opemtors, preprint. [13] W. Rudin, Function theory in the unit ball of Grundlehren der Mathematischen Wissenschaften [Fundamental Principles of Mathematical Science], 241. Springer-Verlag, New York-Berlin, 1980. [14] J. Shapiro and C. Sundberg, Isolation amongst the composition opemtors, Pacific J. Math., 145 (1990), 117-151. [15] C. Toews, Topological components of the set of composition opemtors on HOC (B N ), preprint.
en,
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY, LEWISBURG, PENNSYLVANIA
17837
E-mail address: pgorkinlDbucknell. edu DEPARTEMENT DE MATHEl\fATIQUES, UNIVERSITE DE METZ, ILE DU SAULCY,
F-57045 METZ,
FRANCE
E-mail address:mortinilDponcelet.univ-metz.fr DEPARTA~IENTO DE MATEMATICA, UNIVERSIDAD DE BUENOS AIRES, PAB. I, CIUDAD UNIVER-
(1428) NUNEZ, CAPITAL FEDERAL, ARGENTINA E-mail address:dsuarezlDdm.uba.ar
SITARIA,
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328, 2003
Characterization of conditional expectation in terms of positive projections J.J. Grobler and M. De Kock ABSTRACT. A description of positive, order continuous projections in ideals of measurable functions is given in terms of conditional expectation-type operators. The dual of such an operator can also be represented as a conditional expectation operator. We use this result to characterize conditional expectation in terms of a positive, order continuous projection that preserves one, and such that an extension of the dual also preserves one.
1. Introduction
Dodds, Huijsmans and De Pagter (see [2]) give a complete description of positive projections in ideals of measurable functions in terms of conditional expectationtype operators. Let E be an ideal of measurable functions such that Loo(O, E, Jl) C E C L1 (0, E, Jl). They characterize a positive, order continuous projection T : E -+ E with the property that T and the operator dual T' preserves one, in terms of conditional expectation. We extend this result to an ideal of measurable functions L with the property that Loo(O, E, Jl) C L, but we omit the assumption L C Ll (0, E, Jl). In this case we prove that a positive, order continuous projection S : L -+ L, which is onepreserving and with the property that an extension of its dual is also one-preserving, can be characterized in terms of the conditional expectation. In order to prove this extension, we need the fact that if an operator can be characterized in terms of conditional expectation, then its dual can also be characterized in terms of conditional expectation.
2. Preliminaries Let (0, E, Jl) be a a-finite measure space. The vector lattice of all Jl-a.e. finite E-measurable functions on 0, with the usual identification of Jl-a.e. equal functions, is denoted by Lo(O, E, Jl). M+(O, E, Jl) denotes the set of all (equivalence classes of) real, positive, Jl-measurable functions into [0,00]. We define x Vy := sup{x, y}. A linear subspace G of a vector lattice E is called a sublattice if x Vy belongs to G for all x, y E G. A linear subspace A in which Ixl :::; IYI, with yEA implies x E A, is called an ideal. A subset AcE is order bounded if A is contained in an order interval, i.e. A is bounded from above and below. We denote the set of order bounded linear operators © lRO
2003 American Mathematical Society
190
J.J. GROBLER AND M. DE KOCK
from the vector lattice E into itself by Cb(E). Cb(E) is a Dedekind complete vector lattice (see [3), p3). All vector lattices considered will be Dedekind complete. A net (xQ)QEf in E is called order convergent if there exists a net (YQ)QEr satisfying (YQ) 1 0 and Ix - x", I ~ y", for all Q E r, where r is an index set. We write X ---> x in order. If Eo is a sub-a-algebra of E, then we denote the restriction of p, to Eo by IL again. Et denotes the collection of subsets of Eo of positive measure. The characte1"istic function of a set A E E is denoted by lA. We write 1 rather than In. For any measurable function Jon 0, the support of f is denoted by supp(J) = {w EO: f(w) =1= o}. Our attention will, to a great extent, be focused on ideals of measurable functions on (0, E, I.L), i.e., on ideals L in the vector lattice Lo(O, E, p,). The set Z E E is called an L-zero set if every .f E L vanishes p,-a.e. on Z. There exists (modulo IL-llUll sets) a maximal L-zero set ZI in E and the set 0 1 = 0 \ ZI is called the carrier of the ideal L. There exists a sequence An i 0 1 in E such that 1.L(An) < 00 and IAn E L for all n E N, (see [5], p143). Clearly, the carrier of L is equal to n, if and only if L is order dense in Lo(n, E, p,). Let L c Lo(O, E, p,) be an order dense ideal with order continuous dual L~. We identi(y L~ with an ideal L' of functions in Lo(n,E,p,), and we will assume that L' is again an order dense ideal (which is always the case if L is a Banach function space; (see [5), Theorem 112.1). Equivalent to this assumption is that L ~ separates f gd,.L the points of L. The duality relation between Land L' is given by (J, g) = for f ELand gEL' (see [5), Section 86). Let 8 E Cb(L) with L an ideal of functions in Lo(O, E, p,). We define its order continuous adjoint 8' : L' ---> L' by (g, 8' J) = (8g, J) for all f E L' and gEL (see [5], Section 97). Then 8' E Cb(L'). If there is no reason for confusion, we will denote (n, E, p,) by (E) only. Q
In
DEFINITION 1. Let E and F be vector lattices and let T : E ---> F be a linear operator. Then (i) T is positive (denoted by T ~ 0) whenever Tx ~ 0 for all x ~ 0; T is called strictly positive (denoted by T »0) if Tx > 0 for all x > O. (ii) T is order continuous whenever Txc< -+ 0 in order for every net (x satisfying X -+ 0 in order. (iii) T is order bounded if it maps order bounded subsets into order bounded subsets. Q )
Q
For a Banach function space (E, II . liE) defined on some finite measure space ~ E ~ Ll (E, I.L), we define the following (see [2), p69).
(n, E, p,) for which Loo(E, p,)
DEFINITION 2. (i) The linear map T : E -+ E is called averaging if for all f E Loo(E) and all gEE we have that T(JTg) = Tf· Tg. (ii) T: E -+ E is called contractive if II T II ~ 1. DEFINITION 3. Let (n, E, p,) be a probability space (i.e. 1.L(n) = 1) and let Eo be a sub-a-algebra of E. For fELl (E), we denote by lFP(J I Eo) the IL-a.e. unique Eo-measurable function with the property that
i
lFf'(J I Eo)dl.L
=
i
fdp,
for all A E Eo. The function lFP(J I Eo) is called the conditional expectation of f with respect to Eo. If there is no reason for confusion, we will denote the p,-a.e. Eo-measurable function lElL('IE o) by lE('IE o) only. The existence of lE(J I Eo) is a consequence of
CHARACTERIZATION OF CONDITIONAL EXPECTATION.
191
the Radon-Nikodym theorem. The conditional expectationlE('IEo) can be extended from a mapping from Ll (E) into itself, to a mapping from M+(E) into itself. If f E M+(E,), then 1E(f I Eo) E .l\J+(E) is defined by 1E(f I Eo) = suplE(fn I Eo), where 0 :::; fn E Ll (E) (71. = 1,2, ... ) satisfy 0 :::; fn i f J,L-a.e. The conditional expectation operator has the following properties. For a proof of properties (i) to (vi) we refer to [4], p7; for property (vii) we refer to [3], p7. 1. (i) lE(o:f + /1g I Eo) = 0:1E(f I Eo) + /11E(g I Eo) for all f,g E M+(E) and for all 0:::; 0:,/1 E R (ii) 0 :::; f :::; 9 in M+(E) implies that 0 :::; 1E(f I Eo) :::; lE(g I Eo) and if 1E(lfll Eo) = 0, then it follows that f = O. By virtue of positivity we have 11E(f I Eo)1 :::; 1E(lfll Eo). (iii) 0:::; fn i f IJ,-a.e. implies that 0:::; lE(fn I Eo) i 1E(f I Eo) J,L-a.e. (iv) lE(gf I Eo) = glE(f I Eo) for all f E M+(E) and all 9 E M+(Eo). (v) If 9 E M+(Eo) and f E M+(E), then fA gdJ,L = J~ fdJ,L for all A E Eo if and only if 9 = 1E(f I Eo) IJ,-a.e. (vi) If Eo c Ao are sub-a-algebras of E, then 1E(f I Eo) = 1E(1E(f I Ao) I Eo) for all 0:::; f E M+(E). (vii) If f E M+(E) is such that 1E(f I Eo) E Lo(E), then we also have that f E Lo(E). PROPOSITION
DEFINITION
4. The domain domlE('IE o) of 1E('IEo) is defined by
domlE('IE o) := {f E Lo(E) : 1E(lfll Eo) E Lo(Eo)}. Clearly, domlE(·IE o) is an ideal in Lo(E) which contains L 1 (E). For f E dom 1E(·1 Eo), we define: 1E(f I Eo) := 1E(f+ I Eo) -1E(r I Eo). This defines a positive linear operator 1E('IEo) : domlE('IE o)
--+
Lo(Eo) C Lo(E).
Let (n, E, l.l) be a probability space and let L carrier n. Set
c
M(L) = {m E Lo(E) : 1E(lmfll Eo) E L
Lo(n, E, J,L) be an ideal with
V f E L}.
Since L C Lo(E), we have that mf E domlE('IE o) for all m E M(L) and f E L. For m E M(L) we define Smf : L --+ L by
Smf := lE(mf I Eo)
V f E L.
Sm is order bounded and ISml :::; Simi' Sm is also order continuous. The following proposition will be applied in the sequel. A proof can be found in [3], (p8). PROPOSITION
2. Let (n, E, J,L) be a probability space and Eo C E a sub-a-
algebra. (i) If f E domlE('IE o) and 9 E Lo(Eo), then it follows that gf E domlE('IE o) and lE(gf I Eo) = glE(f I Eo). (ii) If f E Lo(E), then f E domlE('IE o) if and only if there exists a sequence {A n }:'=1 in Eo such that An in and .
{
JAn
IfldJ,L <
00
V
71.
= 1,2, ....
J.J. GROBLER AND M. DE KOCK
192
Moreover, if f E domlE(·IE o), then, for all A E Eo with
i
lEU I Eo)dft =
i
fA Ifldft < 00,
fdft·
The following lemma will be applied in t.he sequel. LEMMA
3. For a linear subspace N of Loo(E) the following statements are
equivalent. (i) There exists a sub-a-algebra Eo such that N = Loo(Eo). (ii) N is a subalgebra of Loo(E) containing the constants such that fn N, Ifni::; u E Loo(E) (11. = 1,2, ... ) and fn - t f a.e. imply that fEN.
E
The proofs of the following propositions and corollaries rely mainly on t.he proofs by Dodds, Huijsmans and De Pagter (see [2]). Let L c Lo(E) be an ideal of measurable functions such that Loo C L. We then have the following. PROPOSITION
4. Let S : L
-t
L be an or'der continuous, positive linear opemtor
for which (i) Sf E Loo(E) whenever f E Loo(E),
(ii) SUSg) = Sf· Sg for' all f E Loo(E) and all gEL. Then there exists a sub-a-algebra Eo of E and there exists a 0 ::; m E M(L) such that Sf = lE(mf I Eo) for all f E L. We use the following proposition in the proof of the main result. PROPOSITION
5. For a linear operator S : L
-t
L, the following statements are
equivalent.
(i) S is positive and or'der continuous, S2 = S, SI = 1 and the range R(S) of S is a sublattice.
(ii) There exist a sub-a-algebra Eo of E and a function 0 ::; m lE(mIEo) = 1 such that Sf = lE(mf I Eo) for all f E L.
E
M(L) with
Because the range of a strictly positive projection is a sublattice, we obtain the following result. COROLLARY
6. For a linear operator S : L
-t
L the following statements are
equivalent.
(i) S is a strictly positive, order continuous project'ion with SI = 1. (ii) There exists a sub-a-algebra Eo of E and a strictly positive function m M(L) with lE(ml Eo) = 1 such that Sf = lE(mfl Eo) for all f E L.
E
In the following proposition we consider the case where the operator no more preserves onc, but where the image of the indicator function is strictly positive. We derive a similar result as in Corollary 6 for S strictly positive. PROPOSITION 7. Let S : L ments are equivalent.
-t
L be a linear operator, then the following state-
(i) S is a positive or'der continuous projection onto a sublattice such that SI is strictly posit'ive. (ii) There exist a s'nb-a-algebra Eo ofE, 0 ::; m E Lo(E) and a strictly positive function k E Lo(E) with lE(mk I Eo) = 1, such that Sf = klE(mf I Eo) for all f E L.
CHARACTERIZATION OF CONDITIONAL EXPECTATION.
193
We have the following basic characterization of conditional expectation on L1 (E). A proof can be found in [2], p71. PROPOSITION 8. (Douglas R.G. and Seever) If T is a continuous linear map on L 1(E), then the following statements are equivalent.
(i) There exists a sub-a-algebra Eo of E such that for all f E L1 (E) we have that Tf = lEU I Eo). (ii) T is a contractive projection which preserves 1. 3. Main characterization of conditional expectation. We prove that if an operator can be characterized in terms of the conditional expectation, then its dual can also be characterized in terms of the conditional expectation. As before, we let L c Lo(E) be an ideal of measurable functions which contains Loo(E). LEMMA 9. If S : L --+ L is a linear operator such that Sf = lEU IEo) for all f E L, then S' : L' --+ L' satisfies S' 09 = lE(g I Eo) for all E-measurable 09 E L'.
ProoF. Let f ELand gEL'. Then (j, S'g)
(Sf,g) l
SfgdJ.l
l l
lE iL U I Eo)gdJ.l
!l
n
lEiL(glEiLU I Eo) I Eo)dJ.l
llEiLU I Eo) ·1E1L(g I Eo)dJ.l l
f S'lE iL (g I Eo )dJ.l
Thus, we have proved that (3.1)
(j,S'g)
=
(j,S'IE(gIE o )).
For any Eo-measurable g, we have that (3.2) It follows from (3.2) that for Eo-measurable 9 we have that S'g = 9 and from (3.1) 0 and (3.2), for arbitrary gEL' that S'g = S'lE(g I Eo) = lE(g I Eo). Now we are able to prove the main result, where we characterize conditional expectation in terms of a positive, order continuous projection and an extension of its dual. PROPOSITION
10. If S is a linear map, then the following statements are equi-
valent.
(i) Ther'e exists a sub-a-algebra Eo of E such that Sf = lEU I Eo) for' all f E L. (ii) S: L --+ L is a positive order continuous projection such that SI = 1 and S' has an extention S' : L' + Loo --+ L' + Loo satisfying S'I = 1.
194
J.J. GROBLER AND M. DE KOCK
Proof. (i) =} (ii) It follows from Proposition 5 that S is a positive, order continuous projection such that SI = 1. Since the conditional expectation operator is defined on L1 (E) into L1 (E), it follows that
S : L n L 1(E)
-4
Denote the restriction of S to L n L1 (E) by
8' : L' + Loo(E) and 8' is an extension of S' : L' have (3.3)
-4
-4
L n L 1(E).
8.
Then
L' + Loo(E)
L'. Because for
f
E
L' and gEL n L1 (E), we
(g, 8' J) = (8g, J) = (Sg, J) = (g, s' J).
Since L n L1 (E) is dense in L, (3.3) holds for all gEL, and so 8' f = S' f for all f E L'. For all gEL' + Loo(E), it follows from Lemma 9 that 8'g = lE(g 1 Eo), so 8'1 = 1, by the properties of conditional expectation. (ii) =} (i) We first note that since Loo (E) c L we have L' C L1 (E) and also that L' is dense in L 1 (E). An argument of Ando (see [1], (p401)) shows that S' is contractive for the L1 (E)-norm. In fact, if gEL', it follows from the assumption SI = 1 that,
In IS'
gld{t
In In IgIIS(1
S' 9 sgn S' gd{t
<
sgnS'g)ld{t
< InlgIS(lsgnS'gl)dJL <
In In
IglSld{t Igld{t.
Since L' is dense in L1 (E) for the L1 (E)-norm, we can extend S' to a contraction on LdE). Since S is a projection, the same holds for S'. Thus, by Proposition 8, there exists a sub-a-algebra Eo of E such that S' 9 = lE(g 1 Eo) for every 9 E Ll (E) and therefore also for all gEL'. It follows from Lemma 9 that S" f = lEU 1Eo) for all f E L". By restricting S" to L, we therefore have that Sf = lEU 1 Eo) for all f E L. 0
References [1] ANDO, T., 1966, Contmctive projections in Lp-spaces, Pacific J. Math., 17,391-405. [2] DODDS, P.G., HUIJSMANS, C.B., and DE PAGTER, B., 1990, Chamcterizations of Conditional Expectation type-opemtors, Pacific J. Math., 141,55-76. [3] GROBLER, J.J. and DE PAGTER, B., 1999, Opemtors representable as Multiplication Conditional Expectation opemtors, To appear in J. of Operator Theory. [4] NEVEU, J., 1975, Discrete-pammeter martingales, North Holland/American Elsevier, Amsterdam Oxford New York. [5] ZAANEN, A.C., 1982, Riesz spaces II, North Holland, Amsterdam, New York. SCHOOL FOR BUSINESS MATHEMATICS, POTCHEFSTROOM UNIVERSITY FOR CHE, POTCHEFSTROOM 2520, SOUTH AFRICA" MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT, KENT STATE UNIVERSITY, KENT, OH 44240 E-mail address:srsjjgClpuknet.puk.ac.za • mdekockClmath. kent. edu
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328, 2003
The Krull nature of locally C* -algebras Marina Haralampidou ABSTRACT. Any complete locally m-convex algebra, whose normed factors in its Arens-Michael decomposition are Krull algebras is also Krull. In particular, any locally CO-algebra is a Krull algebra. Considering perfect projective systems, we give another proof of the fact that any Frechet locally CO-algebra is a Krull algebra. Furthermore, a proper complete locally m-convex H* -algebra with continuous involution and a normal unit is a locally C* -algebra, hence Krull. The class of Krull (topological) algebras is closed with respect to cartesian products, topological algebra isomorphic images, and perfect projective limits.
1. Introduction and preliminaries
Every closed (left) ideal of a CO-algebra E is the intersection of the (closed) maximal regular (left) ideals containing it (see, for instance, [2: p. 56, Theorem 2.9.5]. Thus, E is a Krull algebra in the sense of Definition 1.1. A natural question arises here whether, in general, any locally CO-algebra is Krull. In that direction, using the Arens-Michael decomposition, we get that a complete locally m-convex algebra (E,(Po)oEA) is a Krull algebra, if each factor Eo. = E/ker(po.)' Q E A is a Krull algebra (Proposition 2.1). As a consequence, we get that any locally CO-algebra is Krull (Corollary 2.2). Besides, a proper complete locally m-convex H*-algebra (E, (Po.)o.EA) with continuous involution and a unit element e, so that po.(e) = 1 for every Q E A, is a Krull algebra (Corollary 2.6). Based on the notion of a perfect projective system (Definition 2.7), we provide another proof of the fact that any Fn3chet locally C* -algebra is Krull (Theorem 2.10). By the term topological algebm we mean an algebra, which is a topological linear space such that the ring multiplication is separately continuous (see [11: p. 4, Definition 1.1] and/or [12: p. 6]). A topological algebra E is called a Q'-algebm, if every maximal regular left or right ideal in E is closed (see [5: p. 148, Definition
1.1]). A locally m-convex algebm is a topological algebra E whose topology is defined by a family (Po.)o.EA of submultiplicative seminorms, i.e. Po.(xy) :::; Po.(x)Po.(y) for 1991 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 46H05, 46H10, 46H20. Key words and phrases. Krull algebra, Q'-algebra, Arens-Michael decomposition, locally C*algebra, perfect projective system of topological algebras, perfect projective limit algebra, Frechet locally CO-algebra, proper algebra, locally m-convex H*-algebra. © 2003 American Mathematical Society 195
MARINA HARALAMPIDOU
196
all x, y E E, 0: E A (see for instance [11] and/or [12]). Such a topological algebra is denoted by (E, (PoJ"'EA)' A complete metrizable locally m-convex algebra E is called a Prechet locally m-convex algebra. In this case, the topology of E is defined by a countable family (Pn)nEN of submultiplicative seminorms. A C*-seminorm is a seminorm P on an involutive algebra E, satisfying the C*-condition, namely, p(x*x) = p(x)2 for every x E E [13: p. 1, Definition 1]. Such a seminorm is submultiplicative and *-preserving [ibid. p. 2, Theorem 2]. A locally pre-C* -algebra is an involutive locally (m-) convex algebra (E, (P",)",EA), such that each p"" 0: E A is a C* -seminorm, while a complete algebra, as before, is called a locally C* -algebra [8: p. 198, Definition 2.2]. A Frechet locally C* -algebra is an involutive Frechet locally (m-) convex algebra (E, (Pn)nEN) where each Pn is a C* -seminorm. A locally m-convex H* -algebra is an algebra E equipped with a family (P"')"'EA of Ambrose seminorms in the sense that P"" 0: E A arises from a positive pseudoinner product <, >"" such that the induced topology makes E into a locally mconvex topological algebra. Moreover, the following conditions are satisfied: For any x E E, there is an x* E E, such that
< xy,z >",=< y,x*z >", < yx, z >",=< y, zx* >", for any y, z E E and 0: E A. x* is not necessarily unique. In case, E is proper (viz. Ex = (0), implies x = 0), then x* is unique and * : E -+ E : x f-+ x* is an involution (see [4: p. 451, Definition 1.1 and p. 452, Theorem 1.3]). Throughout of this work the considered algebras are over the field of complexes. To fix notation we recall the following. Let (E, (P"')"'EA) be a complete locally m-convex algebra and
(1.1)
P'" : E
-+
E/ker(p",) == E", : x
f-+
p"'(x) :=x + ker(p",)
the respective quotient maps. Then Ilx",ll", := p"'(x), x E E, 0: E A defines on E", an algebra norm, so that E", is a normed algebra and the morphisms P"" 0: E A are continuous. E"" 0: E A denotes the completion of E", (with respect to II . II",). A is endowed with a partial order by putting 0: :::; /3 if and only if p"'(x) :::; P(3(x) for every x E E. Thus, ker(p(3) <;;;; ker(p",) and hence the continuous (onto) morphism
(1.2)
j",(3 : E(3
-+
E", : x(3
f-+
j",(3(x(3) := x""
0::::;
/3
is defined. Moreover, j ",(3 is extended to a continuous morphism !",(3 : E(3
-+
E""
Thus, (E"" j",(3), (E",'/",(3), 0:, /3 E A with (resp. Banach) algebras, so that
(1.3)
E
2:!
0: :::;
0::::;
/3.
/3 are projective systems of normed
- -
lim E", 2:! lim E", (Arens-Michael decomposition)
within topological algebra isomorphisms (cf., for instance, [11: p. 88, Theorem 3.1 and p. 90, Definition 3.1] and/or [12: p. 20, Theorem 5.1]). Concerning the following notion see [7]. DEFINITION 1.1. A topological algebra is called a Krull algebra, if every proper closed left (resp. right) ideal is contained in a closed maximal regular left (resp. right) ideal.
THE KRULL NATURE OF LOCALLY C'-ALGEBRAS
197
For the statements (i) and (iii) in the next proposition see [7: Lemma 3.8). PROPOSITION 1.2. Let E, F be topological algebms and ¢ : E ---7 F a continuous epimorphism. Then the following hold true: (i) If E is a Krull algebm and ¢ closed, then F is a Krull algebm. (ii) If E is a Krull algebm and F a Q'-algebm, then F is a Krull algebm. (iii) If F is a Krull algebm and ¢ closed with ker(¢) ~ I for every proper closed left or right ideal in E, then E is a Krull algebm. (iv) If F is a Krull algebm and ¢ a closed injection, then E is a Krull algebm. PROOF. (ii) For a proper closed left ideal J in F, ¢-l(J) is a proper closed left ideal in E with ker(¢) ~ ¢-l(J) and J = ¢(¢-l(J)) (see also [3: p. 316, Proposition B.5.4)). Thus, ¢-l(J) ~ M for some closed maximal regular left ideal Min E. Hence J ~ ¢(M), so that ¢(M) is a maximal regular left ideal in F (ibid.), closed by Q'. Similarly, for proper closed right ideals. (iv) Immediate from (iii). 0 COROLLARY 1.3. A topological algebm is a Krull algebm if and only if a topological algebm isomorphic image of it is so. PROPOSITION 104. Let (E"')"'EA be a family of topological algebms and F = II"'EA E", the respective cartesian product topological algebm. Then F is a Krull algebm, if each E"" Q E A is a Krull algebm. The converse is true in case the factors are Q' -algebms. PROOF. Consider the canonical continuous epimorphisms (projections)
(1.4)
11"", :
F
---7
E", : x = (X"')"'EA
1--+
1I"",(x)
:=
x""
Q
E A.
Let I be a proper closed left ideal in F. Since the multiplication is separately continuous, it follows that the closure 11"",(1) of the left ideal 11"", (I), is a closed left ideal in E",. Moreover, 11"",(1) i- E", for some Q E A. Otherwise, II"'EA 11"",(1) = F. It is easily seen that n"'EA 11";;1 (E",) = ILEA E",. Besides, I = I = n"'EA 11";;1(11"",(1)). Hence I = II"'EA E", = F, a contradiction. Now, since E", is a Krull algebra, 11"",(1) ~ M, for some closed maximal regular left ideal M. Hence I ~ 1I";;1(M) with 1I";;1(M) a closed maximal regular left ideal in F. Similarly, for proper closed right ideals. The above argument shows that F is a Krull algebra. 0 For the rest of the assertion apply (ii) of Proposition 1.2. 2. The Krull property for locally C*-algebras
We provide first the following result akin to that of Proposition 104. PROPOSITION 2.1. Let (E, (P"')"'EA) be a complete locally Tn-convex algebm, such that the norrned algebms E"" Q E A in its Arens-Michael decomposition, are Krull algebms. Then E is a Krull algebm, as well. On the other hand, if E is a Krull algebm, then a factor E", is a Krull algebm if it is also a Q' -algebm. PROOF. E ~ lim E", within a topological algebra isomorphism, say ¢ (see f-(1.3)). Consider the continuous epimorphic image p",(I) (see (1.1)) of a proper closed left ideal I in E. Claim that the closed left ideal p",(I) is proper in E", for
MARINA HARALAMPIDOU
198
some Q E A. Suppose the contrary. Then based on M. Exarchakos, concerning the first equality of the next rels, we get ¢(E)
= ll!!!Ea = ll!!!Pa(I) = ll!!!(fa(¢(I))) = ¢(I),
here fa denotes the restriction to ll!!! Eo of the projection map 7ra : TIaEA Eo -+ Eo, Q E A (cf. also [11: p. 87, Lemma 3.2 and p. 89, (3.24)]; we note that ¢(I) is a closed left ideal in lim Eo). Thus, E = I, which is a contradiction. So, since tEa, Q E A is a Krull algebra, it follows that Pa(I) ~ M for some closed maximal regular left ideal M, and hence I ~ p~l(Pa(I)) ~ p~l(M). Besides, p~l(M) is a maximal regular left ideal in E, closed by the continuity of Po. An analogous result holds for proper closed right ideals. The last part of the assertion follows from (ii) of Proposition 1.2. 0
By [1: p. 32, Theorem 2.4], the factor normed algebras, in the Arens-Michael decomposition of a locally C*-algebra, are C*-algebras and hence Krull (see, for instance [2: p. 56, Theorem 2.9.5]). Thus, Proposition 2.1 implies the next. COROLLARY 2.2. Every locally C*-algebm is a Krull algebm. By Proposition 1.4 and Corollary 2.2, we get the next. COROLLARY 2.3. The cartesian product of locally C* -algebras is a Krull (locally C* -) algebm. In view of Corollary 2.2, Theorem 4.7 in [6: p. 3732] is improved as follows: THEOREM 2.4. A locally C* -algebm is dual if and only if it is complemented. Let (E, (Pa)aEA) be a proper complete locally m-convex H* -algebra with continuous involution. Then E can be made into a locally pre-C* -algebra, via a family (qa)aEA of C*-seminorms given by (2.1)
so that, (2.2)
qa(X) ~ Po(x) for every x E E,
Q
E A.
(Namely, the respective topology on E is weaker than the given one). Moreover,
(2.3)
Po(xy) ~ qa(x)Pa(Y) for every x, y E E,
Q
E A.
(See [9: p. 265, Proposition 2.3]). In that framework we get the next two results. PROPOSITION 2.5. Let (E, (Po)oEA) be a proper complete locally m-convex H*algebm with continuous involution and a unit element e. Then the following are equivalent: 1) po(e) = 1 for every Q E A (: normal unit). 2) (E, (Pa)aEA) is a locally C*-algebm. PROOF. 1) ==> 2): Let qa, Q E A be the seminorms given by (2.1). By (2.3), p",(x) ~ qo(x) for every x E E, Q E A. Hence (see also (2.2)) Po = qa for every Q E A. Namely, (E, (Pa)aEA) is a locally C*-algebra. 2) ==> 1): C*-property implies Pa(e)(l-po(e)) = 0 for every Q E A. If po(e) = 0 for some Q E A, then Ileoli o = 0, where eo = e + ker(Pa) is the respective unit
THE KRULL NATURE OF LOCALLY C'-ALGEBRAS
199
element in the factor algebra EOl == EOl (see aslo [1: p. 32, Theorem 2.4] and [11: p. 91, Theorem 4.1]). Thus eOl = 0, which is a contradiction. Thus, pOl(e) =I- 0 for every Q E A, hence POl (e) = 1 for every Q E A. 0 As a consequence of Corollary 2.2 and Proposition 2.5 we have the next. COROLLARY 2.6. Every proper complete locally m-convex H* -algebm with continuous involution and a normal unit is a Krull algebm. Our next aim is to provide another proof to the fact that a F'rechet locally C*-algebra is Krull (see Corollary 2.2). To do this, we use the notion involved in the next. DEFINITION 2.7. A projective system {(EOl , fOl,8)}OlEA of topological algebras is called perfect, if the restrictions to the projective limit algebra
= ~EOl = {(x Ol ) E
II
EOl: fOl,8(X,8) = XOl , if Q:S; (3 in A} OlEA of the canonical projections 7r0l : I10lEA EOl -+ E Ol , Q E A, namely, the (continuous algebra) morphisms
(2.4)
(2.5)
E
fOl = 7rOl IE =limE", : E
-+
EOl ,
Q
E A,
t--
are onto maps. The resulted projective limit algebra E = lim EOl is called perfect (topological) algebm. ~
LEMMA 2.8. Every Frechet locally m-convex algebm (E, (Pn)nEN) gives a perfect projective system of normed algebms. PROOF. For any n
:s; m in N, the connecting maps
(2.6)
with
fnm(X + ker(Pm)) = x + ker(Pn) are onto algebra morphisms (see, for instance, [11: p. 86, (3.6) and (3.7)]). So, since {(En, fnm)}nEN is a denumerable projective system of normed algebras, it follows that fn, n E N (see (2.5)) are onto, as well (see [10: p. 229, Theorem 8]). 0 The proof in the next result is an adaptation of that in Proposition 2.1. PROPOSITION 2.9. Any perfect projective limit of Krull algebms is a Krull algebm. PROOF. Let {(EOl,fOl,B)}OlEA be a perfect projective system of Krull algebras. Consider the projective limit algebra E = limEOl (see (2.4)), which is a closed subalgebra of the cartesian product topological algebra I10l EA EOl (see, for instance, [11: p. 84, Lemma 2.1]). For a proper closed left ideal I in E, fOl(I) is a (closed) left ideal in E Ol , Q E A. If f Ol (I) = EOl for every Q E A, then ~
1= limfOl(I) ~
= limfOl(I) = limEOl = E, ~
~
(see also [ibid. p. 87, Lemma 3.2]), which is a contradiction. Thus, fOl(I) =I- EOl for some Q E A. Since E Ol , Q E A is a Krull algebra, there exists a closed maximal regular left ideal, say M, with fOl(I) ~ M and hence I ~ f;;l(1Ol(1)) ~ f;;l(M),
200
MARINA HARALAMPIDOU
where J;;l(M) is a closed maximal regular left ideal in E and this terminates the proof for closed left ideals. Similarly, for closed right ideals. D THEOREM
2.10. Any Prichet locally C*-algebm is a Krull algebm.
PROOF. Let (E, (Pn)nEN) be an algebra as in the statement. By [1: p. 32, Theorem 2.4], the respective normed algebras En, n E N in the Arens-Michael decomposition of E, are C* -algebras and hence Krull (see, for instance, [2: p. 56, Theorem 2.4.5]. In particular, {(En' Jnm)}nEN is a perfect system of normed algebras (see Lemma 2.8 and relation (2.6)). Proposition 2.9 assures that the projective limit algebra lim En is a Krull algebra and hence E is a Krull algebra, as it fol+-lows from Corollary 1.3 and the fact that E ~ lim En within a topological algebra +-isomorphism (see (1.3)). D References [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] [9] [10] [11] [12] [13]
C. Apostol, b*-algebms and their representation, J. London Math. Soc. 3(1971), 30-38. MR 44:2040. J. Dixmier, C*-Algebms, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1977. MR 56:16388. R.S. Doran and V.A. Belfi, Chamcterizations of CO-Algebras. The Gel'fand-Na'tmark Theorems, Marcel-Dekker, 1986. MR 87k:46115. M. Haralampidou, On locally convex H*-algebms, Math. Japon. 38(1993), 451-460. MR 94h:46088. M. Haralampidou, Annihilator topological algebras, Portug. Math. 51(1994), 147-162. MR 95f:46076. M. Haralampidou, On complementing topological algebms, J. Math. Sci. 96(1999), 3722-3734. MR 2000j:46085. M. Haralampidou, On the Krull property in topological algebms (to appear). A. Inoue, Locally C* -algebras, Mem. Faculty Sci. Kyushu Univ. (SerA) 25(1971), 197-235. MR 46:4219. A. EI Kinani, On locally pre-C*-algebm structures in locally m-convex H*-algebms, Thrk. J. Math. 26(2002), 263-271. G. Kothe, Topological Vector Spaces, I, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1969. MR 40:1750. A. Mallios, Topological Algebms. Selected Topics, North-Holland, Amsterdam, 1986. MR 87m:46099. E.A. Michael, Locally multiplicatively-convex topological algebms, Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 11(1952). (Reprinted 1968). MR 14,482a. Z. Sebestyen, Every C*-seminorm is automatically 8ubmultiplicative, Period. Math. Hung. 10(1979), 1-8. MR 80c:46065.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, UNIVERSITY OF ATHENS, PANEPISTIMIOPOLlS, ATHENS 15784, GREECE E-mail address:mharalamOcc.uoa.gr
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328, 2003
Characterizations and automatic linearity for ring homomorphisms on algebras of functions Osamu Hatori, Takashi Ishii, Takeshi Miura, and Sin-Ei Takahasi ABSTRACT. Automatic linearity results for certain ring homomorphisms between two algebras, in particular, semi-simple commutative Banach algebras with units are proved. For this purpose a representation by using the induced continuous mapping between the maximal ideal spaces and ring homomorphisms on the field of complex numbers is given. Ring homomorphisms on certain non-complete metrizable algebras into the algebras of analytic functions are also considered. A characterization of the kernel of complex-valued ring homomorphism on a commutative algebra is given. As a corollary of the results a complete description of ring homomorphisms on the disk algebra into itself is given in terms of prime ideals.
Introduction A ring homomorphism between two algebras is a mapping which preserves addition and multiplication. If we assume that the mapping is linear, then it is an ordinary homomorphism. In the case where the two algebras are just the field C of complex numbers, the assumption cannot be avoided; there are ring homomorphisms of C into C which are not linear nor conjugate linear (cf. [9]). The history of ring homomorphisms on C probably dates back to the investigation of Segre [19] in the nineteenth century and that of Lebesgue [12]. A similar remark applies to finite-dimensional Banach algebras. But this is not the case for several infinitedimensional ones; for instance, Arnold [1] proved that a ring isomorphism between the two Banach algebras of all bounded operators on two infinite-dimensional Banach spaces is linear or conjugate linear (cf. [5]). Kaplansky [8] proved that if p is a ring isomorphism from one semi-simple Banach algebra A onto another, then A is a direct sum Al EB A2 EB A3 with A3 finite-dimensional, p linear on All and p conjugate linear on A 2 . It follows that a ring isomorphism from a semi-simple commutative Banach algebra onto another with infinite and connected maximal ideal space is linear or conjugate linear. 2000 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 46JlO, 46E25; Secondary 46J40. The first, the second, and the fourth author were partialy supported by the Grants-in-Aid for Scientific Research, The Ministry of Education, Science, Sports and Culture, Japan.
© 201
2003 AJnerican Mathematical Society
202
O. HATORI, T. ISHII, T. MIURA, AND S.-E. TAKAHASI
It is interesting to study ring homomorphisms on Banach algebras which are not necessarily injective or surjective. We may expect that a number of ring homomorphisms on infinite-dimensional Banach algebras are automatically linear or conjugate linear. By a routine work we see that a a ring homomorphism is real-linear if it is continuous. On the other hand, we can also arrive at automatic linearity for several ring homomorphisms by results in [14, 15, 20, 21, 13]; they studied and characterized *-ring homomorphisms between commutative Banach algebras with involutions and ring homomorphisms on regular commutative Banach algebras with additional assumptions. The heart of this paper is automatic linearity results for certain ring homomorphisms of a much more general nature. Throughout the paper A and B denote semi-simple commutative Banach algebras with units eA and eB respectively. The maximal ideal space for A is denoted by MA. In this paper, we denote the Gelfand transform of a E A also by a. For a ring homomorphism of C into C, we simply say a ring homomorphism on C. Let T be a ring homomorphism on C and x E MA. Then the complex-valued mapping p on A defined by
p(a) = T(a(x)),
aEA
is a typical example of a ring homomorphism. Semrl [20, Example 5.4] showed that there exists a complex-valued ring homomorphism other than this type. In section 2 we show that if a ring homomorphism of A into B satisfies a certain condition, say (m), then it is represented by a modified version of the above. Many ring homomorphisms satisfy this weak and rather natural condition (m): *-ring homomorphisms on involutive algebras; p{A)(y) = C for every y E M B ; p(A) contains a subalgebra of B. Thus our result generalizes the previous ones in [14, 20, 21, 13]. In section 3, by using results in section 2, we deduce some automatic linearity results for ring homomorphisms: p with (m) is real-linear on a closed ideal of finite co dimension in A; if p(CeA) = CeB and p(A) contains an element with an infinite spectrum, then p is linear or conjugate linear. It is a natural question: under the two hypotheses (1) p(CeA) c CeB and (2) p(A) contains an element with an infinite spectrum, does it follow that p is linear or conjugate linear? We give an affirmative answer under stronger hypotheses: (1) and (2)' p(A) contains an element whose spectrum contains a non-empty open subset. Problems in the same vein are also considered not only for Banach algebras but also for algebras of analytic functions. Bers [3] proved that if U and V are plane domains and H(U), H(V) are the rings of analytic functions on U, V respectively, then any ring isomorphism of H(U) onto H(V) is induced by a conformal (or anti-conformal) equivalence of V with U, thus the ring isomorphism is linear (or conjugate linear). Nakai [17] and Rudin [18] have shown this also holds for open Riemann surfaces. Ring homomorphisms which are not necessarily injective or surjective are also considered by many mathematicians (cf. [7, 10]). Among them, Becker and Zame [2] have proved automatic continuity and linearity for ring homomorphisms from certain complete metrizable topological algebras into the algebra of analytic functions on connected, reduced analytic spaces. In section 4 we also consider ring homomorphisms into the algebras of analytic functions. In particular, we consider the case of a ring homomorphism p from the algebra Rs of rational functions on C with poles off a subset SeC into an algebra of analytic funtions. Here Rs is a metrizable topological algebra, but it cannot be
203
AUTOMATIC LINEARITY FOR RING HOMOMORPHISMS
a Banach algebra by the Baire category theorem. We show that, for certain subsets S, p is automatically linear or conjugate linear, if the range of p contains a 11011constant function. We also give an example of S such that a ring hommomorphism that is neither linear nor conjugate linear, and whose range contains non-constant functions, is possible. In the final section we study ring homomorphisms into C: ring homomorphisms whose ranges contain only constant functions. We characterize the kernels of ring homomorphisms from a unital commutative algebra into C, which is compared with the one to one correspondence between maximal ideals and complex (linear) homomorphisms on commutative Banach algebras. As a corollary we show that there exists an injective ring homomorphism from an algebra which consists of analytic functions into C. We also give a complete description of the ring homomorphisms on the disk algebra in terms of prime ideals. We say that a ring homomorphism 7 on C is trivial if 7 = 0 or 7(Z) = Z (resp. z) for every Z E C. Other ring homomorphisms on C are said to be non-trivial. We note some properties of non-trivial ring homomorphisms on C, which are used later in this paper. For a proof of the existence of non-trivial ring homomorphisms, historical comments, and further properties, see [9]. It is easy to see that every non-zero ring homomorphism 7 on C fixes rational real numbers and 7(i) = i or -i. If 7 is non-trivial, then 7 does not preserve complex conjugation. (This is a standard fact. Here is a proof. Suppose 7 does preserve complex conjugation: 7(Z) = 7(Z) for every Z E C. Then 7(JR) C JR, that is, 7 is a ring homomorphism on the set of all real numbers R If x> 0, then 7(X) = (7( JX))2 > O. It follows that 7 is order preserving on R Since 7(r) = r for every rational real number r, we have 7(X) = x for every real number x. Thus 7(Z) = Z (resp. 7(Z) = z) for every Z E C if 7(i) = i (resp. 7(i) = -i), which is a contradiction.) It is easy to see that T is non-trivial if and only if 7 is discontinuous at every (resp. one) point in C. Thus, if T is non-trivial, then it is unbounded on every neighborhood of zero. It follows that there exists a sequence {w n } of complex numbers which converges to 0 such that IT(Wn)1 tends to infinity as n -> 00 if 7 is non-trivial. If the ring homomorphism on C is onto, then it is said to be a ring automorphism on C. Note that there is a non-zero ring homomorphism on C which is not a ring automorphism. We also note that there is a non-trivial ring automorphism on C (cf. [9, 11]).
1. Partial representation If ¢ is a non-zero complex homomorphism on A, then there exists a unique x E MA such that ¢(a) = a(x) for every a E A. By this fact a well-known representation of a (linear) homomorphism VJ from A into B follows: There exists a continuous mapping defined on {y E MB : VJ(a)(y) :I 0 for some a E A} into MA such that
VJ(a)(y)
= a((y)),
a E A,
y E {y E MB : VJ(a)(y)
:I 0 for
some a E A}.
On the other hand, if is a continuous mapping of MB into AfA and Ty is a ring homomorphism on C for every y E AfB , then
p(a)(y) = Ty(a((y)),
a E A,
y E MB
defines a ring homomorphism from A into the algebra of all complex-valued functions on M B . Thus it defines a ring homomorphism from A into B under the condition that T. (a ( (. )) is in B for every a E A, and this is the case when M B
O. HATORI, T. ISHII, T. MIURA, AND S.-E. TAKAHASI
204
is finite. A problem is the converse: Is every ring homomorphism represented as above? A negative answer is known even in the case where B = C by the example due to Semd [20, Example 5.4]. Nevertheless, we show that a partial representation is still possible in this section. DEFINITION 1.1. Let p be a ring homomorphism of A into Band y a point in M B . The induced ring homomorphism py of A into C is defined by
py(a) = p(a)(y), Let Ie : C
-+
A be defined by IdA)
= AeA
aE
A.
for every A E C. We denote Ty
= pyole.
For every y E M B , the induced mapping Ty is a ring homomorphism on C. DEFINITION 1.2. Let p be a ring homomorphism of A into B. We denote: Mo = {y E MB : Ty = a}; !vlt = {y E MB : Ty(Z) = Z for every Z E C}; ALl = {y E MB : Ty(Z) = Z for every Z E C}; Md,l = {y E MB : Ty is non-trivial and Ty(i) = i}; Md,-l = {y E !vIB : Ty is non-trivial and Ty(i) = -i}. LEMMA 1.3. Let p be a ring homomorphism of A into B. Then M o, Ml U Md,l and M-1 UMd,-l are clopen (closed and open) subsets of MB. The subsets M1 and M-l are closed in M B . PROOF. By the definitions it is easy to see that Mo = {y E MB : p(ieA)(y) = a}, M1 U Md,l = {y E MB : p(ieA)(y) = i}, and ALl U Md,-l = {y E MB : p(ieA)(y) = -i}, so they are clopen since p(ieA) is continuous on M B . Next we show that Jl,ft is a closed subset of MB. Let y E Md,l' Since Ty is non-trivial, there exists a complex number A such that Ty(A) =I- A. Put
Then G is an open neighborhood of y. We also see that G n M1 = 0. It follows that ]\,{1 is a closed subset of MB since M1 U M d,l is clopen. In the same way, we see that M-1 is a closed subset of M B . 0 Suppose that p is a ring homomorphism of A into B. If y E M 1 , then it is easy to see that Py is a non-zero complex homomorphism on A. Thus there exists a unique cp(y) in MA with
p(a)(y) = a(CP(y)),
a E
A.
In a way similar to the above we arrive at a partial representation as follows:
p(a)(y) =
a, { a(CP(y)), a(CP(y)),
yEMo, yE M 1 , y E M_ 1 .
If y E Md,l U Md.-1, then the situation is complicated, in particular, ring homomorphisms with large Md,l U Md,-l are possible (cf. [20, Examples 5.3 and 5.4]).
AUTOMATIC LINEARITY FOR RING HOMOMORPHISMS
205
2. Ring homomorphisms which satisfy the condition (m) In general the kernel of a non-zero ring homomorphism of A into C is a prime ideal and need not be a maximal ideal. (See section 5 in this paper.) In this section we consider ring homomorphisms P of A into B which satisfy the condition that the kernel of the induced ring homomorphism Py for each y E MB defined by
Py(f) = p(f)(y),
f EA
is a maximal ideal. DEFINITION 2.1. Let P be a ring homomorphism of A into B. We say that P satisfies the condition (m) if Py is zero or ker Py is a maximal ideal of A for every yEMB. By the following Lemma 2.2, if py(A) = C for every y E M B , in particular, if p(A) :J CeB, then (m) is satisfied. A *-ring homomorphism also satisfies the condition (m). (See the proof of Corollary 2.5.) LEMMA 2.2. Let Po be a non-zero ring homomorphism of A into C. Then the following are equivalent. (1) The kernel ker Po of Po is a maximal ideal of A. (2) The equation po(A) = PO(CeA) holds. (3) There exist a non-zero ring homomorphism 7 on C and an x E MA such that the equation po(a) = 7(a(x)) holds for every a E A. In this case 7 = Po 0 Ie. Such a 7 and x are unique. (4) The mnge Po(A) is a subfield ofC which contains a non-zero complex number. PROOF. First we show that (1) implies (2). Suppose that ker Po is a maximal ideal. Then there exists a non-zero complex homomorphism
p(a)(y) = {7y(a(
yEMo.
O. HATORI, T. ISHII, T. MIURA, AND S.-E. TAKAHASI
206
In particular, p(a)(y) = a(q>(y)) for every y E Ml and p(a)(y) = a(q>(y)) for every y EM_I' The set q>(Md,l U Md,-d is a (possibly empty) finite subset of MA and q>-l(X) n (Md.l U Md,-d is an open subset of MB for each x E q>(Md,l U Md,-d. PROOF. Let y E MB \ Mo. Then by the condition (m) ker PY is a maximal ideal of A, so by Lemma 2.2 there exists a unique q>(y) E MA such that
py(a) = PY o Ic(a(q>(y))) holds for every a E A. By the definition Ty = py 0 Ie and since py(a) = p(a)(y) we see that p(a)(y) = Ty(a(q>(y))) holds for every a E A. If y E M l , then Ty(A) = A for every A E C, so p(a)(y) = a(q>(y)). If y EM_I, then Ty(A) =). for every A E C, so p(a)(y) = a(q>(y)). If y E M o, then p(a)(y) = O. Put Md = Md,l UMd,-l. We show that q>(Md) is a finite subset of MA. Suppose not. Then there is a countable subset {Xn}~=l of q>(Md). For each n choose a point Yn E Md with q>(Yn) = Xn · Since TYI is unbounded near zero, there exists an al E A such that lIalli < 2- 1 and hI (al(xd)1 > 2. By induction we can find, for every n, an E A such that an(xd = ... = an(xn-d = 0, lIanll < 2- n , and
ITYn(an(xn))1 > 2n + ITYn(al(Xn) + ... + an-l(xn))l· (Choose b2 E A with b2 (xd = 0 and b2(X2) = 1. Since TY2 is unbounded near zero, there is a non-zero complex number 02 such that 1021 < Ilb211- l 2- 2 and ITY2(0)1 > 22+ITy2 (al(x2))I· Then put a2 = 02b2. We have a2(xl) = 0, IIa211 < 2- 2, and ITy2 (a n (x2))1 > 22+ITy2 (al(x2))1. Suppose that al, .. ' ,an-l E A are choosenso that the conditions are satisfied. Choose bn E A with bn(xd = ... = bn(xn-d = 0 and bn(xn) = 1. Since TYn is unbounded near zero, there is a non-zero complex number On such that 10nl < Ilbn ll- 1 2- n and
ITYn (on)1 > 2n + ITYn (al(xn) + ... + an-l(xn))l· Then a2 = onbn is a desired function for n.) Then E::'=l an converges in A, say to a. Then a(xn) = al(x n ) + ... + an(xn) since the Banach norm on A dominates the uniform norm on AlA. On the other hand
so that p(a) is unbounded, which is a contradiction proving that q>(Md) is a finite set. Let q>(Md) = {Xl, ... , xn} and Yj = q>-l(Xj) n Md for each j = 1,2, ... , n. Choose an a E A such that a(xl) = 1, a(x2) = ... = a(xn) = O. Then p(a)(y) = 1 if y E Y l while p(a)(y) = 0 if y E Md \ Y l . Because p(a) is continuous, Y1 is clopen in Md; but Md is open in M B , so Y l is open in MB. In the same way we see that Yj is an open subset of MB for each j = 2,3, ... n. Finally we prove that q> is continuous. Since Yj is open and q>(Yj) = Xj, we only need to prove that q> is continuous at each point in Ml U M_ l . Let y E Ml and {y>.hEA be a net which converges to y. Without loss of generality we may assume that {y>.} c Ml U Md,l since Ml U Md,l is clopen. Suppose that {q>(y>.)} does not converge to q>(y), that is, there is an open neighborhood G of q>(y) such that for every A E A there exists a A' 2:: A with q>(YN) rf. G. There exist a finite number of points aI, ... , am in A and a positive real number e such that
{x
E
MA : laj(x) - aj(q>(y))1 < e,j = 1,2, ... , m}
C
G.
AUTOMATIC LINEARITY FOR RING HOMOMORPHISMS
207
Since {p(aj)(y,x)} converges to p(aj)(Y) for each j, there exists a Ao E A such that
JTy>. (aj(iP(y,x))) - aj(iP(y))J < e holds for every A ~ AO and j = 1,2, ... , m. Suppose that A ~ Ao, then there exists a A' ~ A such that iP(y,x/) f/. G, so that Jajl(iP(y,x/)) - ajl(iP(y))J ~ e for some j'. lt follows that YN E Md,l. We also see that iP(y,x/) E {Xl, ... ,Xn } \ {iP(y)}. There exists an a E A such that a(iP(y)) = 1 and a = 0 on {Xl, ... ,Xn } \ {iP(y)}. We conclude that for every A with A ~ Ao there exists a A' ~ A such that p(a)(y,x/) = 0 and p(a)(y) = 1, which is a contradiction since p(a) is continuous on M B . Thus we have that {iP(y,x)} converges to iP(y), so iP is continuous at y. In the same way we see that iP is continuous at each point in M_ I . We have proved that iP is continuous on MB \Mo. 0 Note that the set Md,l U Md,-l need not be a finite set or even a closed subset of AlB (cf. [20, Example 5.3]). In [21] the authors proved the following corollary in the case where A is regular and satisfies a certain additional condition. Now we can remove these conditions. COROLLARY 2.4. Let p be a ring homomorphism from A into B. Suppose that py(A) = C for every y E M B . Then there exists a continuous mapping iP of MB into MA and a non-trivial ring automorphism Ty on C for every y E Md,l U Md,-l s1Lch that Y E MI , a(iP(Y))' { p(a)(y) = a(iP(y)), Y EM_I, Ty(a(iP(y))), Y E Md,l U Md,-l.
Moreover iP(Md,1 U Md,-d is a finite subset of MA. PROOF. By Lemma 2.2 we see that ker py is a maximal ideal, so the condition (m) is satisfied. The conclusion follows by Theorem 2.3. In particular, Ty = Py 0 Ie is onto, thus it is a non-trivial automorphism on C for y E Md,l U Md,-l. 0
Theorem 2.1 in [13] for the case of unital and semi-simple commutative Banach algebras is also deduced from Theorem 2.3 COROLLARY 2.5. Suppose that A is involutive and B is symmetrically involutive. Let p be a *-ring homomorphism. Then MB = Mo U MI U M-I and there exists a continuous function iP from MB \ Mo into AlA such that
a(iP(Y))' p(a)(y) = { 0, --:a('-=-iP..,...( y77")) ,
yE
MI ,
yE Mo,
y EM_I·
PROOF. Since p is a *-ring homomorphism, it it easy to see that Ty(Z) = Ty(Z) for every Z E C and for every y E MB \ Mo. It follows that Ty is 0 or linear or conjugate linear. Thus the conclusion follows. 0
3. Automatic linearity One of the reasons for ring homomorphisms between infinite-dimensional Banach algebras to be linear or conjugate linear is that the range contains an element with large spectrum. In this section we show evidence of this.
208
O. HATORI, T. ISHII, T. MIURA, AND S.-E. TAKA HAS I
COROLLARY 3.1. Let p be a ring homomorphism of A onto B. If MB contains no isolated point, then p is real-linear. If MB is infinite and connected, then p is linear or conjugate linear. PROOF. Since p is a surjection, py(A) = C for every y E M B , so the condition (m) is satisfied by Lemma 2.2. We also have that the induced mapping is injective. Thus Md,l U Md,-l is a (possibly empty) finite set. Because Md,l U Md,-l is open (by Lemma 1.3), each point of Md,l U Md,-l is isolated in M B . If MB contains no isolated point, then Md,l U Md,-l = 0. Thus p is real-linear. If lvIB is infinite and connected, then MB contains no isolated point, so Md,l U Md,-l = 0. It follows by Lemma 1.3 that MB = lvh or MB = M_ l . Thus P is linear or conjugate linear. 0 COROLLARY 3.2. Let p be a ring homomorphism of A into B. Suppose that p satisfies the condition (m). Then there exists a (possibly empty) finite subset {Xl, ... , xn} of M A such that p is real-linear on the finite-codimensional closed ideal {a E A: a(xj) = O,j = 1,2, ... ,n} of A. PROOF. Put {Xl,""X n } = (Md,l UMd,-d. (The set is finite by Theorem 2.3.) Then for every a E {a E A: a(xj) = O,j = 1,2, ... ,n} p(a)(y)
=
{Ty(a((Y))), 0,
y E Ml U M_l' Y E Mo U Md,l U Md,-l.
Since Ty is real-linear for every y E Ml U M_l' the conclusion follows.
o
COROLLARY 3.3. Let p be a ring homomorphism from A into B such that p(CeA) = CeB. Then we have that Mo = 0, and there exists a continuous mapping from MB into MA such that one of the following three occurs. (1) P is linear: p(a)(y)
= a((y)),
a E A,
y E MB .
a E A,
y E MB .
(2) p is conjugate linear: p(a)(y)
= a((y)),
(3) There exists a non-trivial ring automorphism T on C such that p(a)(y)
= T(a((y))),
a E A,
y E M B.
In particular, if there exists an a E A such that the spectrum of p( a) is an infinite set, then p is linear or conjugate linear.
PROOF. For every y E MB, we have py(CeA) = C, so py(A) = py(CeA) = c. Thus ker Py is a maximal ideal of A by Lemma 2.2, so that the condition (m) is satisfied. Since p(ieA) E CeB, MB = Ml U Md,l or MB = M_l U Md,-l. Suppose that Md,l U Md,-l = 0. Then (1) or (2) occurs. Suppose that there exists some Yd E Md,l and some Yl E M l · Then there is a complex number>' with Tyd (>') =I=- >., so that p(>.eA) is not a constant function, which contradicts our hypothesis. Thus Md,l =I=- 0 implies that MB = Md,l. It is also easy to see that Ty is identical for every y E Md,l since p(CeA) consists of constant functions. Thus (3) follows. In the same way we see that (3) follows if Md,-l =I=- 0. Suppose that there exists an a E A such that p(a)(MB) is infinite, then (3) does not occur since ( M B) is a finite set in this case. It follows that p is linear or conjugate linear. 0
AUTOMATIC LINEARITY FOR RING HOMOMORPHISMS
209
Corresponding results for ring homomorphisms on rings of analytic functions are proved by Kra [10, Theorem I]. Suppose that p is a ring homomorphism from A into B which satisfies two conditions: p(CeA) C CeB; there exists an a E A such that p(a)(MB) is infinite. Does it follow that p is linear or conjugate linear? Although the authors do not know the answer, we can provide a positive answer under a stronger condition. THEOREM 3.4. Let p be a ring homomorphism from A into B. Suppose that the following two conditions are satisfied: (i) p(CeA) C CeB; (ii) there exists an a E A such that p(a)(MB) contains a non-empty open subset ofC. Then p is linear or conjugate linear. PROOF. Since p(CeA) C CeB we may suppose that pole is a non-zero ring homomorphism on C. We have two possibilities: po Ie(i) = i; po Ie(i) = -i. We show that, in the first case, po Ie(z) = z for every complex number z, so it will follow that p is linear on A. (In the same way we see that p is conjugate linear if pole( i) = -i.) Suppose that pole( i) = i. We show that pole is continuous on C. For this it is enough to show that pole is continuous at O. Suppose not. Then there is a sequence {w n } of non-zero complex numbers which converges to 0 such that {poIe(w n )} does not converge to O. Without loss of generality we may assume that Ip 0 Ie(w n ) I ~ 00 as n ~ 00. Let a be in A such that p(a)(MB) contains a non-empty open subset G of the complex plane. Let s be a complex number in G such that the real part and the imaginary part of s are both rational numbers. Put Zn = S + 1/ po Ie(w n ). Then there is a positive integer mo such that Zm E G for every m ~ mo since Ip 0 Ie(w n )I ~ 00 as n ~ 00, so ZmeB - p(a) ~ B- 1 . Thus we have (8 + l/wm)eA - a ~ A-I. Then 8 + l/wm is in the spectrum of a for every m ~ mo, which is a contradiction since Is + l/wnl ~ 00 as n ~ 00. It follows that pole is continuous at 0, thus on C, so pole( w) = w for every complex number w since p(ieA) = i. Then we see that p is linear on A. D Note that either of the two conditions (i) and (ii) in the above theorem itself does not suffice for p to be linear or conjugate linear. Let T be a non-trivial ring automorphism on C. Suppose that x E MA and tp from A into C is defined by tp(a) = a(x) for every a E A. Put P = TO tp. Then p is a ring fomomorphism with (i) since p(CeA) = C, but P is neither linear nor conjugate linear; p is not even real-linear. Let D be the closed unit disk in the complex plane. Let D + 3 = {z E C: Iz - 31::; I} and X = D U (D + 3). Define p(f)(z) = {f(Z)' f(z - 3),
zED zED+3
for every f E C(D). Then p is a ring homomorphism from C(D) into C(X) with the condition (ii). But p is neither linear nor conjugate linear. Even more is true. There is a ring homomorphism with the condition (ii) which is not real-linear. Recall that the disk algebra A(D) is the algebra of all complex-valued continuous functions on D which are analytic on the interior D of D. Suppose that
K = {O} U {l/n : n is a positive integer}, X
= {2} U D
and Y
= K U {z E C : Iz - 31::; I}.
210
O. HATORI, T. ISHII, T. MIURA, AND S.-E. TAKAHASI
Let
A = {f
E C(X) :
flD
E
A(D)}
and B = C(Y), where CO denotes the algebra of all complex-valued continuous functions on '. Let ¢ be the ring homomorphism from C into C(K) defined in [20, Example 5.3]. For f E A, put
f(2), y=O, p(f)(y) = { ¢(f(2))(1/n), y = lin, f(y - 3), Iy - 31 :::; 1. Then p is a ring homomorphism and satisfies the condition (ii). But (i) is not satisfied and p is not real-linear on A.
4. Ring homomorphisms into algebras of analytic functions Suppose that A is a completely metrizable topological algebra with an identity and r(X, Ox) is the algebra of global sections of a connected reduced complexanalytic space (X, Ox). Becker and Zame [2] proved among other things that if p is a ring homomorphism from A into r(X, Ox) such that the range of p contains a non-constant section, then p is linear or conjugate linear. This is not the case for ring homomorphisms on non-complete algebras. (Suppose that P is the algebra of polynomials on C and H(CC) is the algebra of entire functions. Let T be a nontrivial ring homomorphism on C and define p on P by p(Eanz n ) = ET(an)Zn for every polynomial E anz n . Then p is a ring homomorphism, but it is neither linear nor conjugate linear. By Theorem 5.1 there also exists an injective ring homomorphism from Pinto C since {O} is a prime ideal in P.) Nevertheless we show automatic linearity results for ring homomorphisms on certain non-complete metrizable algebras. THEOREM 4.1. Suppose that A is a complex (commutative or non-commutative) algebra with unit e. Suppose that Y is a non-empty set and B is a complex algebra of complex-valued functions on Y which contains the constant functions. Suppose that for every non-constant function b E B the range of b contains a non-empty open subset of c. Let p be a ring homomorphism from A into B. If there exists an element a in A such that the resolvent set of a contains a non-empty open subset G of C and p( a) is non-constant, then p is linear or conjugate linear. PROOF. It is easy to see that p( e) = 0 or 1 since the range of a non-constant function in B contains a non-empty open set. If p( e) = 0, then p is 0 on A and so p is linear. Suppose that p(e) = 1. In the same way as above, we see that p(ie) = i or -i. We show that p is linear if p(ie) = i. (If p(ie) = -i, then 15 defined by 15(a) = p(a) will be linear by what we will show, so p will be conjugate linear.) We will show that p(,Xe) = ,X for every complex number 'x. First we show that p(Ce) C cc. Suppose not. Then there is a complex number ,x such that p(,Xe) is a non-constant function. Note that Re'x or Im'x is irrational since p(xe) = x for every rational real number x by a simple calculation. Since p('xe)(Y) contains a non-empty open set, there exists r E p('xe)(Y) with Rer and Imr both rational. Then p(,Xe) - r is not an invertible element in B. Therefore (,x - r)e is not invertible in A, that is, ,x = r, which is a contradiction. Thus we have proved that p(Ce) C C, or p induces a ring homomorphism on cc. We denote the induced ring homomorphism also by p.
AUTOMATIC LINEARITY FOR RING HOMOMORPHISMS
211
Suppose that p is non-trivial on C. Since p(a) is not a constant, the interior of p( a) (Y) contains a complex number s whose real and imaginary parts are both rational, by our assumption for B. Since p is non-trivial, there exists a sequence {w n } of non-zero complex number such that Ip(wn)1 tends to infinity as n --+ 00 and s+ l/w n E G for every n. Since p(i) = i we see that p(s+ l/wn ) = s+ 1/ p(w n ) and we may assume that
s + l/p(w n ) E p(a)(Y) for every n. Thus p(a) - (s + 1/ p(wn )) is not invertible in B. It follows that a - (s + l/w n )e is not invertible in A, which is a contradiction, proving that p is trivial. Since p(i) = i, we have that p(A) = A for every complex number A. We conclude that p is linear on A. 0 The spectrum of each element in a Banach algebra is compact, so the conditions for A in Theorem 4.1 are satisfied by every Banach algebra with unit. Since the range of non-constant analytic function is a non-empty open subset of C, algebras of global sections on connected, reduced complex-analytic spaces satisfy the condition for B in Theorem 4.1. Thus we have the following, which is a version of a more general result of Becker and Zame [2, Theorem 3.1]. But our proof is considerably simpler. COROLLARY 4.2. Let Ao be a Banach algebra with unit. Suppose that p is a ring homomorphism from Ao into r(X, Ox), the algebra of global sections on a connected, reduced complex-analytic space (X , Ox). If p( Ao) contains a nonconstant section, then p is linear or conjugate linear.
Let S be a subset of C. We denote by Rs the algebra of all rational functions on C with poles off S. Although Rs is a wlital algebra, it cannot be a Banach algebra by the Baire category theorem. If S = C, then Rs = P, and so there is a ring homomorphism p on Rc into r( X , Ox) for (X, Ox) = C such that p(Rc) contains a non-constant function, while p is neither linear nor conjugate linear. In the case where C \ S contains an interior point, the situation is different; in this case we prove an automatic linearity result. COROLLARY 4.3. Let S be a subset of C whose complement contains interior points. Suppose that (X, Ox) is a connected, reduced complex-analytic space and r(X, Ox) is the algebra of global sections. Suppose that p is a ring homomorphism from Rs into r (X , Ox). If the range of p contains a non-constant section, then p is linear or conjugate linear. PROOF. In the same way as in the proof of Theorem 4.1 we see that p(C) C C. Suppose that z denotes the identity function: z(w) = w for every complex number w. Then we have that p(z) is non-constant. (Suppose not. Then p(f) is a constant section for every f E Rs.) On the other hand z - A is invertible for every A E C \ S, which contains a non-empty open set. Thus the conditions in Theorem 4.1 are satisfied. It follows by Theorem 4.1 that p is linear or conjugate linear. 0
Note that every ring homomorphism p of R0 into r(X, Ox) is constant-valued for the empty set 0. (We see that p(C) C C as before. Suppose that p(f) is not a constant section for some non-constant rational function f. Then there is a complex number r in p(f)(X) with rational real and imaginary parts. It follows that f - r is not invertible in R0, which is a contradiction.)
212
O. HATORI, T. ISHII, T. MIURA. AND S.-E. TAKAHASI
Let A be one of the algebras P, njj or the disk algebra A(D), where jj denotes the closed unit disk in C, and H(D) the algebra of analytic functions on the open unit disk. Although both P and no are dense in the disk algebra, automatic linearity results for ring homomorphisms on these algebras are different from each other. Suppose that p is a ring homomorphism from A into H(D) such that the range of p contains a non-constant function. If A = njj (resp. A(D), then p is linear or conjugate linear by Corollary 4.3 (resp. Corollary 4.2). But that is not the case for A = P. The ring homomorphisms defined by p(2:a n z n ) = 2:1'(a n )zn for polynomials 2: anz n are neither linear nor conjugate linear for non-trivial ring homomorphisms l' on C.
5. Complex-valued ring homomorphisms In this section we consider ring homomorphisms into the complex number field C. Suppose that A is a complex algebra and p is a non-zero ring homomorphism from A into C. Then the kernel ker p of p is a prime ideal. Recall that a proper ideal I of A is said to be a prime ideal of A if fg E I implies that f E I or gEl. By using well-known results of algebra, we see the converse is also valid; for every prime ideal such that the cardinal number of the quotient algebra of the algebra by the ideal is equal to that of the continuum, there exists a ring homomorphism into C whose kernel coincides with the ideal. Let K be an extension field of a field k. (Here and after a field means a commutative field.) We recall a subset S of K is said to be algebraically independent over k if the set of all finite products of elements in S is linearly independent over k. A subset T of K which is algebraically independent over k and is maximal with respect to the inclusion ordering is said to be a transcendence base of Kover k. By definition, for every transcendence base T of Kover k, K is algebraic over the quotient field k(T) of the polynomial ring of T over k. There exists a transcendence base of Kover k (cf. [11, Theorem X.l.I]). Using the same argument as in [9] we can prove the following (cf. [11, 20]). (This might be a standard fact. But we present here with a proof for the convenient of the readers.) THEOREM 5.l. Let A be a commutative complex algebra with unit e. Suppose that I is a prime ideal of A such that the cardinal number of AI I is that of the continuum c. Then there exists a ring homomorphism p from A into C such that kerp=I. PROOF. The quotient algebra AI I has no non-zero divisor of zero, for I is a prime ideal. We denote by K the field of fractions over AI I. Let Q be the field of complex numbers whose real and imaginary parts are both rational. Let TK be a transcendence base for Kover Q and T a transcendence base for Cover Q. Then the cardinal number of TK (resp. T) is c since that of AI I (resp. q is c. There exists au injection a defined from TK onto T. Since TK is algebraically independent, there is a unique extension from Q(TK ) onto Q(T), which is also denoted by a, and a is a ring homomorphism. Since C is algebraically closed and K is an algebraic extension of Q(TK), there exists an extension of a which defines a ring homomorphism of K into C by Theorem VII.2.8 in [11]. We also denote it bya. Let h be the natural homomorphism of A onto AI I. Put p = a 0 h. Then p is the desired ring homomorphism. D
AUTOMATIC LINEARITY FOR RING HOMOMORPHISMS
213
Note that the corresponding ring homomorphism p is not unique. Let T be any non-zero ring homomorphism on C. Then TOp is a ring homomorphism on A with ker p = ker TOp. As a corollary of Theorem 5.1 we display a pathological feature of ring homomorphisms on algebras of analytic functions into C; even injection can be possible. COROLLARY 5.2. Let A be a unital algebra which consists of holomorphic functions on a domain in Then there exists an injective ring homomorphism of A into Co
cn.
PROOF. Since the ideal containing only zero is a prime ideal and the cardinality of A is the same as that of the continuum, there exists a ring homomorphism p of A into C whose kernel consists only of zero, by Theorem 5.1. Then p is an injective ring homomorphism. 0 Note that the injective ring homomorphism in Corollary 5.2 can never be surjective if A contains non-constant functions since A is not a field. Note also that every ring homomorphism from a unital commutative C* -algebra into C cannot be injective if the dimension of the algebra is greater than one since {O} is not a prime ideal in this case. Together with the results in the previous sections we give a complete description of ring homomorphisms on the disk algebra A(D). COROLLARY 5.3. Let p be a non-zero ring homomorphism on the disk algebra into itself. Then ker p is a prime ideal. If the range of p contains a non-constant function, then p is linear or conjugate linear; there exists 'P E A(D) with 'P(D) c fJ such that zED, f E A(D) p(f)(z) = f 0 'P(z), or
p(f)(z) = f
0
z E fJ,
'P(z),
f E A(fJ).
On the other hand, suppose that'P E A(D) with 'P(D) a(f)(z) = f
0
'P(z),
c
D. Then
ZED,
f
E A(fJ)
zED,
f
E A(D)
defines a linear ring homomorphism and a(f)(z) = f
0
'P(z),
defines a conjugate linear ring homomorphism.
PROOF. A(D) has no non-zero divisors of zero, so the kernel of any ring homomorphism from complex algebra with unit element into A(D) must be a prime (algebra) ideal. If p(A(D) contains a non-constant function, then by Theorem 4.1 we see that p is linear or conjugate linear. Suppose that p is linear. Then it is well known and easy to prove, since the maximal ideal space of A(D) is the closed unit disk D, that there exists 'P E A(fJ) with 'P(D) c D such that p(f)(z) =
f
0
'P(z)
holds for every f E A(D) and zED. Suppose that p is conjugate linear. Let h : A(fJ) -+ A(fJ) be defined as h(f)(z) = f(2),
f
E A(D),
zED.
214
O. HATORI, T. ISHII, T. MIURA, AND S.-E. TAKAHASI
Then hop is a linear ring homomorphism on the disk algebra. It follows that there exists r.p E A(D) with r.p(D) c D such that
h 0 p(f)(z)
=
1 0 r.p(z) ,
zED,
I
E
A(D).
Thus we see that
p(f)(z) = 1 0 r.p(z), holds for every I E A(D) and zED. Conversely, suppose that r.p E A(D) with r.p(D) c D. Then it is easy to see that u(f)(z)
=
1 0 r.p(z),
zED,
IE A(D)
zED,
IE A(D)
defines a linear ring homomorphism and
u(f)(z) = 1 0 r.p(z),
defines a conjugate linear ring homomorphism.
o
Let n be a positive integer and An(D) the subalgebra of those I in A(D) whose n-th derivative I(n) on D is continuously extended up to D. An(D) is a unital commutative Banach algebra with the norm IIIlIn = L~=o III(k)lIoo/k! for I E An(D), where II . 1100 is the supremum norm on D. Then Corollary 5.3 is also valid for An(D). Prime ideals in A(D) and An(D) are studied in [16]. (See also [4] for the case of A(D).) Mortini proved that every non-zero prime ideal is contained in a unique maximal ideal. He in fact showed that a non-zero and nonmaximal prime ideal in An(D) (resp. A(D)) is dense in exactly one of the ideals {J E An(D) : 1(>") = 1'(>..) = ... = I(j)(>..) = O} for some 0 ~ j ~ n (resp. {I E A(D) : 1(>") = O}), >.. E aD. We also see by a theorem of Dietrich [4] that the cardinal number of the set of all prime ideals of A(D) which is contained in a maximal ideal {J E A(D) : 1(>") = O}, >.. E aD is 2', the cardinal number of the set of all the subsets of the continuum. Thus we see that there are 2' ring homomorphisms on the disk algebra. Acknowlegement. The authers would like to thank Professor Ken-Ichiroh Kawasaki for his valuable comments. They also would like to thank the referees for their careful reading of the paper and their valuable comments.
References [1] B. H. Arnold, Rings of opemtors on vector spaces, Ann. of Math. 45(1944), 24-49 [2] J. A. Becker and W. R. Zame, Homomorphisms into analytic rings, Amer. Jour. Math. 101(1979), 1103-1122 [3] L. Bers, On rings of analytic junctions, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 54(1948), 311-315 [4] W. E. Dietrich, Jr., Prime ideals in uniform algebms, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 42(1974), 171-174 [5] M. Eidelheit, On isomorphisms of rings of linear opemtors, Studia Math. 9(1940),97-105 [6] J. B. Garnett, Bounded analytic functions, Academic Press, New York, 1981 [7] H. Iss'sa, On the meromorphic junction field of a Stein variety, Ann. Math. 83(1966), 34-46 [8] 1. Kaplansky, Ring isomorphisms of Banach algebms, Canadian J. Math. 6(1954),374-381 [9] H. Kestelman, Automorphisms of the field of complex numbers, Proc. London Math. Soc. 53(1951), 1-12 [10] 1. Kra, On the ring of holomorphic functions on an open Riemann surface, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 132(1968),231-244 [11] S. Lang, Algebm (second edition), Addison-Wesley, California, 1984. [12] M. H. Lebesgue, Sur les tmnsformations ponctuelles, tmnsformaant les plans en plans, qu'on peut definir par des procedes analytiques, Atti della R. Acc. delle Scienze di Torino 42(1907), 532-539
AUTOMATIC LINEARITY FOR RING HOMOMORPHISMS
215
[13J T. Miura, Star ring homomorphisms between commutative Banach algebrns, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 129(2001), 2005-2010 [14J L. Molnar, The rnnge of a ring homomorphism from a commutative C' -algebrn, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 124(1996), 1789-1794 [15J L. Molnar, Automatic surjectivity of ring homomorphisms on H* -algebrns and algebrnic differences among some group algebrns of compact groups, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 128(2000), 125-134 [16J R. Mortini, Prime ideals in the algebrn An(D), Complex Variables Theory AppJ. 6(1986), 337-345 [17J M. Nakai, On rings of analytic and meromorphic functions, Proc. Japan Acad. 39(1963), 79-84 [18J W. Rudin, An algebrnic charncterization of conformal equivalence, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 61(1955), 543 [19J S. de Corrado Segre, Un nuovo campo di ricerche geometriche, Atti della R. Acc. delle Scienze di Torino 25(1889), 276-301 [20J P. Semrl, Non-linear perturbations of homomorphisms on C(X), Quart. J. Math. Oxford (2) 50(1999),87-109 [21J S.-E. Takahasi and O. Hatori, A structure of ring homomorphisms on commutative Banach algebrns, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 127(1999),2283-2288 DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE, GRADUATE SCHOOL OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOL-
950-2181 JAPAN E-mail address:hatorilDmath.se.niigata-u.ae.jp
OGY, NIIGATA UNIVERSITY, NIIGATA
NIIGATA CHUO HIGH SCHOOL, NIIGATA
951-8126 JAPAN
DEPARTMENT OF BASIC TECHNOLOGY, ApPLIED MATHEMATICS AND PHISICS, YAMAGATA UNI-
992-8510 JAPAN E-mail address:miura«lyz.yamagata-u.ae.jp
VERSITY, YONEZAWA
DEPARTMENT OF BASIC TECHNOLOGY, ApPLIED MATHEMATICS AND PHISICS, YAMAGATA UNI-
992-8510 JAPAN E-mail address:sin-eiOemperor.yz.yamagata-u.ae.jp
VERSITY, YONEZAWA
Contemporary :r...1athematics Volume 328. 2003
Carleson Embeddings for Weighted Bergman Spaces Hans Jarchow and Urs Kollbrunner ABSTRACT. We are going to discuss Carleson measures for the standard weighted Bergman spaces A~ (-1 < a < 00, 0 < p < (0). These are finite, positive Borel measures J.L on the unit disk in IC such that, given 0 < q < 00, A~ embeds, as a set, continuously into Lq(J.L). Such measures have been closely investigated by V.L. Oleinikov and B.S. Pavlov [15], W.W. Hastings [6] and D.H. Luecking [11], [12]. We complement their results, in particular by characterizing compactness, order boundedness and related (absolutely) summing properties of the canonical embedding A~ <-t Lq(J.L).
1. Introduction
The Carleson measures under investigation are finite, positive Borel measures Jl. on the open unit disk l[J in the complex plane such that, given -1
<
0
<
00
and 0 < p, q < 00, the (classical) weighted Bergman space A~ is a subset of Lq(J.l) and the embedding is bounded. Such measures have been characterized, even in a more general setting, by V.L. Oleinikov and B.S. Pavlov [15J, W.W. Hastings [6J and D.H. Luecking [11], [12J. Our first main topic is to complement their results by characterizing when the canonical embedding I : A~ ~ Lq(J.l) is compact. We will see that this is always the case if p > q. Our second main topic is to characterize when I is order bounded, that is, the unit ball of A~ is a subset of some order interval in Lq(J.l). As a consequence, we obtain necessary and sufficient conditions for I to have specific (absolutely) summing properties. Our results extend corresponding ones for composition operators which have been obtained e.g. in [3]' [4], [20]' [21J. In fact, they can also be viewed as results on composition operators which may have rather unusual range spaces. They apply, for example, to pointwise multipliers. Many of the results to be presented remain valid for measures J.l on D for which f f-> f induces just a bounded linear map A~ ~ Lq(J.l) (not necessarily injective). This is rather straightforward; precise formulations, however, require somewhat 1991 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 46 E 15,47 B 38, 47 B 10; Secondary 46 B 25, 30 H 05, 32 H 10. Key words and phrases. Weighted Bergman spaces, Carleson measures, composition operators, compactness, order boundedness, absolutely summing operators. The results of this paper are part of the dissertation of the second named author written at the University of Ziirich under the supervision of the first.
© 217
2003 Alnerican Mathematical Society
HANS JARCHOW AND URS KOLLBRUNNER
218
clumsy notation. Also, there is an immediate extension to complex Borel measures on 1lJ whose variation is (a, p, q) - Carleson. We are indebted to the referee for providing Example 8 and for bringing to our attention the paper [15] by V.L. Oleinikov and B.S. Pavlov. 2. Weighted Bergman spaces Throughout the paper, we will use standard results and notation from (quasi-) Banach space theory. We will work on the open unit disk 1lJ = {z E C: Izl < I} in the complex plane. The space 1i(1lJ) of all analytic functions 1lJ -> C is a F'rechet space with respect to the topology of uniform convergence on compact subsets of 1lJ. Let da be normalized area measure on 1lJ. For each a > -1,
dao(z) :=
(a + 1) (1 -lzI 2 )O da(z)
is a probability measure on 1lJ. For each 0 < p < Bergman space is defined to be A~ := A~
00,
the corresponding weighted
1i(1lJ) n P(ao ).
is closed in LP (a 0); it is a Banach space if p 2:: 1 and a p - Banach space if Its (p- ) norm will be denoted by II . Ilo,p. A~ is a Hilbert space and has a reproducing kernel:
o < p < 1.
Ko(z, w) = K(z, w)o+2; here K(z,w) = (1 - ZW)-l is the reproducing kernel for the Hardy space H2. For reasons like this, the scale of Hardy spaces is often considered as the scale of weighted Bergman spaces which corresponds to a = -1. Some of the results below actually remain true for this case, and some can even be extended to analytic Besov spaces B~ (f E B~ {::} f' E A~+p). Nevertheless, in this paper we will only deal with the case -1 < a < 00. 3. Carleson measures All measures on 1lJ will be finite, positive Borel measures. Let -1 < a < 00 and 00 be given. We say that a measure /L on 1lJ is an (a, p, q) - Carleson measure if A~ c Lq(/L) and the embedding A~ '---+ Lq(/L) is continuous: there is a constant C> 0 such that IIfIILq(~) ::; C ·lIfIIA~ "If E A~. Given an (a, p, q) - Carleson measure, the canonical embedding I : A~ -> Lq(/L) will be referred to as a Carleson embedding. As mentioned in the introduction, a number of the results to follow remain true if we just require that f 1-+ f induces a bounded linear map A~ -> Lq(/L). Also, complex measures whose variation is (a, p, q) - Carleson can be incorporated. Moreover, there are extensions to analytic functions of several variables. However, we are not going to discuss such generalizations in this paper. We say that /L is a compact (a,p, q) - Carleson measure if the embedding A~ '---+ Lq(/L) exists and is compact. For example, an a.e. positive function h E Lq(a/3) defines the bounded multiplier Mh : A~ -> Lq(a/3) : f 1-+ fh iff the measure h q da/3 is (a,p, q) - Carleson. Moreover, discrete (a, p, q) - Carleson measures on 1lJ can be defined using appropriate versions of 'sampling sequences', etc.
o < p, q <
CARLESON EMBEDDINGS FOR WEIGHTED BERGMAN SPACES
219
An important example is obtained by looking at the composition operator C", : J 0 'P induced by a non-constant analytic function 'P : 10 ---> 10. Clearly, C",: A~ ---> A~ exists iff a o o'P- 1 is (o:,p,q)-Carleson. More generally, an arbitrary measure J.l on 10 is (0:, p, q) - Carleson if and only if, for every analytic map 'P : 10 ---> 10, CI{J maps A~ boundedly into Aq(J.l) := 1i(1O) n Lq(J.l). In fact, the condition applied to the identity of 10 shows that J.l is (o:,p,q)Carleson. On the other hand, if J.l is (0:, p, q) - Carleson and 'P : 10 ---> 10 is analytic, then CI{J : A~ ---> Aq(J.l) is well-defined and bounded. For non-constant functions 'P, the condition is further equivalent to J.l 0 'P -1 being (0:, p, q) - Carleson. This allows an interpretation of Carleson embeddings, and in particular of multipliers as above, as composition operators. However, in such a general setting the range space of a composition operator might be unpleasent, and desirable properties may not be available. For example, Aq(J.l) embeds continuously into 1i(1O) if and only if Aq(J.l) is a closed subspace of Lq(J.l) and all point evaluations Aq(J.l) ---> C : J f-+ J(z), z E 10, are continuous. (0:, p, q) - Carleson measures have been characterized, even in a more general setting, by V.L. Oleinikov and B.S. Pavlov [15], W.W. Hastings [6] and D.H. Luecking
J
f-+
[11],[12]. The hyperbolic metric on 10 is given by
. lJd(J "I 1 _ J(J
e(z, w) := l~f
where the infimum extends over all smooth curves 'Y in 10 joining z and w. For w E 10 and r > 0, let Br (w ) = {z E 10 : e( z, w) < r} be the corresponding hyperbolic disk. Actually, the particular choice of r > 0 doesn't really matter in our context. Let us agree to write A~ '---+ Lq(J.l) if A~ is a subset of U(J.l) and the embedding is continuous. Similar for other function spaces. The Carleson measures under consideration can be characterized in terms of the function
THEOREM
3.1. Let -1 < 0: <
00
and 0 < p, q <
00
be given.
(a) IJp::; q, then A~
'---+
Lq(J.l) iJ and only iJ Ho,p,q(w) is bounded on 10.
(b) IJp> q, then A~
'---+
Lq(J.l) if and only if Ho,p,q
E
L-/!!q(A).
Here dA(z) = da(z)(I-JzJ2)-2 is the Mobius invariant measure on 10. In [12] Luecking presents an interesting proof of (b) which is based on the inequalities of Khinchin and Kahane for Rademacher functions (see e.g. [2]). It is well-known (compare K. Zhu [22]) that there is a constant C = C(o:, r) > 0 such that 1 C . ao(Br(w)) ::; (I-JwJ2)o+2 ::; C· ao(Br(w)) 'Vw E 10 . Therefore we may also say that Theorem 3.1 refers to properties of the function w f-+ J.l(Br (W))I/ q(1 _JWJ2)-(o+2)/p .
220
HANS JARCHOW AND URS KOLLBRUNNER
It also follows that Ha,p,q E L~(A) if and only if J-t(B r (·))/C7 a (B r (·)) is in LP/(p-q) (C7 a ). This will be used in the proof of Theorem 4.3 below. If p ~ q; then the relevant parameter in Theorem 3.1 is q (0: + 2)/p, whereas for p > q and fixed 0:, dependence is on p / q. As a first immediate consequence we may state: COROLLARY
if and only if A~
3.2. For any -1 < 0: < "---> Ltq(J-t).
00,0
< p,q < 00 and t > 0,
A~ "--->
Lq(J-t)
In turn, this leads to: 3.3. Let -1 < 0:,0:' < 00 and 0 < p, pi, q, q' < 00 be given. (a) Ifp ~ q, pi ~ q' and q. (0: + 2)/p = q'. (0: ' + 2)/p', then A~ "---> Lq(J-t) iff A~, "---> Lq' (J-t).
COROLLARY
(b) Ifp> q and p/q = pi /q', then A~
"--->
Lq(J-t) iff A~
"--->
Lq' (J-t).
For a large range of parameters, this allows a reduction to Hilbert spaces as follows: 3.4. Suppose that -1 < 0:,0:' < 00 and 0 < p, q < 00. (a) Ifp ~ q and 0:' + 2 = q. (0: + 2)/p, then A~ "---> Lq(J-t) iff A~,
COROLLARY
(b) If p > q and pi /2 = 2/q' = p/q, then A~ A~ "---> L 2 (J-t). A special known case occurs when we take J-t Horowitz [7]).
"--->
Lq(J-t) iff A~
3.5. Suppose that -1 < 0:, (3 < 00 andO < p, q < (a) If p ~ q, then A~ "---> A~ iff (0: + 2)/p ~ ((3 + 2)/q. "--->
A~ iff (0: + l)/p
"--->
L 2 (J-t).
Lq' (J-t) iff
= C7fJ for some (3 > -1 (see C.
COROLLARY
(b) If p > q, then A~
"--->
00.
< ((3 + l)/q.
There are several ways to modify the domain space of a composition operator. In a systematic fashion, we may proceed as follows; cf. [4]. Each of the kernel functions K a ( Z, .) is bounded (z E lV), and ._ ( 1 - IzI2 ) (a+2)/p
(1 _
ka,p,z(w),has (p-) norm one in representation
A~
(0 < p <
00).
ZW)2
The functions
f
E A~ which admit a
00
f(w) =
L
an
Vw E lV ,
ka,p,zn(w)
n=l
where the scalars linear space, say
an
satisfy
En lanl <
00
and the
Zn's
are taken from lV, form a
This is a Banach space with norm
IlfIIA~)
00
:= inf
{L lanl:
(*) holds} .
n=l
In fact, the map e1(lV)
--+
A~) : (az)zEllJ
1--4
EZEllJ
azka,p,z is a metric surjection.
CARLESON EMBEDDINGS FOR WEIGHTED BERGMAN SPACES
221
It is immediate that
• if 0
00
are such that (a+2)/p
= (/3+2)/q,
Atomic decomposition is available for weighted Bergman spaces (e.g. [10], [1], [22]), hence
• A~
S:!
A~l) (with equivalent norms).
In particular, if a> p-2, then A~), alias Ab with /3+2 = (a+2)/p, is isomorphic to fl. Moreover: • If p 2: 1 then A~) '---+ A~ (boundedly and densely).
A~) = Ab (boundedly and densely). In fact, it was shown by J.H. Shapiro [19] that in the latter case Ab is the Banach • If 0
< p < 1, then A~
'---+
envelope of A~, that is, the Banach space which is obtained by completing A~ with respect to the biggest norm which is smaller than the given p-norm. PROPOSITION 3.6. Let -1 < a < 00 and 0 < p ::; q < 00, q 2: 1. The following are equivalent: (i) J.L is an (a,p, q) - Carleson measure. (ii) A~)
'---+
Lq(J.L) (boundedly).
(iii) SUPzEV IIko,p,zlbu.t) < 00. PROOF. (i) =? (ii) is obvious if p 2: 1 and follows from the above result of J.H. Shapiro [19] if p < 1 ::; q: A~) is the Banach envelope of A~, and so the convex hull of BAP is dense in B A(p), (ii) =? (iii) is trivial, and (iii) =? (i) is immediate from the followi~g estimate in ;hich C is a constant depending only on 0 < r < 1: J.L(B r (W))l/ q 1 )l/q Br{w) dJ.L(z) (1 - IwI 2){o+2)/p = (1 -lwI 2){o+2)/p . - (1 -
<
-
12){o+2)/p
I
-
W
C· (
.
(1 (1
Br{w)
1 d ( )) l/q (1 -lwI2)2q{o+2)/p J.L Z
r1(1(1 -- wz)2{o+2)/p I
IwI 2){o+2)/p qd
lv
Z) l/q
J.L()
= C ·lIko,p,wIILq{~).
o
Now apply Theorem 3.1(a).
Actually, in the last step, no restriction on p and q is needed: Ho,p,q(w) is bounded whenever A~) '---+ Lq(J.L). There is another interesting consequence of Theorem 3.1, Corollary 3.2, and Proposition 3.6: COROLLARY 3.7. If 1 ::; q < p < 00 and (p/q) - 2 < a < L~(A) implies Ho,p,q(w) E LOO(A).
00,
then Ho,p,q(w) E
PROOF. Define a' > -1 by a' + 2 = q(a + 2)/p. Then, with £T = £T(A),
Ho,p,q E Lpq/{p-q) <=> A~
'---+
Lq(J.L)
=? A~/q) = A~, '---+
<=> H O ',l,l E L oo <=> Ho,p,q E L oo
.
L 1 (J.L)
o
HANS JARCHOW AND URS KOLLBRUNNER
222
EXAMPLE 3.8. (a) Let a, p, q be as in Corollary 3.7, let (an) be a sequence in foo \ fP/(p-q) , and let (1]n) be a sequence in llJ such that (!(1]n,1]k) :::: r· 8nk for all n, k, and such that llJ = Un Br(1]n). Consider the measure JL = En bn 811n on llJ where bn = lanl' (1-I1]nI 2 )q("'+2)/p and note that (b n ) E fl. A calculation reveals that H""p,q is in LOO(A) but not in uq/(p-q) (A). We conclude that the converse in Corollary 3.7 doesn't hold. (b) In Proposition 3.6, (ii) {::} (iii) is true for arbitrary 0 < p, q < 00, and (i) ~ (ii) holds trivially whenever q :::: 1. But (iii) ~ (i) fails for 1 ~ q < p and a + 2 > p. In fact, if JL is as in (a), then A~ 'f+ Lq(JL) since H""p,q tfLpq/(p-q)(A), but H-y,l,q = H""p,q E LOO(A) if we put "I = (a + 2)/p - 2. From A~) = A~l) = A~ we conclude that A~ '----> Lq(JL). 4. Compactness We shall frequently make use of the following classical result: THEOREM 4.1 (Pitt's Theorem). If 0 < p < q < 00 then every operator f q --+ fP is compact. This was obtained in 1936 by H.R. Pitt [16] for p :::: 1. For an extension see H.P. Rosenthal [17]. The result as stated was proved recently by E. Oja [14]. By atomic decomposition, A~ and fP are isomorphic (see [10], [1]). Combining this with Pitt's theorem we see that in particular the embedding in Corollary 3.5.(b) is compact. It will follow from the next theorem that the embedding in 3.5.(a) is compact iff (a + 2)/p < (f3 + 2)/q. Our characterization of compactness of Carleson measures splits into two parts. We consider the case p ~ q first. Here the characterization is as expected: THEOREM 4.2. Let -1 < a < 00 and 0 < p ~ q < statements are equivalent: (i) JL is a compact (a,p, q) - Carles on measure. (ii) A~)
'---->
with 1 ~ q. The following
Lq(JL) compactly.
(iii) z-+ limlllk""p,zIILq(ll) (iv)
00
= O.
lim Ho.,p,q(w) = O.
Iwl-+l
PROOF. (i) ~ (ii): If p :::: 1 then nothing is to prove since A~) '----> A~. If p < 1 ~ q then, by [19], A~) is the Banach envelope of A~, and the convex hull of B A~ is dense in B A!:)' Hence relative compactness of B A~ in the Banach space Lq(JL) entails relative compactness of B A<.!) in Lq(JL). - Here we have used Bx to denote the unit ball of a (quasi-) Banach space X. (ii) ~ (iii): Suppose that (iii) doesn't hold. Then there exist an c > 0 and a sequence (zn) in llJ such that limn--+ oo IZnl = 1 and Ilko.,p,zn IIL-(Il) > c for all n. By (ii), we may assume that (k""p,zn)n converges to some f E Lq(JL). But lim n -+ oo IZn I = 1 implies f = 0 since clearly (k""p,zn) tends to zero pointwise: contradiction. (iii) ~ (iv): The estimate proved in (iii) ~ (i) of Proposition 3.6 provides us with a constant C = C(r) > 0 such that JL(Br(W))l/q ~ C, (1 - IwI 2 )(",+2)/p . IIk""p,w IIL-(Il) for all W E llJ.
CARLESON EMBEDDINGS FOR WEIGHTED BERGMAN SPACES
223
(iv) =} (i): We apply Lemma 4.3.6 of K. Zhu [22]: there exists an integer N such that for sufficiently small r there is a sequence (TJn) in llJ having the following properties:
(1) llJ = U~=l Br(TJn), (2) B r / 4 (TJm) n B r / 4 (TJn) = 0 whenever m -# n, (3) Every Z E llJ is contained in at most N of the sets B 2r (TJn)' Note that limn-+oo ITJnl = 1 follows from (2). Let now (In) be a sequence in BA~' By Montel's theorem, some subsequence (Ink) converges uniformly on compact sets to some I E 1i(llJ). By Fatou's lemma, even I E BA~' Put gk := I - Ink' Vk E N. By our hypothesis there exists, for any given c > 0, an integer ne such that J.L(Br(TJn)) :::; c' (1 - ITJnI 2)q(a+2)/p if n ~ ne' Therefore, with constants depending only on the indicated parameters,
n~, Lr(T/n) Igk(ZW dJ.L(z)
=
n~, L,.(T/,.) (lgk(ZW)q/PdJ.L(z)
< C(r)· n~E Lr(T/n) COa(B:r(TJn))
L2,0(T/n)
r < C(r)· C(r, 0)' "~ (1 _IJ.L(B 2(17n)) )q(a+2)/p 1
n~nE
< C(r)·C(r,o)·c·
TJn
L ({ n~nE J
IgdwWdaa(w)) q/p dJ.L(z)
(1
p
Igk(W)1 daa(w)
)q/P
B 2r (T/n)
Igk (wWda a (w)r/ p
B2r(T/n)
< C(r)· C(r, 0) . c· (
L1
Igk(wWdaa(w) riP
(L
Igk (wWda a (w) ) q/p :::;
n~n.
< C(1')' C(r, 0) . Nq/p . c·
B2r(T/n)
c· c ;
here C = C(r,o,N,p,q). If we choose now ke EN such that Ln
Iv
A slight modification of the argument used to prove (i) =} (ii) shows that compactness of A~ <--+ Lq(J.L) implies compactness of A~, <--+ Lq(J.L) if -1 < 0,0' < 00, 0< p < p' :::; q and (0 + 2)/p = (0' + 2)/p'. It can be shown that (i) {::} (iii) {::} (iv) is true even for arbitrary 0 < q < 00. In the case p > q, we can prove: THEOREM 4.3. Suppose that -1 < 0 < 00 and 0 < q < p < 00. Regardless 01 the (0, p, q) - Carleson measure J.L, the embedding A~ <--+ Lq (J.L) is always compact. For composition operators C
--+
Ah this is due to W. Smith and L. Yang
[21]; see also [4].
PROOF. Put s = p/(p - q) and recall that J.L(Br(-))/aa(Br (·)) E £B(aa) whenever J.L is (0, p, q) - Carleson.
HANS JARCHOW AND URS KOLLBRUNNER
224
Let Un) be a bounded sequence in A~. For some subsequence, f = limk-+oo fnk exists in 'H(lU). As before, f E A~, hence we may assume that Un) is a null sequence in 'H(lU) and that IIfnllo,p :::; 1 for all n. There are constants Cr , Cr > 0 such that, for each n,
Inf1lJ Ifnlq dp.
< Cr' = Cr'
f
l1lJ a o
(;r (W)) lBr(w) f Ifn(zWdao(z) dp.(w)
flao(B~(w)) I Br (w)(z) Ifn(zW dp.(w) dao(z)
(4.1) = Cr'
f Ifn(zW lBr(z)a f (B1 ( )) dp.(w) dao(z) rW - f q p.(Br(z))
l1lJ
O
< Cr' Cr" l1lJ1fn(z) I ao(Br(z)) dao(z) .
. f
By hypothesIs,
p.(Br(zW
l1lJ ao(Br(Z))8dao(z) <
00.
Therefore, given c > 0, there is an r E E (0,1) such that (4.2)
11lJ\r 1lJ
_
p.(Br(zW ( ) ( / )8 (B ( ))8 da o z < c 2 .
rZ uniformly on rEV, so that E
ao
Un) tends to zero limn-+oo Ir,v Ifn (z)IPda o (z) = cordingly, we may choose n E EN such that, for n 2: n E ,
o.
Ac-
(4.3)
(4.2)
<
Combine (4.1), (4.4) and (4.5) to find a constant for n 2: ne:'
c
-
2
Cr > 0 such that I1lJ Ifnlq dp. :::; Cr·c 0
Essential parts of Theorem 4.3, if not the entire theorem, can be proved by using other methods. We sketch three possibilities: • Suppose that -1 < Q < 00, 1 :::; q :::; 2 < P < 00 and v is any measure. Every operator u : A~ -+ Lq(v) is compact. In fact, by Kwapien's theorem (see [8], or [2], 12.19), the operator u admits a factorization u : A~ ~ 2 .2:. Lq(v). By atomic decomposition and Pitt's theorem, w is compact, and so is u.
e
CARLESON EMBED DINGS FOR WEIGHTED BERGMAN SPACES
225
• Rosenthal's extension [17J of Pitt's theorem admits the same conclusion for q ~ 1 and p > max{2, q}. • Suppose that -1 < a < 00, 1 < p < 00, and pis (a,p, 1) - Carleson. Then I : A~ '--+ £1 (p) is compact.
Since A~ is reflexive it suffices to verify that I is completely continuous. Accordingly, let (fn)n be a weakly null sequence in A~. Then fn(z) ----t 0 for each z E llJ. Being weakly null in L1(p), (fn) is uniformly integrable. Now limn ..... oo IIfnl11 = 0, by a theorem of Vitali (see W. Rudin [18], p.133). Standard results from interpolation theory on the preservation of compactness by interpolated operators lead from either of these special results to (at least parts of) Theorem 4.3. 5. Order bounded and absolutely summing operators
Our Banach lattices will be complex Banach lattices; see e.g. P. Meyer-Nieberg
[13J for the construction of such an object from a real Banach lattice. Let X be a Banach space and Y a closed subspace of a Banach lattice L. An operator u : X ----t Y is called order bounded if there is a non - negative h E L such that lufl :::; h for f in Bx, the unit ball of X. Thus we require u to map Bx into the order interval {g E L : Igl :::; h} of L. Note that L is part of the definition! Every 1.L E C(X, Y) is order bounded when Y is considered as a subspace of C(K) for some compact Hausdorff space K. Let I be an order interval in the Banach lattice L. Its span, Z, is a Banach lattice with respect to L's order and (a multiple of) I's gauge functional as its norm. Z is an abstract M - space with unit and so, by a well-known theorem of S. Kakutani, isometrically isomorphic (as a Banach lattice) to C(K) for some compact Hausdorff space K; see again [13J. It follows that every order bounded operator u : X ----t Y c L factorizes X ~
~ C(K)
L L where K is as before and j is the canonical embedding. In this paper, L will be a space LP(p) which results in close ties with absolutely summing operators. Recall that a Banach space operator u : X ----t Y is (q,p)summing (p:::; q), written u E IIq.p(X, Y) , if there is a constant C such that, for every choice of n E N and x!, . . . ,X n EX, Z
In other words, u is (q,p)-summing iff every weak eP-sequence, i.e. every sequence (xn) in X which satisfies 2:::=11(x*,x n )iP < 00 for all x* E X*, is taken to a strong eq - sequence, i.e. 2:::=1 Iluxnllq < 00 holds. (p, p) - summing operators are called p - summing; the corresponding notation is IIp(X, Y) = IIp,p(X, Y) . We refer to [2J for details on these concepts and in particular for the following facts: • If Hand K are Hilbert spaces and q ~ 2, then IIq,2(H, K) is the corresponding Schatten q - class. Moreover, for any 1 :::; p < 00, IIp(H, K) is the class of Hilbert - Schmidt operators. • If 1 :::; P :::; 2, then every operator from C(K) to LP(lI) is 2 - summing.
HANS JARCHOW AND URS KOLLBRUNNER
226
• If p > 2, then every operator C(K) r - summing for every r > p.
----7
U(v) is (p, 2) -summing, and
Moreover: • If u : X
Lp(v) is order bounded then u is p - summing. Here v is any measure. In the last statement, the converse fails. But: ----7
• If u* p - summing then u is order bounded.
More precisely, we have the following result due to D.J.H. Garling [5]: • Let 1 ::; p < 00. A Banach space operator u : X ----7 Y has a p - summing adjoint if and only if, for every measure v and operator v : Y ----7 LP(v), the composition v 0 u : X ----7 LP(v) is order bounded.
In particular: • An operator u : L 2 (VI) Schmidt.
----7
L 2 (V2) is order bounded iff it is Hilbert-
We are going to characterize order boundedness of Carleson embeddings
A~ ~
Lq(J.L). To this end we introduce, for s > 0, the Banach space
Xs
:= {f: lU
----7
C: f measurable, sup(1-lzI 2 )Slf(z)1 < oo} . zE1U
and its closed subspace
Xs := Xs n H(lU) . It is easy to see that
A~ ~
X(o.+2)/p and that the index (o.+2)/p is best possible.
THEOREM 5.1. Let -1 < 0. < 00, 0 < p < 00 and 1 ::; q < s := (0. + 2)/p, the following statements are equivalent: (i)
A~ ~
00.
Then, with
U(J.L) order boundedly.
(ii) A~) ~ U(J.L) order boundedly. (iii) (1-lzI 2 )-S E U(J.L). (iv)
XS ~ Lq(J.L)
boundedly.
(v) XS ~ Lq(J.L) order boundedly. (vi) XS ~ Lq(J.L) boundedly.
(vii) XS
~
Lq(J.L) order boundedly.
PROOF. (i)::::} (ii) is obtained as before, by considering separately the cases p ;:::: 1 and p < 1. In order to prove (ii)::::} (iii) it suffices to look at the functions ka,p,q' (iii)::::} (iv) and (iv)::::} (vi) as well as (iv) <=?{v) and (vi) ¢:} (vii) are easily verified. Finally, for (vii)::::} (i), just observe that A~ ~ Xs. 0 Various statements related to boundedness of Carleson embeddings do have 'order bounded counterparts'. The first example is:
00
COROLLARY 5.2. Suppose that -1 < 0.,0.' < 00,0 < p,p' < are such that q. (0. + 2)/p = q'. (0.' + 2)/p'. Then
A~ ~ U (J.L) order boundedly
¢:}
00
and 1::; q,q' <
A~, ~ U' (J.L) order boundedly.
Again, in many cases, reduction to Hilbert spaces is possible.
CARLESON EMBEDDINGS FOR WEIGHTED BERGMAN SPACES
227
COROLLARY 5.3. If -1 < a, ci < 00, 0 < p < 00 and 1 :::; q < 00 are such that a' +2 = q. (o+2)/p, then A~ '---+ Lq(f.-L) order boundedly if and only if A~, '---+ L2(f.-L)
exists as a Hilbert - Schmidt operator. A special case occurs when f.-L is a measure conclude:
U'(3.
From (iii) of Theorem 5.1 we
5.4. If -1 < a,(3 < 00, 0 < p < 00 and 1 < q < order boundedly if and only if (a + 2)/p < ((3 + l)/q .
COROLLARY
A~
'---+
A~
00,
then
In such case, we can even factorize: A~ '---+ Xs '---+ A~ where s = (a + 2)/p. - There is of course no problem in verifying this corollary directly. If (a + 2)/p < ((3 + l)/q, then A~ '---+ A~ is order bounded and so q-summing; here -1 < a, (3 < 00 and 1 :::; p, q < 00. In many cases, the converse (which doesn't hold for general Banach space operators) is true for Carleson embeddings. To see why, we need to look at special sets. With each z E U, we associate the 'interval' in au:
I(z) :=
{I:I ei9 :
-11"(1
-Izl) :::; () :::; 11"(1 - IZI)} ,
and the 'squares' in U:
R(z) := {w E U:
Izl < Iwl < 1, (w/lwl)
E I(z)}
and
Q(z) := {w E R(z) :
Iwl < (1 + Izl)/2} .
It can be shown that the sets Q(Tln) form a partition of U whenever (TIn) is a [sufficiently fine] sequence of points in U having the properties (1) - (3) listed in part (iii) =} (iv) of the proof of Theorem 4.2. PROPOSITION 5.5. Let f.-L be a (a, p, q) - Carles on measure with -1 < a < 00 and 1 < p, q < 00. If p* :::; q < 00, then A~ '---+ L q(f.-L) is order bounded iff it is q - summing iff it is (q, p*) - summing.
This is due to T. Domenig [3] for composition operators acting between weighted Bergman spaces. For the sake of completeness, we sketch a proof of the proposition which follows closely Domenig's arguments. PROOF. If I : A~ '---+ Lq(f.-L) is order bounded, then it is q-summing and so (q,p*)-summing. Suppose now that I is (q, p*) - summing. By standard - but lengthy - calculations it can be shown that the functions
HANS JARCHOW AND URS KOLLBRUNNER
228
form a weak ff -sequence in A~. Hence we get from our hypothesis that, with a suitable constant C, 00
>
L llvn(zW d/-L(z) 2 L 1 n
n
IlJ
Ivn(zW d/-L(z)
Q(T/n)
L [ n
> C·
1Q (T/n)
-lzI 2 )-(<>+2)/p E Lq(/-L),
2 )l/p· )q(a+2)
11 -1Jn z
L1 n
Thus (1
((1 -11JnI
l
(1 -lzI 2)-q(<>+2)/Pd/-L(z) .
Q(T/,,)
and so ] is order bounded by Theorem 5.1.
0
More is available. Consider the Rademacher functions
Tn : [0, 1]
~
1R : t
f-+
sign sin (2nrrt) , n E N
(or any sequence of independent symmetric Bernoulli variables). Given 0 < p < 00, Khinchin's inequality assures the existence of positive constants Ap and Bp such that, for any finite collection of scalars al,"" an: Ap'
(
L n
)
lakl 2
k=l
1/2 ::; ([1 10 IL akTk(t) I dt n
P
) l/p
::; Bp'
k=l
(
L n
)
lakl 2
1/2 .
k=l
Pursuing the fate of this inequality within the framework of Banach spaces leads to the theory of type and cotype of Banach spaces, and to the following related class of operators (compare [2], Chs. 11- 12). A Banach space operator u : X -> Y is almost summing,
u E IIas(X, Y) , if there is a constant C such that, for any choice of finitely many vectors from X,
(10[III {; rk(t)UXk 112 dt )1/2 ::; C x.~~x. ( n
n
{;
Xl, ... ,
Xn
)1/2
I(x*, xk)1 2
It is known that each of the operator ideals IIp is properly contained in IIas. Moreover, if 1 ::; p < 00 and r = max{p,2} then IIash X) c II r ,2(', X) whenever X is an £P space, or the Schatten p-class Sp(H) for some Hilbert space H. In addition, it was shown by S. Kwapien [9] that • if H is a Hilbert space and u is in IIas(H, Y) then the adjoint 11,* : Y* -> H
is 1 - summing. See [2], p.255 for details. We have the following application to Carleson embeddings. The argument is the same as for composition operators between weighted Bergman spaces [3]. PROPOSITION 5.6. Let /-L be an (a,p, q) - Carles on measure where 1 ::; q < 00., and 2 ::; p < 00. The embedding] : A~ '--+ Lq(/-L) is almost summing if and only if it is order bounded. PROOF. Define "I > -1 by ("I + 2)/2 = (a + 2)/p. Since p 2 2, A~ :::::} ]: A~ '--+ Lq(/-L) is almost summing :::::} ]* is I-summing (Kwapien) :::::} ] is order bounded (Garling)
'--+
A~.
CARLESON EMBEDDINGS FOR WEIGHTED BERGMAN SPACES
229
Combining the preceding two propositions yields: COROLLARY 5.7. Let -1 < ct < 00 and 1 ::; p, q < 00 be such that p 2: min {q* ,2} and let 11, be an (ct, p, q) - Carleson measure. The embedding I : A~ "---> Lq(/.l) is q - summing iff it is order bounded. PROOF. Only sufficiency requires proof. If p 2: q*, then Proposition 5.5 settles the case. And if p 2: 2, then I, being q - summing, is almost summing, and so order bounded by Proposition 5.6. 0
References [IJ R.R. Coifman, R. Rochberg, G. Weiss, Facto'rization theorems for Hardy spaces in seveml variables. Ann. of Math. (2) 103. (1976),611-635. [2J J. Diestel, H. Jarchow, A. Tonge: Absolutely Summing Opemtors. Cambridge University Press 1995. [3J T. Domenig, CompoS'ition opemtors on weighted Beryman sp(,ces and Hardy spaces. Dissertation University of Zurich 1997. [4J T. Domenig, H. Jarchow, R. Riedl, The domain space of an analytic composition opemtor. Journ. Austral. Math. Soc. 66 (1999), 56-65. [5J D.J.H. Garling, Lattice bounding, Radonifying and summing mappings. Math. Proc. Camb. Phil. Soc. 77 (1975), 327-333. [6J W.W. Hastings, A Carleson measure theQrem for Beryman spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 52 (1975), 237-241. [7J C. Horowitz Zeros of functions in the Bergman spaces. Duke Math. Journ. 41 (1974), 693-710. [8J S. Kwapien, On a theorem of L. Schwartz and its applications to absolutely summing opemtors. Studia Math. 38 (1970), 193-201. [9J S. Kwapien, A remark on p - summing opemtors in fr - spaces. Studia Math. 34 (1970), 277278. [lOJ J. Lindenstrauss, A. Pelczynski, Contributions to the theory of classical Banach spaces. Journ. Funct. Anal. 8 (1971), 225-249. [l1J D.H. Luecking, Multipliers of Bergman spaces into Lebesgue spaces. Proc. Edinb. Math. Soc. 29 (1986), 125-131. [12J D.H. Luecking, Embedding theorems for spaces of analytic functions via Khinchine's inequality. Mich. Math. Journ. 40 (1993), 333-358. [13J P. Meyer-Nieberg, Banach Lattices. Springer-Verlag 1991. [14J E. Oja, Pitt Theorem for non-locally convex spaces f p • Preprint. [15J V.L. Oleinik, B.S. Pavlov, Embedding theorems for weighted classes of harmonic functions. Zap. Nauchn. Sem. Leningrad Otdel. Mat. Inst. Steklov 22 (1971),94-102. Transl. in Journ. Soviet Math. 2 (1974), 135-142. [16J H.R.Pitt, A note on bilinear forms. Journ. London Math. Soc. 11, 171-174 (1936). [17J H.P. Rosenthal, On quasi-complemented subspaces of Banach spaces with an appendix on compactness of opemtors from LP(p,) to Lr(/I). Journ. Funct. Anal. 4 (1969), 176-214. [18J W. Rudin, Real and Complex Analysis. 3 rd ed., McGraw-Hill 1987. [19J J.H. Shapiro, Mackey topologies, reproducing kernels, and diagonal maps on the Hardy and Bergman spaces. Duke Math. Journ. 43 (1976), 187-202. [20J W. Smith, Composition opemtors between Bergman and Hardy spaces. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 348 (1996) 2331-2348. [21J W. Smith, L. Yang, Composition opemtors that impro1Je integmbility on weighted Beryman spaces. Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 126 (1998) 411-420. [22J K. Zhu, Opemtor Theory in Function Space.~. Marcel Dekker, New York 1990.
HANS JARCHOW AND URS KOLLBRUNNER
230
INSTITUT FUR MATHEMATIK, UNIVERSITAT ZURICH, WINTERTHURERSTRASSE
190, CH 8057
ZURICH, SWITZERLAND
E-mail address:jarchowlDmath.unizh.ch INSTITUT FUR MATHEMATIK, UNIVERSITAT ZURICH, WINTERTHURERSTRASSE ZURICH, SWITZERLAND
E-mail address:kollbrunlDmath.unizh.ch
190, CH 8057
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328, 2003
Weak* -extreme points of injective tensor product spaces Krzysztof Jarosz and T. S. S. R. K. Rao ABSTRACT. We investigate weak* -extreme points of the injective tensor product spaces of the form A ®. E, where A is a closed subspace of C (X) and E is a Banach space. We show that if x E X is a weak peak point of A then f (x) is a weak*-extreme point for any weak*-extreme point f in the unit ball of A ®. E C C (X, E). Consequently, when A is a function algebra, f (x) is a weak*-extreme point for all x in the Choquet boundary of A; the conclusion does not hold on the Silov boundary.
1. Introduction
For a Banach space E we denote by E1 the closed unit ball in E and by BeE1 the set of extreme points of E 1 . In 1961 Phelps [16] observed that for the space C(X) of all continuous functions on a compact Hausdorff space X every point f in Be (C (X))1 remains extreme when C (X) is canonically embedded into its second dual C (X)**. The question whether the same is true for any Banach space was answered in the negative by Y. Katznelson who showed that the disc algebra fails that property. A point x E OeE1 is called weak* -extreme if it remains extreme in BeEi*; we denote by B;E1 the set of all such points in E 1. The importance of this class for geometry of Banach spaces was enunciated by Rosenthal when he proved that E has the Radon-Nikodym property if and only if under any renorming the unit ball of E has a weak* -extreme point [19]. While not all extreme points are weak* -extreme the later category is among the largest considered in the literature. For example we have: strongly exposed S;; denting S;; strongly extreme S;; weak* -extreme. We recall that x E E1 is not a strongly extreme point if there is a sequence Xn in E such that Ilx ± xnll ---t 1 while IIxnll ~ 0 (see [3] for all the definitions). We denote by O;E1 the set of strongly extreme points of E 1. It was proved in [14] that e E O;E1 if and only if e E o;Ei* (see [9], [13], or [17] for related results). Examples of weak* -extreme points that are no longer weak* -extreme in the unit ball of the bidual were given only recently in [6]. In this paper we study the weak* -extreme points of the unit ball of the injective tensor product space A®,E, where A is a closed subspace of C(X). Since C(X)®,E Both authors were supported in part by a grant #0096616 from DST/INT/US(NSFRP041)/2000.
© 231
2003 American Mathematical Society
232
KRZYSZTOF JAROSZ AND T. S. S. R. K. RAO
can be identified with the space C(X, E) of E-valued continuous functions on X, equipped with the supremum norm, elements of A ®e E can be seen as functions on X. We are interested in the relations between 1 E a; (A ®£ E) and 1 (x) E a;E1 , for all (some?) x E X. Since any Banach space can be embedded as a subspace A of a C (X) space no complete characterization should be expected in such very general setting. For example if A is a finite dimensional Hilbert space naturally embedded in C (X), with X = Ai, and dim E = 1, then any norm one element 1 of A ®£ E is obviously weak* -extreme however the set of points x where 1 (x) is extreme is very small consisting of scalar multiples of a single vector in Ai. Hence in this note we will be primarily interested in the case when A is a sufficiently regular subspace of C (X) and/or x is a sufficiently regular point of X. It wa..<; proved in [5] that
1 E a:C(X, Eh
(1.1)
{::::::::}
[I (x)
E a:EI , for all x EX].
It follows from the arguments given during the proof of Proposition 2 in [6] that for a function 1 E (A ®€ E)l we have
[I (x)
E a;El for all x E X with c5 x E aeAi]
=> 1 E a; (A ®e E)I'
where we denote by c5x the functional on A of evaluation at the point x. In this paper we obtain a partial converse of the above result (Theorem 1). Our proof also shows that if 1 E a; (A ®€ E)l then 1 (x) E a;El for any weak peak point x (see Def. 1), extending one of the implications of (1.1). It follows that when A is a function algebra then any weak* -extreme point of Al is of absolute value one on the Choquet boundary ChA (and hence on its closure, the Shilov boundary) and consequently is a strongly extreme point [17]. Since we have concrete descriptions of the set of extreme points of several standard function algebras (see e.g. [12], page 139 for the Disc algebra) one can give easy examples of extreme points that are not weak* -extreme. Recently several authors have studied the extremal structure of the unit ball of function algebras ([1], [15], [18]). It follows from their results that the unit ball has no strongly exposed or denting points. Our description that strongly extreme and weak* -extreme points coincide for function algebras and are precisely the functions that are of absolute value one on the Shilov boundary completes that circle of ideas. We also give an example to show that the weak* -extreme points of (A ®, E)l in general need not map the Shilov boundary into aeE1 • Considering the more general case of the space of compact operators K (E, F) (we recall that under assumptions of approximation property on E or F*, K (E, F) can be identified with E* ®£ F) we exhibit weak*-extreme points T E K (fP)1 for 1 < p =I=- 2 < 00 for which T* does not map unit vectors to unit vectors. Our notation and terminology is standard and can be found in [3], [4], or [11]. We always consider a Banach space as canonically embedded in its bidual. By E(n) we denote the n-th dual of E. By a function algebra we mean a closed subalgebra of a C (X) space separating the points of X and containing the constant functions; we denote the Choquet boundary of A by ChAo
2. The result
a;
As noticed earlier, for A c C (X) and a point 1 E (A ®£ Eh we may not have 1 (x) E a;EI for all x E X even in a finite dimensional case. Hence we need to define a sufficiently regular subset of X in relation to A.
WEAK' -EXTREME POINTS
233
DEFINITION 1. A point Xo E X is called a weak peak point of A C C (X) if for each neighborhood U of Xo and £ > 0 there is a E A with 1 = a (xo) = Iiall and la (xo)1 < £ for x E X\U; we denote by opA the set of all such points in X.
There are a number of alternative ways to describe the set opA. If Xo E X is a weak peak point of A C C (X), /-l is a regular Borel measure on X annihilating A, and al' is a net in A convergent almost uniformly to 0 on X\ {xo} and such that a.., (xo) = 1 then /-l({xo}) = liml'Jxal' = O. Hence if a* E A* and VI,V2 are measures on X representing a* we have VI ({Xo}) = V2 ({xo}), consequently V
~ v ( {xo}) is a well defined functional on A * .
On the other hand if X {xo} E A ** then /-l ( {xo}) = 0, for any annihilating measure /-l, and Xo is a weak peak point. To justify the last claim notice that Al is weak*dense in Ai* so X{xo} is in the weak*-closure of the set K = {f E Al : f (xo) = I}. Let U be an open neighborhood of Xo and Ax\U be the space of all restrictions of the functions from A to X\U. We define the norm on Ax\U as sup on X\U. Lct K X\U be the set of restrictions ofthe functions from K and cl (Kx\U) be the norm closure of Kx\U C Ax\U. If 0 ~ clKx\U then there is G E (Ax\U)* , represented by a mcasure 1] on X\U and separating Kx\U from 0: Re G (h) > a > 0
=
X{xo}
(/-l)
I
for all hE clKx\U·
The measure 1] extends G to a functional on A so K is functionally separated from 0 in A contrary to our previous observation. Hence 0 E clKx\u so there is a function in K that is smaller then £ outside U which means that Xo is a weak peak point. The concept of weak peak points is well known in the context of function algebras where opA coincides with the Choquet boundary ([8]' p. 58). For more general spaces of the form Ao 'f1 {foa E C (X) : a E A} I where A C C (X) is a function algebra and fo a nonvanishing continuous function on X we have ChA ~ opAo. Spaces of these type appear naturally in the study of singly generated modules and Morita equivalence bimodules in the operator theory [2J. THEOREM 1. Let E be a Banach space, X a compact Hausdorff space, and A a closed subspace of C (X). If f E A ®, E is a weak* (strongly) extreme point of the unit ball then f (x) is a weak* (strongly) extreme point of the unit ball of E for any x E opA. In particular if f E (C(X,E))I is a weak*(strongly) extreme point then f(x) is a weak* (strongly) extreme point of EI for all x EX.
We first need to show that for a weak peak point Xo E X there exists a function in A not only peaking at Xo but that is also almost real and almost positive. LEMMA
1. Assume X is
(L
compact Hausdorff space, A is a closed subspace of
C (X), and Xo is a weak peak point of A. Then for each neighborhood U of Xo and £
> 0 there is g
E A such that
Ilgll = 1 = g (xo) , (2.1)
Ig (x)1
IIRe+ g where Re+ z
= max{O,Rez}.
< £, for all x
gil < £,
E X\U, and
KRZYSZTOF JAROSZ AND T. S. S.
234
R. K.
RAO
PROOF. Put U1 = U and let gl E A be such that IIg111 = 1 = gl (xo) and Ig1 (x)1 < e for x
i
U1.
Put U2 = {x E U1 : Ig1 (x) - 11 < e} and let g2 E A be such that IIg211
= 1 = g2 (xo)
and Ig2 (x)1 < e for x
i
U2·
Put U3 = {x E U2 : Ig2 (x) - 11 < e}. Proceeding this way we choose a sequence {gn}n>l _ in A. Fix a natural number k such that k> 1e: and put 1 k
g=
k Lgj· j=l
We clearly have Ilgll = 1 = 9 (xo) and Ig (x)1 < e for x i U. Let x E U, then either x belongs to all of the sets Uj , j k, in which case Ig (x) - 11 < e, or there is a natural number p < k such that x E Up \ Up+!. In the later case we have
:s
Ig(X)_P~II=~
tgj-(P-l) ;=1
<
.!. (
(lg1 (x) - 11
p-l
1
< -k- e + k Hence IIRe+ 9 -
gil
+ ... + Igp-1 (x) -
11)
+ Igp (x)1 + (lgp+dx)1 + ... + Igk (x)!)
- k
)
k-p
+ -k- e < e. o
< e.
We are now ready to finish the proof of the Theorem. PROOF. Suppose! (xo) is not a weak*-extreme point. Then by [9] there is a 1 + ~ and e* (en) ~ O. sequence en in E1 and e* E Ei such that II! (xo) ± enll By the Lemma there is a sequence gn in A such that
:s
Ilgnll = 1 = gn (xo) , (2.2)
ign (x)1
<.!., n
IIRe+ gn - gnll
< .!., n
if II! (x) - ! (xo) II
~ .!., n
and
Hence II! (x) ± 9 (x) e II < max { sUPllf(x)-f(xo)II~,* {II! (x)11 + Ign (x)llIenll}, } n n sUPllf(x)- f(xo)lI< {II! (x) ± gn (x) en II}
'*
:s max {I +.!.,.!. + II! (xo) ± Re+ gn (x) en II + .!.} n n n 3
< - 1+-. n Therefore II! ± gnenll ---> 1 but (8 (xo) ® e*)(gnen) = gn (xo) e* (en) ~ O. This contradiction shows that! (xo) is a weak*-extreme point. The same line of arguments shows that! (x) is strongly extreme for any strongly extreme! E (A ®, E)l' 0 Since for a function algebra A the Choquet boundary C hA coincides with 8p A ([8], p. 58) and the Shilov boundary 8A is equal to the closure of ChA we have:
235
WEAK' -EXTREME POINTS
1. Let A be a function algebra, E a Banach space and f a weak* -extreme point. Then
COROLLARY
Eh
E
(A ®e
f(x) E 8;E1 , for x E ChA, and Ilf (x)11 = 1, for x E 8A. REMARK 1. Theorem 1 is not valid for the spaces WC(X, E) of E-valued continuous functions with E quipped with the weak topology. Even a strongly extreme point of WC(X, Eh need not assume extremal values at all points of X [13].
We next give an example of a function algebra A and a 3-dimensional space showing that a weak* -extreme point f E (A ®e Eh need not take extremal values on the entire Shilov boundary. Since E is finite dimensional this function f maps the Choquet boundary into the set of strongly extreme points but f is not a strongly extreme point. E
EXAMPLE
1. Put
Q = {(z,w,O) E (:3: Izl2 + Iwl 2 ::; I} U {(O,w,u) E (:3: max{lwl, lui}::; I}, and B = convQ. Let 11·11 be the norm on (:3 such that B is its unit ball. Note that (z,w,O) is an extreme point ofB ifflwl =I 1 and Iz12+lw12 = 1. PutE = ((:3,11·11), X'!!:. {O} x {I} x lD>u {(sint,cost,O): 0::; t::; 11"},
fo : X
-+
df
El, fo (x) = x, and A = {h E C (X) : h (0, 1,·) E A (lD>)},
where A (lD» is the disc algebra. We have ChA = {O} x {I} x 8lD> U {(sin t, cos t, 0) : 0 < t < 11"} . The function fo is in A ®e E and takes extremal values on the Choquet boundary of A so it is a weak* -extreme points of (A ®e E)l. However fo (0, ±1, 0) = (0, ±1, 0) are not extreme points of Ei while (0, ±1, 0) are in the Shilov boundary of A. Since E is finite dimensional clearly the function fo maps the Choquet boundary of A into the set of strongly extreme points of E 1 • We next show that f is not a strongly extreme point. Let gn E A be such that Ilgnll
gn (sint, cost, 0)
= 1 = gn
(sin
~,cos ~,o) ,
= 0, for ~ < t::; 1, and n
gn (0, 1, z) = 0, for z E lD>. Put fn = (O,O,gn) E A ®e E. We have (fo ± fn)(a, b, c) Hence IIf ± fnll
-+
(0,1, c) for = { (a, b, ±gn) for
(a,b,c) E {O} x {I} x 8lD> (a, b, c) E {(sin t, cos t, 0) : 0 ::;
t ::; 11"} .
1 but Ilfnll ~ 0 so f is not a strongly extreme point.
In the next Proposition we consider a more general setting of compact operators. For a Banach space E we denote by C(E) the space of all linear bounded maps on E, by K(E) the set of all compact linear maps, and by S(E) the set of
KRZYSZTOF JAROSZ AND T. S. S. R. K. RAO
236
unit vectors in E. Since K (E, C (X)) can be identified with C (X, E*) our result on weak* -extreme points taking weak* -extremal values can be interpreted as follows T E a;K(E,C(X))l
==}
T* (a;C(X);) c a;Er.
Thus more generally one can ask whether T* (a; Ft) c a; Ei for any TEa; K(E, Fh. We give a class of counter examples with the help of the following proposition. PROPOSITION 1. Let E be an infinite dimensional Banach space such that K(E) is an M-ideal in C(E). 1fT E K(Eh then T*(aeEi) ct. S(E*).
We recall that a closed subspace M of a Banach space E is an AI-ideal if there is a projection P E C (E*) such that ker P = Ml. and liP (e*)II+lle* - P (e*)11 = Ile*ll, for all e* E E* (see [11] for an excellent introduction to 1\/-ideals). PROOF. Since qE) is an AI-ideal it follows from Corollary V1.4.5 in [11] that E* has the Radon-Nikodym property and hence the IP (see [10]). Also since qE) is a proper M-ideal it fails the IP. It therefore follows from Theorem 4.1 in [10] that there exists a net {x~} c e Ei such that x~ ---> Xu in the weak* -topology with Ilxoll < 1. Suppose T*(aeEi) c S(E*). Since T* is a compact operator by going through a subnet if necessary we may assume that T*(x~) ---> T*(xo) in the norm. Thus 1 = IIT*(xo)11 < 1 and the contradiction gives the desired conclusion. 0
a
EXAMPLE 2. Banach spaces E for which K(E) is an AI ideal in C(E) have been well extensively studied. Chapter VI of [11] provides seveml examples including E = p , 1 < p < 00, as well as properties of these spaces. It was observed in [6] that for p # 2 there are weak*-extreme points in the space K(ePh. It follows from the last proposition that the adjoint of these weak" -extreme points do not even map extreme points to unit vectors.
e
A strongly extreme point remains extreme in all the dual spaces of arbitrary even order. A weak* -extreme point remains extreme in the second dual but may not be extreme in the fourth dual. Hence the property of remaining extreme in all the duals of even order is placed between the strong and the weak* type of extreme points. It would be interesting to describe that property in terms of the original Banach space alone. A procedure for generating extreme points which have this property but are not strongly extreme was described in [6]. PROPOSITION 2. Let X be a compact Hausdorff space, A a closed subspace of C(X), and E a Banach space. Suppose Xo E X is a weak peak point and f E A®. E is an extreme point in the unit ball of all the duals of even order. Then f (xo) is an extreme point of the unit ball of all the duals of E of even order. PROOF. Since the space A ®. E** can be canonically embedded in (A ®. E)** [7] we have, for any natural number n
A ®. E(2n) C (A ®( E(2n-2))** C (A ®. E)(2n).
If f E A ®. E is an extreme point of (A ®. E)(2n+2) then it is a weak*-extreme point of (A ®. E)(2n), as it also belongs to A ®. E(2n) it is a weak*-extreme point of A ®. E(2n). Hence by our theorem f (xo) is an extreme point of E~2n). 0 The next proposition characterizes strongly extreme points in terms of ultrapowers.
WEAK' -EXTR.EME POINTS
PROPOSITION
of the unit ball
El
237
3. An element e of a Banach space E is a strongly extreme point if and only if (e).:F is an extreme point of (E.:Fh-
PROOF. If e ¢. O;El then there is a sequence {en}n~l eEl with lie ± enll --+ 1 and infnEN Ilenll > o. Thus II (e).:F ± (en).:F11 = 1 and II (en).:F11 =I- 0 so (e).:F is not an extreme point. If (e).:F ¢. oe(E.:Fh then there is 0 =I- (en).:F E (E.:Fh with 1 = II (e).:F ± (en).:F11 = lim.:F lie ± enll· Thus for every € > 0 the set {n E N: lie ± enll ~ 1 + €} is none empty as an element of F. Hence there exists a sequence {k n } such that lie ± ek n II --+ 1 but Ilek" II ---A- 0 so e is not a strongly extreme point. 0
References [1] P. Beneker and J. Wiegerinck, Strongly exposed points in 'Uniform algebras, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 127 (1999) 1567-1570. [2] D. Blecher and K. Jarosz, Isomorphisms of function modules, and generalized approximation in modulus, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 354 (2002), 3663-3701 [3] R. D. Bourgin, Geometric aspects of convex sets with the Radon-Nikodym property, LNM 993, Springer, Berlin 1983. [4] A. Browder, [ntroduction to Function Algebras, W. A. Benjamin, New York 1969. [5] P. N. Dowling, Z. Hu and M. A. Smith, Extremal structure of the unit ball of C(K, X), Contemp. Math., 144 (1993) 81-85. [6] S. Dutta and T. S. S. R. K. Rao, On weak*-extreme points in Banach spaces, preprint 2001. [7] G. Emmanuele, Remarks on weak compactness of operators defined on injective tensor products, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 116 (1992) 473-476. [8] T. Gamelin, Un'iform Algebras, Chelsea Pub. Comp., 1984. [9] B. V. Godun, Bor-Luh Lin and S. L. Troyanski, On the strongly extreme points of convex bodies in separable Banach spaces, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc., 114 (1992) 673-675. [10] P. Harmand and T. S. S. R. K. Rao, An intersection property of balls and relations with M-ideals, Math. Z. 197 (1988) 277-290. [11] P. Harmand, D. Werner and W. Werner, M-ideals in Banach spaces and Banach algebras, Springer LNM No 1547, Berlin 1993. [12] K. Hoffman, Banach spaces of analytic functions, Dover 1988. [13] Z. Hu and M. A. Smith, On the extremal structure of the unit balls of Banach spaces of weakly continuous functions and their duals, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 349 (1997) 1901-1918. [14] K. Kunen and H. P. Rosenthal, Martingale proofs of some geometric results in Banach space theory, Pacific J. Math. 100 (1982) 153-175. [15] O. Nygaard and D. Werner, Slices in the unit ball of a uniform algebra, Arch. Math. (Basel) 76 (2001) 441-444. [16] R. R. Phelps, Extreme points of polar convex sets, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 12 (1961) 291-296. [17] T. S. S. R. K. Rao, Denting and strongly extreme points in the unit ball of spaces of operators, Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. (Math. Sci.) 109 (1999) 75-85. [18] T. S. S. R. K. Rao, Points of weak-norm continuity in the unit ball of Banach spaces, J. Math. Anal. Appl., 265 (2002) 128-134. [19] H. Rosenthal, On the non-norm attaining functionals and the equivalence of the weak' -KMP with the RNP, Longhorn Notes, 1985-86. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS. SOUTHERN ILLINOIS UNIVERSITY, EDWARDSVILLE.
IL 62026-1653, USA E-mail address: kjaroszlDsiue. edu URL: http://www.siue.edu/-kjarosz/
R. V. COLLEGE POST, BANGALORE 560059. INDIA E-mail address:tsslDisibang.ac . in
INDIAN STATISTICAL INSTITUTE,
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328. 2003
Determining Sets and Fixed Points for Holomorphic Endomorphisms Kang-Tae Kim and Steven G. Krantz The authors study the fixed point sets of a holomorphic endomorphism of a domain in complex space. Sufficient (and necessary) conditions are given-on the number and configuration of the fixed points-for the endomorphism to be forced to be the identity. The proofs depend on certain key ideas from differential geometry, particularly the notions of cut locus and Hadamard ABSTRACT.
length space.
1. Introduction
This article concerns the study of the concept of determining set for a collection of holomorphic mappings. We first give the definition. DEFINITION 1.1. Let M be a complex manifold, and let Aut (M) be the collection of biholomorphic mappings of M into itself. We call a subset Z c M a determining set for Aut (M) (or, equivalently, an Aut (M)-determining set), if any map f E Aut (M) satisfying f(p) = p for every p E Z is in fact the identity map of
M. We observe first that this article is related to the authors' collaboration with Burna Fridman and Daowei Ma (see [FKKM]), which was originally inspired by the following remarkable theorem in complex dimension one. THEOREM 1.2. Let n be a domain in the complex plane C and let f : n --+ n be a biholomorphic (conformal) mapping. If there are three distinct points Pl,P2,P3 in n such that f(pj) = Pj, for j = 1,2,3, then f is the identity map. The higher-dimensional analog of this theorem given in [FKKM] is as follows: THEOREM 1.3. (Fridman-Kim-Krantz-Ma [FKKM]) Let M be a connected, complex manifold of dimension n admitting a complete invariant Hermitian metric. 2000 Mathematics Subject Classification. 32H02, 32H50, 32H99. Key words and phrases. fixed point set, holomorphic mapping, cut locus, Hadamard length
space. K.- T. Kim supported in part by grant ROl-1999-00005 from The Korean Science and Engineering Foundation. Steven G. Krantz supported in part by grant DMS-9988854 from the National Science Foundation.
© 239
2003 American Mathematical Society
240
KANG-TAE KIl\1 AND STEVEN G. KRANTZ
Then a determining set consisting of n + 1 points exists for the automorphisms of .M. Furthermore, the choice of such a determining set is generic. Throughout this paper we shall discuss both endomorphisms and automorphisms. If M is a complex manifold then an endomorphism of .I'IJ is any holomorphic mapping
DETERMINING SETS FOR HOLOMORPHIC ENDOMORPHISMS
241
2. The Case of Convex Domains Let us consider a bounded strongly convex domain n in en with a smooth (Ck, k 2 6) boundary. By the well-known work of Lempert ([LEM]), for each pair of distinct points p, q E n, there exists a unique holomorphic map 'P : ~ ---- n such that (1) 'P(O) = p and 'P(~) = q for some ~ E ~, and (2) 'P*dn = dLl, where d denotes the Kobayashi distance. We call such a map 'P a complex geodesic joining p and q. We now consider the holomorphic endomorphisms of n fixing two given points. LEMMA 2.1. Let n be a bounded, strongly convex domain in en with Ck smooth boundary for some k 2 6. Let p, q E n be two distinct points and let 'P denote a complex geodesic joining p and q. If a holomorphic mapping f : n ---- n satisfies the condition that f(p) = p and f(q) = q, then it holds that f('P(()) = 'P(() for every (E ~. PROOF. Let f and p, q be as in the hypothesis. Let 'P : ~ ---- n be a complex geodesic joining p and q, with 'P(O) = P and 'P(~) = q. Then let "( : [0, f] ---- ~ be the unit speed geodesic in ~ with "((0) = 0 and "((e) =~, where £ = dLl(O,~). Let o :S t :S f and let r = "((t). Then we see that
dn(p, q)
< < <
dn(f(p), f(q)) dn (f(p), f('P(r))) + dn(f('P(r)), f(q)) dn('P("((O)), 'P("((t))) + dLl('P("((t)), cp("((£))) dLl(,,((O), "((t)) + dLl("((t), "((f)) dLl(O,~)
dn(p, q). Because of the distance-decreasing property of the Kobayashi metric and the fixed point conditions, we see from the above that
where dn(p, q) = £. Notice that every Kobayashi distance ball is strictly convex, as our domain n is a strongly convex domain with smooth boundary (see [LEM]). Hence the above observations together with the fact that
dn(p,cp(r)) = t, dn('P(r)) = f - t imply that f('P(r)) = 'P(r). Consequently, the map f fixes every point in the set 'P 0 "(( [0, f]). Hence the two maps f 0 'P and 'P of ~ into n coincide along a curve in the unit disc ~. Therefore f 0 'P(() = 'P(() for every ( E ~, as claimed. 0
In other words, we have shown that any holomorphic endomorphism of a bounded strongly convex domain in en fixing two distinct points must fix every point that belongs to the complex geodesic passing through the two fixed points. We immediately ohtain the following general result on the determining sets for holomorphic endomorphisms of a bounded convex domain.
KANG-TAE KIM AND STEVEN G. KRANTZ
242
LEMMA 2.2. Let 0 be a bounded, strongly convex domain in en with C k (k ~ 6) smooth boundary. Let PO,Pl,'" ,Pn be points in 0 chosen in such a way that the complex geodesics passing through Po and Pj (j = 1, ... n) have tangent vectors at Po that are linearly independent over IC. Then any holomorphic mapping f: 0 ---> 0 fixing po, ... ,Pn must fix every point ofO. PROOF. Notice that the current hypothesis together with the preceding lemma implies that dfpo is the identity map. Therefore a theorem of H. Cartan implies that f is in fact the identity mapping. 0 We remark that the choice for Po, ... ,Pn is generic. To formulate this notion more precisely, we consider the cartesian product rrnHo of (n + 1) copies of O. In fact it is shown in [FKKM] that there exists an open dense subset U of rrn+10 such that any element of U gives (n + 1) points that satisfy the sufficiency condition of the preceding lemma. We summarize the result more elegantly in the following statement. THEOREM 2.3. For a bounded, strongly convex domain in en, there exists a collection of n + 1 points such that any holomorphic endomorphism of the domain fixing them must fix every point in the domain. Moreover, the choice of such n + 1 points is generic. REMARK 2.4. We point out that the result of this section concerns the class of bounded, strongly convex domains, which is a rather special collection of objects. However, in compensation, we emphasize that we have treated general holomorphic endomorphisms, rather than just biholomorphic self-maps.
3. Hadamard Spaces In light of the preceding section, we would like to present in this section a description of the underlying metric space principles that we use in the study of determining sets. Let (X, d) be a metric space, equipped with the distance function d : X x X ---> lR. By an isometry we mean a self-mapping f : X ---> X satisfying the condition:
d(J(p), f(q)) = d(p, q), Vp, q E X. We denote by Isom(X) the collection of isometries of (X, d). Imitating the concept of "length spaces" that is commonly encountered in geometry (cf. [BUS]), we give the following definition. DEFINITION 3.1. Let"(: (a,b)
--->
X be a continuous curve in X. We call it
minimal if d("((x), ,,((y)) = t - x + d("((t), ,,((y)), for every t,x,y with a < x:::; t:::; y < b. DEFINITION 3.2. A metric space (X, d) is called a length space if, for every pair of points p, q EX, there exists a minimal curve "( : [a, b] ---> X such that "((a) = P and "((b) = q. Furthermore, we call (X, d) a Hadamard space if the minimal curve joining each pair of points is unique up to a reversal of parametrization. Notice that any convex subset of Euclidean space is a Hadamard space with respect to the standard Euclidean distance. A strongly convex domain in en, equipped with the Kobayashi distance, is also a Hadamard space. Every complete,
DETERMINING SETS FOR HOLOMORPHIC ENDOMORPHISMS
243
simply connected Riemannian manifold with non-positive curvature is also an example of a Hadamard space. These are often called Hadamard manifolds; from this derives our terminology of Hadamard (length) space. Now. for the study of determining sets, we present this lemma. LEMMA 3.3. Let (X, d) be a Hadamard space and let p, q E X be two distinct points. If an isometry f : X --> X fixes P and q, tllen f fixes every point on the minimal curve passing through P and q. PROOF. Let'Y : [O,f] --> X be a minimal curve with 'Y(O) = p,'Y(f) = q. It is immediate to see that the isometry f of (X, d) has the property that f 0 'Y is also a minimal curve. Since P and q are fixed by f, and since (X, d) is Hadamard, it follows that f 0 'Y(t) = 'Y(t) for every t E [0, fl. Now consider the minimal curve passing through P and q. So far, we have shown that the portion of this minimal curve between P and q is pointwise fixed by f. We still must show that the other portion of the minimal curve is fixed pointwise by f. But this is a simple matter using the uniqueness of the minimal curve passing through any two given points and the minimal-curve-preserving property of isometries. This completes the proof. D We remark that it is possible to derive the same conclusions for locally Hadamard spaces but, in order to keep our exposition concise, we do not introduce the concept here. LEMMA 3.4. Let (X, d) be a Hadamard space and let U be an open subset of X. Then any isometry f fixing every point in U must be the identity map. PROOF. Let P E U. Then, for every minimal curve 'Y emanating from p, f fixes a point in 'Y n (U \ p). The preceding lemma implies now that f fixes every point of 'Y. Since every point in X can be joined to P by a minimal curve, this completes the proof. D Now we consider the concept of convex hull in a Hadamard space. We say that a set Q in a Hadamard space X is convex if every minimal curve joining P and q in X is contained in Q. For a subset A of a Hadamard space X, its convex hull W (A) is the smallest convex subset of X containing A. DEFINITION 3.5. Let Po, . .. ,Pm be points in a Hadamard space (X, d) with minimal geodesics 'Yl .... ,'Ym such that 'Yj passes through Po and Pi for every j = 1, .... m. We call the points Po, ... ,Pm spanning if the convex hull Whl U ... U'Ym) has non-empty interior. Now we have the following general result. PROPOSITION 3.6. If a Hadamard space (X, d) admits m + 1 points Po, PI, ... , Pm ill X that are spanning, then these m + 1 points constitute a determining set
for the isometries of( X, d). PROOF. Notice that the convex hull we obtain from the minimal curves through Po and Pi is fixed pointwise by any isometry that fixes the points Po,··· ,Pm. Then
the preceding lemma finishes the proof.
D
Observe that the full isometry condition is not really needed to prove the conclusion of the proposition. In fact, any distance-decreasing map will satisfy the
244
KANG-TAE KIM AND STEVEN G. KRANTZ
same conclusion (just use the unique continuation principle). Notice that this offers an underlying principle for the determining set theorem for the holomorphic endomorphisms of strongly convex domains in the preceding section.
4. CH-Subsets and Automorphisms In this section we demonstrate how the principles of the preceding section reflect upon the main theorem of [FKKM] and its proof. Let M be a connected, complex manifold that admits a smooth invariant Hermitian metric. Here the invariance refers to the property that every holomorphic automorphism of M is an isometry with respect to the Hermitian metric. For a moment, we take the real part of the Hermitian metric, and consider everything in terms of lliemannian geometry. Let P EM. Then we call q E M a cut point of P if there are at least two distinct geodesics joining P and q with the same minimal length. The collection of cut points for P is called the cut locus of p, which we denote by Cpo In [FKKMJ, a subset X of M was called Carlan-Hadamard ('CH' for short) if there exists Xo E X so that X does not intersect the cut locus C(xo) of Xo in M. Furthermore, we call such a CH-set X generating if the set
Ip(X) := {'Y~(O) I 'Y is the unique normal geodesic from Xo to p, Vp
E
Z}
spans TxoM over C. Suppose now that X is a set of finitely many points, and that a certain holomorphic automorphism f fixes every point of X. Then, by complex differentiability, one picks up more geodesics than just the geodesics joining Xo and the other points of X. [That is to say, each geodesic tangent may be multiplied by i.] If x E X \ Xo and if 'Yx is the unit speed geodesic from Xo to x, then 9x == expxo(i"(~(O)) is also fixed, point by point, by f. Now it is not hard to see, using the exponential map and the tangent space, that the convex hull W = Wbl U 91 U ... U 'Ym U 9m) has non-empty interior. Notice that every point of the hull W is fixed by f pointwise. We obtain the following result as a consequence of Proposition 3.6. PROPOSITION 4.1. (Fridman/Kim/Krantz/Ma [FKKM]) Let M be a connected, complex manifold with an invariant Hermitian metric. Let X be a generating CHsubset of M. Then, whenever an automorphism fixes every point of X, it is in fact the identity map. In other words, every generating CH-subset is a determining set for automorphisms. The method of choosing a smallest (in the sense of inclusion of sets) generating CH-subset in a complex manifold with a complete invariant Hermitian metric has been explained in detail in [FKKM]. We briefly describe the paradigm. Choose an arbitrary p E M. Then the cut locus C(p) is a nowhere dense subset of M. Thus choose PI E M \ (C (p) U {p}). Then choose P2 away from C (P) and the complete geodesic through p and Pl. Then P3 will be chosen away from C(p) and the geodesic cone generated by P,Pl and P2. An inductive construction lets us choose p, PI, ... ,Pn which compose a spanning CH-subset of M. Thus we arrive at THEOREM 4.2. (Fridman-Kim-Krantz-Ma [FKKM]) Let M be a connected ndimensional complex manifold admitting a complete invariant Hermitian metric. Then a determining set, consisting of n + 1 points, exists for the automorphisms of M. Furthermore, the choice of such a determining set is generic.
DETERMINING SETS FOR HOLOMORPHIC ENDOMORPHISMS
245
Here, by "generic", we mean that the the collection of (n + I)-tuples of points in Al x ... x M that satisfy our conclusion form a dense, open set. From the discussion above, if the metric happens to be distance-decreasing, in the sense that all holomorphic endomorphisms are distance-decreasing with respect to the given metric, then this theorem will hold for holomorphic endomorphisms. This result of course uses the idea developed in the preceding section about the distance-decreasing property together with the unique continuation property. We remark at this point that the collection of complex manifolds admitting a complete invariant Hermitian metric is rather large. For instance, every bounded pseudoconvex domain in is equipped with the complete Kiihler-Einstein metric. See [MOY] (also [CHY], [OHS], [YAU]) for instance.
en
5. Examples, Counterexamples, and the Cut Locus One might have the impression that some transversality condition for m + 1 points might be sufficient for the determining set problem for holomorphic automorphisms. However, it is shown in [FKKM] that a simplistic topological transversality assumption will not be sufficient; consider the following statement. THEOREM 5.1. ([FKKM]) Fix a finite set K = {PI, ... , Pk} in n > 1. There exists a bounded domain containing K, and a subgroup H C Aut(D) isomorphic to the unitary group U(n - 1) of en-I, such that each element of H fixes every point of K. Moreover, unlike the one-dimensional planar domain case, the consideration of the cut locus seems essential even for one-dimensional Riemann surfaces. If one considers the torus coming from the lattice generated by {I, i}, then the map z --+ - z of e generates an automorphism on the torus. It is easy to see that it has 4 fixed points, and yet is different from the identity map. If one considers a two-holed torus with a well-balanced fundamental domain centered at 0 in the Poincare disc, then the same map z --+ -z of the disc will generate a non-trivial automorphism with 6 fixed points. In this way, one can generate arbitrarily many fixed points for a non-trivial automorphisms of compact Riemann surfaces of high enough genus. Since our discussion has not depended upon the completeness of manifolds, simple puncturing will create an arbitrary number of fixed points. Notice that all these examples have fixed points in the cut loci.
en,
246
KANG-TAE KIM AND STEVEN G. KRANTZ
References [ALK] G. Aladro and S. G. Krantz, A criterion for normality in Cn, Jour. Math. Anal. and Appl. 161(1991), 1-8. [BED] E. Bedford and J. Dadok, Bounded domains with prescribed group of automorphisms., Comment. !'v'lath. Helv. 62 (1987), 561-572. [BUS] H. Busemann, The geometry of geodesics, Academic Press, New York, NY, 1955. [CHY] S.Y. Cheng and S.T. Yau, On the existence of a compact Kahler metric, Comm. Pure App!. Math., 33 (1980), 507-544. [FIF] S. D. Fisher and John Franks, The fixed points of an analytic self-mapping, Proc. AMS, 99(1987), 76-78. [FKKM] B. Fridman, K-T. Kim, S. G. Krantz, and D. Ma, On Fixed Points and Determining Sets for Holomorphic Automorphisms, Michigan Math. Jour., to appear. [FP] B. L. Fridman and E. A. Poletsky, Upper semicontinuity of automorphism groups, Math. Ann., 299(1994), 615-628. [GRK] R. E. Greene and S. G. Krantz, Stability properties of the Bergman kernel and curvature properties of bounded domains, Recent Developments in Several Complex Variables (J. E. Fornress, ed.), Princeton University Press (1979),179-198. [GRW] R. E. Greene and H. Wu, Function theory on manifolds which possess a pole, Lecture Notes in Mathematics, 699, Springer, Berlin, 1979. [GKM] D. Gromoll, W. Klingenberg, and W. Meyer, Riemannsche Geometrie im Grossen, 2nd ed., Lecture Notes in Mathematics, v. 55, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1975. [ISK] A. Isaev and S. G. Krantz, Domains with non-compact automorphism group: A survey, Advances in Math. 146(1999), 1-38. [KLI] W. Klingenberg, Riemannian Geometry, 2nd ed., de Gruyter Studies in Mathematics, Berlin, 1995. [KOB] S. Kobayashi, Hyperbolic complex spaces, Springer, 1999. [LEM] L. Lempert, La metrique Kobayashi et las representation des domains sur la boule, Bull. Soc. Math. Prance 109(1981), 427-474. [LES] K Leschinger, Uber fixpunkte holomorpher Automorphismen, Manuscripta Math., 25 (1978), 391-396. [MA] D. Ma, Upper semicontinuity of isotropy and automorphism groups, Math. Ann., 292(1992), 533-545. [MAS] B. Maskit, The conformal group of a plane domain, Amer. J. Math., 90 (1968), 718-722. [MOY] N. Mok and S. T. Yau, Completeness of the Kahler-Einstein metric on bounded domains and the characterization of domains of holomorphy by curvature conditions, Symposia in Pure Math. The mathematical heritage ofH. Poincare, Amer. Math. Soc., 39, Part I. (1983),41-60. [OHS] T. Ohsawa, On complete Kahler domains with C 1 boundary, Pub!. Res. Inst. Math. Sci., RIMS (Kyoto), 16 (1980), 929-940. [PEL] E. Peschl and M Lehtinen, A conformal self-map which fixes 3 points is the identity, Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn., Ser. A I Math., 4 (1979), no. 1, 85-86. [SUI] N. Suita, On fixed points of conformal self-mappings, Hokkaido Math. J., 10(1981), 667-671. [Vll] J.-P. Vigue, Fixed points of holomorphic mappings in a bounded convex domain in Cn, Proceedings of Symposia in Pure Mathematics, 52(1991), Amer. Math. Soc., 579-582. [VI2] J.-P. Vigue, Fixed points of holomorphic mappings, Complex Geometry and Analysis (Pisa, 1988), Lecture Notes in Mathematics, v. 1422, Springer, Berlin, 1990, pp. 101-106. [YAU] S. T. Yau, A survey on Kahler-Einstein metrics. Complex analysis of several variables (Madison, Wis., 1982), 285-289, Proc. Sympos. Pure Math., 41, Amer. Math. Soc., Providence, RI, 1984. KANG-TAE KIM, DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, POHANG UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY, POHANG 790-784, KOREA STEVEN G. KRANTZ, DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, CAMPUS Box 1146, WASHINGTON UNIVERSITY, ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63130 U.S.A. E-mail address:kimkt«lpostech.ac.kr E-mail address: sklDmath. wustl. edu
Contemporary Mathenlatics Volume 328, 2003
Localization in the Spectral Theory of Operators on Banach Spaces T. L. Miller, V. G. Miller, and M. M. Neumann ABSTRACT. In the first two sections of this article, we survey some of the recent progress in the local spectral theory of operators on Banach spaces with emphasis on the local spectrum and on restrictions and quotients of decomposable operators. In particular, the problem of characterizing restrictions and quotients of generalized scalar operators with spectrum in the unit circle in terms of suitable growth conditions is addressed in detail, with emphasis on [11], [22], and [23]. The last two sections center around certain localized versions of the single-valued extension property, Bishop's property (13), and the decomposition property (8), mainly in the spirit of [2], [5], [6], and [13]. For each of these properties, we find a smallest closed set modulo which it holds. For these residual sets, we establish a spectral mapping theorem with respect to the Riesz functional calculus. We also obtain precise information about the extent to which Bishop's property «(3) holds on the essential or the Kato resolvent set. Our results are exemplified in the case of weighted shifts. Moreover, several of the outstanding open questions of the field are mentioned in their natural context.
1. Decomposable operators and the local spectrum
Among the various aspects and levels of localization in spectral theory, we choose decomposability as our starting point. Let X be a complex Banach space, and let L(X) denote the Banach algebra of all bounded linear operators on X. For T E L(X), let, as usual, a(T), ap(T), aap(T), r(T), and p(T) denote the spectrum, point spectrum, approximate point spectrum, spectral radius, and resolvent set of T, and let Lat(T) stand for the collection of all T-invariant closed linear subspaces of X. From [18J and [29J we recall that an operator T E L(X) is said to be decomposable provided that, for each open cover {U, V} of C, there exist Y, Z E Lat(T) for which X = Y + Z, a(T Iy) ~ U, and a(T I Z) ~ V. By [18, 1.2.23J or [29, 4.4.28J, this simple definition is equivalent to the original notion of decomposability, as introduced by Foi~ in 1963 and discussed in the classical book by Colojoara and Foi~ [IOJ. 2000 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 47All, 47B40; Secondary 47B37. © 247
2003 American Mathematical Society
248
T. L. MILLER, V. G. MILLER, AND M. M. NEUMANN
As witnessed, for instance, by the monographs [10], [16], [18], and [29], the theory of decomposable operators is now richly developed with many interesting applications and connections. Evidently, the class of decomposable operators contains all normal operators on Hilbert spaces and, more generally, all spectral operators in the sense of Dunford on Banach spaces. Moreover, a simple application of the Riesz functional calculus shows that all operators with totally disconnected spectrum are decomposable. In particular, all compact and all algebraic operators are decomposable. An important subclass of the decomposable operators is formed by the generalized scalar operators, defined as those operators T E L(X) for which there exists a continuous unital algebra homomorphism
(Tu f)(J-t) := (T - J-t)f(J-t)
for all f E H(U, X) and J-t E U.
It turns out that this operator dominates large parts of spectral theory. The local resolvent set PT(X) of T at a vector x E X is defined to consist of all >. E C for which there exists some f E H(U, X) on an open neighborhood U of >. for which Tuf = x. Clearly, f(J-t) = (T - J-t)-lX for all J-t E Un p(T), so that PT(X) is open and contains p(T). Hence the local spectrum aT(x) := C \ pT(X) is a closed subset of a(T). In general, the various analytic functions that occur in the definition of pT(X) need not be consistent. This issue is addressed by the following definition. The operator T E L(X) is said to possess the single-valued extension property (SVEP), if Tu is injective for all open sets U £; IC. By [18, 3.3.2], T has SVEP precisely when, for each x E X, there exists a unique function f E H(PT(X), X) for which
(T - J-t)f(J-t) = x
for all J-t E PT(X).
This function is then called the local resolvent function for T at x. In remarkable contrast to the usual resolvent function, such functions may well be bounded; this recent discovery of Bermudez and Gonzalez will be exemplified below. One might expect a(T) to be the union of the local spectra aT(x) over all x E X, but this is not true in general. In fact, this union coincides with the surjectivity spectrum asu(T) of T, the set of all >. E C for which T - >. fails to be surjective. However, if T has SVEP, then asu(T) = a(T), and aT(x) is non-empty for all non-zero x E X, [18, 1.2.16 and 1.3.2]. As a powerful application, we obtain
THE SPECTRAL THEORY OF OPERATORS ON BANACH SPACES
249
that every surjective operator with SVEP is actually bijective, [18, 1.2.10]. A more precise version of this result will be discussed in Section 3. For arbitrary T E L(X) and F ~ C, let XT(F) := {x EX: aT(x) ~ F} denote the corresponding local spectml subspace. Evidently, XT(F) is a linear subspace of X, but need not be closed. The following classical result illustrates that these subspaces playa basic role for spectral decompositions, see [18, 1.2] and [29,4.4]. THEOREM 1. Suppose that T E L(X) is decomposable. Then T has SVEP, and, for each closed set F ~ C, the space XT(F) is closed and satisfies a(T I XT(F)) ~ F. In fact, XT(F) is the largest among all spaces Y E Lat(T) for which aT(T IY) ~ F. Moreover, XT(F) ~ XT(Ut}+·· +XT(U n ) for every finite open cover {U1 , ... , Un} ~F
0
The following examples may illuminate how spectral decompositions work in some important cases; for details see [18] and, for the last assertion of Example 4, also [26, Th.16]. The extent to which the compactness of the group is essential here remains a challenging open problem. EXAMPLE 2. Let T E L(X) be a normal opemtor with spectml measure ~ on a complex Hilbert space X. Then T is decomposable, and XT(F) = ran ~(F) for every closed set F ~ Co Moreover, there exists a non-zero bounded local resolvent function for T precisely when int a(T) =f:. 0. 0 EXAMPLE 3. Let X := C(O) be the space of continuous functions on a compact Hausdorff space 0, and let T E L(X) denote the opemtor of multiplication by a given function g E X. Then T is decomposable, and XT(F) = {f E C(O) : g(supp f) ~ F} for every closed set F ~ Co Also in this case, there exists a non-zero bounded local resolvent function for T precisely when int a(T) =f:. 0. 0 EXAMPLE 4. Let X := Ll(G) be the group algebm of a locally compact abelian group G, and let T E L(X) denote the opemtor of convolution by a given function g E X. Then T is decomposable, and XT(F) = {f E Ll(G) : g(suppj) ~ F} for every closed set F ~ C, where j denotes the Fourier tmnsform. Moreover, at least when G is compact, there exists a non-zero bounded local resolvent function for T precisely when int a(T) =f:. 0. 0 On the other hand, there are important classes of operators which are not covered by decomposability. For instance, by [18, 1.6.14] and [22], a unilateral weighted right shift on the sequence space fP(N o) for arbitrary 1 ::::; p < 00 is decomposable, or, equivalently, the quotient of a decomposable operator, only in the trivial case when it is quasi-nilpotent, while unilateral weighted right shifts are never generalized scalar. Moreover, as we shall see, there are many examples of unilateral and bilateral weighted left shifts without SVEP. Another illuminating case is that of isometries. By [18, 1.6.7], an arbitrary Banach space isometry is decomposable, or, equivalently, the quotient of a decomposable operator or generalized scalar, precisely when it is invertible. On the other hand, every isometry may be extended, by a classical result due to Douglas, recorded in [18, 1.6.6], to an invertible isometry, and hence has a decomposable extension. In the next section, we shall discuss a more general version of this result.
250
T. L. MILLER, V. G. MILLER, AND M. M. NEUMANN
2. Moving beyond decomposability Several years before decomposability was formally introduced by Foi~, Bishop [9] investigated a number of spectral decomposition properties in an attempt to extend some of the features of the theory of normal operators to the general setting of Banach spaces. Among these properties, one turned out to be particularly important. We now say that an operator T E L(X) on a complex Banach space X has Bishop's property ((J) provided that, for each open set U ~ C, the operator Tu on H(U, X) is injective with closed range, equivalently, if, for each sequence (fn)nEN in H(U, X) with (T - )..)fn(>\) -> 0 asn->oo, uniformly on each compact subset of U, it follows that fn()..) -> 0 as n -> 00, again uniformly on the compact subsets of U, [18, 1.2.6]. Actually, by [18, 3.3.5], the injectivity condition in this definition is redundant. Obviously, property ({J) implies SVEP. It was shown a long time ago by Foi~ that all decomposable operators share property ((J), but the precise relationship was discovered only recently by Albrecht and Eschmeier [6]. THEOREM 5. An operator T E L(X) has Bishop's property ((J) precisely when T is similar to the restriction of a decomposable operator to a closed invariant subspace. Moreover, in this case, there exists a decomposable extension 8 for which aCT) ~ a(8). 0
The result was, in part, inspired by the work of Putinar [27] who proved that every hyponormal operator is subscalar, in the sense that it has a generalized scalar extension. Thus all hyponormal operators have property ((J). In particular, all unilateral weighted right shifts on f2(N o) with an increasing weight sequence w have property ({J), but a characterization of ({J) in terms of w seems to be an intriguing open problem. For partial results, see [11], [18], [22], and [23]. To discuss the dual notion of Bishop's property ((J), we need a slight variant of the local spectral subspaces. For arbitrary T E L(X) and a closed subset F of
XT(F)
:=
{x
EX:
x E ran TC\F }.
In this definition, the point is that the local resolvent function is defined globally on the entire complement of F. Clearly, XT(F) is a linear subspace contained in XT(F). Moreover, by [18, 3.3.2], the identity XT(F) = XT(F) holds for all closed sets F ~
THE SPECTRAL THEORY OF OPERATORS ON BANACH SPACES
251
THEOREM 6. Property (8) chamcterizes, up to similarity, the quotients of decomposable opemtors by closed invariant subspaces. Moreover. the properties (13) and (8) are dual to each other. in the sense that an opemtor T E L(X) has one of these properties precisely when the adjoint T* E L(X*) on the dual space X*has the other one. D
Here the hardest assertion to prove is that property (13) for T* implies property (8) for T. The construction of decomposable extensions and liftings uses two powerful functional models for operators on Banach spaces of independent interest. These models are in the spirit of function-theoretic operator theory, and involve the operator of multiplication by the independent variable on certain Sobolev-type spaces together with the theory of topological tensor products. The complete duality between the properties (/3) and (8) employs the Grothendieck-K6the duality for spaces of vector-valued analytic functions. All of this is described, in considerable detail, in [18, Ch.2]. There are interesting applications to the invariant subspace problem. Indeed, if the operator T E L(X) has either property (/3) or property (8), then Eschmeier and Prunaru [14] established that Lat(T) is non-trivial provided that a(T) is thick, and that Lat(T) is rich in the sense that it contains the lattice of all closed subspaces of some infinite-dimensional Banach space provided that the essential spectrum ae(T) is thick. Here we skip the formal definition of thick subsets of the complex plane, but note that all compact sets with non-empty interior are thick. A streamlined approach to this result and further references may be found in [18, 2.6]. Since all hyponormal operators have, by Putinar's result [27], property (/3), the preceding result subsumes, in particular, Brown's celebrated invariant subspace theorem for hyponormal operators with thick spectrum. In light of Read's recent construction of a quasi-nilpotent, and hence decomposable, operator on a Banach space without non-trivial invariant subspaces, it is clear that the condition of thick spectrum cannot. be dropped in general. However, the invariant subspace problem for operators on Hilbert spaces remains open, even for the class of hyponormal operators. As discussed in the monograph by Eschmeier and Putinar [16], there are also interesting connections between property (/3) and the theory of analytic sheaves. These connections are not only important for the spectral theory of several commuting operators, but they are also at the heart of some of the recent developments in the case of single operators. Although, as witnessed by the exposition of local spectral theory in [18], the explicit use of sheaf theory can be avoided in the case of single operator theory, the reader should be aware of these connections. The basic idea is sketched in [18, 2.2]. A classical issue of local spectral theory is to derive spectral decomposition properties from growth conditions on the powers or the resolvent function of a given operator. For instance, Levinson's log-log theorem from complex analysis may be used to show that, for operators with spectrum in the real line or the unit circle 'll', a very weak logarithmic growth condition on the resolvent function suffices to ensure decomposability. The short approach from [18, 1.7] to this classical result due to Radjabalipour is based on the fact that, by Theorem 6, an operator T E L(X) is decomposable precisely when both T and T* have property (13). A very attractive account of the local spectral t.heory for operators with thin spectrum may be found in a recent survey article by Albrecht and Ricker [7].
T. L. MILLER, V. G. MILLER, AND M. M. NEUMANN
252
Here we focus only on one aspect that leads to interesting open problems. For arbitrary T E L(X), let K(T) := inf{IITxll : Ilxll = I} denote the lower bound of T. Evidently, K(T)-l = II T-lil when T is invertible. Similar to the case of the spectral radius, it is known that the sequence of numbers K(Tn) lin converges to its supremum, denoted by i(T), and that aap(T) ~ {>' E C : i(T) ~ 1>'1 ~ r(T)}, [18, 1.6.1 and 1.6.2]. By a classical result due to Colojoara and Foi~, [10, 5.1] or [18, 1.5.12], a generalized scalar operator T satisfies a(T) ~ T precisely when T is £(T) -scalar, in the sense that T admits a continuous functional calculus on the Frechet algebra £(T) of all COO-functions on T. Moreover, T is £(T)-scalar if and only if T is invertible and satisfies the condition of polynomial growth (P), in the sense that there exist constants c, s > 0 such that 1
-s ~
K(Tn) ~ IITnl1 ~ cn s for all n E Nj cn indeed, in this case, a functional calculus cP for T is given by the formula 00
cpU):=
2:
!(n) Tn
for all
f
E £ (T) ,
n=-oo
where !(n) denotes the nth Fourier coefficient of f. Evidently, all invertible isometries have property (P), and hence are £ (T)scalar. Also, it follows from the preceding characterization that an operator T E L(X) is £(T)-scalar precisely when its adjoint T* is £(T)-scalar. Moreover, since property (P) implies that i(T) = r(T) = 1 and consequently aap(T) ~ T, and since aap(T) = a(T) when T has property (6), we are led to the following result. PROPOSITION
7. For every T E L(X) with property (P), the following equiva-
lences hold: T is invertible ¢:} a(T)
~
T
¢:}
T has (6)
¢:}
T is decomposable
¢:}
T is £(T)-scalar.
Moreover, ifT is not invertible, then aap(T) = T and a(T) is the closed unit disc.o
Evidently, every restriction of an £(T)-scalar operator has property (P), but the converse is open in general. The preceding proposition shows that this problem is equivalent to the problem of extending an arbitrary operator with property (P) to an invertible operator with property (P) for possibly larger constants c, s > O. Since the extension provided by the Albrecht-Eschmeier functional model in Theorem 5 increases the spectrum, a different approach is needed here. As noted above, for isometries, the desired extension is possible by a result of Douglas. Also, for a certain class of operators that includes all unilateral weighted right shifts, a positive solution was recently provided by Didas [11] and the authors [23]. While Didas exploits the theory of topological tensor products in the spirit of Eschmeier and Putinar [16], the more elementary approach from [23] uses a modification of a construction provided by Bercovici and Petrovic [8] to characterize compressions of £(T)-scalar operators. For unilateral weighted right shifts on fP(N o), the method developed in [23] leads to extensions as bilateral weighted shifts on fP(Z) with sharp growth estimates. To reduce the case of quotients of £(T)-scalar operators to that of restrictions, we recall that the minimum modulus 'Y(T) of a non-zero operator T E L(X) is defined as 'Y(T):= inf{IITxll/dist(x,kerT): x (j kerT}. Clearly, 'Y(T) = K(T)
THE SPECTRAL THEORY OF OPERATORS ON BANACH SPACES
253
when T is injective. It is also well known that 'Y(T) = 'Y(T*), and that 'Y(T) > 0 precisely when T has closed range. Standard duality theory now leads to the following result. PROPOSITION 8. An operator T E L(X) is the restriction of an £(1l')-scalar operator if and only if its adjoint T* is the quotient of an £(1l')-scalar operator. Moreover, ifT is the quotient of an £(1l')-scalar operator, then T* is the restriction of an £(1l')-scalar operator, and hence there exist constants c, s > 0 for which
~::;'Y(Tn)::;IITnll::;cns cn
0
forallnEN.
In general, it is not known if the last growth condition characterizes the quotients of £(1l')-scalar operators, but, by Proposition 8 and [23, Prop.5], this is the case for the class of all unilateral weighted left shifts on fP(N o ) for arbitrary 1 < p < 00. More precisely, a unilateral weighted left shift on fP(N o) satisfies the growth condition of Proposition 8 if and only if it admits a bilateral weighted shift lifting on fP(Z) that is £(1l')-scalar. Similar results hold for more general growth conditions; see [22] and [23]. For instance, by another classical result due to Colojoara and Foi~, an invertible operator T E L(X) is decomposable provided that T satisfies Beurling's condition (B), in the sense that
L 00
1 n 2 (llogK(Tn)1
+ IlogliTnll1) < 00,
n=l
[10, 5.3.2] and [18,4.4.7]. Clearly, property (B) is inherited by restrictions, but it remains open, if every operator with property (B) has an invertible extension with property (B). In fact, it is not known, if property (B) implies property ((3). For certain unilateral weighted right shifts, a positive answer was recently given in [22] and [23].
3. Localization of the single-valued extension property For an arbitrary operator T E L(X) on a complex Banach space X, here the spaces K(T) := XT(C\ {O}) and Ho(T) := X T ( {O}) will be of particular importance. Both spaces were, in some disguise, studied by Mbekhta and also by Vrbova; see [19], [20], and [30]. By [18, 3.3.7], K(T) coincides with the analytic core of T, defined to consist of all x E X for which there exist a constant c > 0 and elements Xn E X such that for all n E N. By this characterization and the open mapping theorem, K(T)
=X
if and only if
T is surjective. In terms of local spectral theory, this follows also from the fact that asu(T) is the union of all local spectra of T. On the other hand, by [18, 3.3.13], Ho(T) is the quasi-nilpotent part of T, defined as the set of all x E X for which
IITnx11 1/ n _ 0
as n -
00.
In general, neither K(T) nor Ho(T) need to be closed, but, if 0 is isolated in a(T), then, by [19, 1.6], both spaces are closed and X = K(T) EB Ho(T). For more on operators with closed K(T) and Ho(T), see [1], [2], and [24]. For instance, by [24, Cor.6], for any non-invertible decomposable operator T, the point 0 is isolated in
T. L. MILLER, V. G. MILLER, AND M. M. NEUMANN
254
a(T) precisely when K(T) is closed. In particular, the analytic core of a compact or, more generally, a Riesz operator T is closed exactly when T has finite spectrum, [24, Cor.9]. The spaces Ho(T) and K(T) are related to the kernel N(T) and the range R(T) of T as follows. With the notation oc
N(T) :=
U N(Tn)
n 00
and
R(T):=
R(Tn)
n=l
n=l
for the generalized kernel and range of T, there is an increasing chain of kernel-type spaces
N(T) ~ N(Tn) ~ N(T) ~ Ho(T) and a decreasing chain of range-type spaces
~ X T ({O})
R(T) 2 R(Tn) 2 R(T) 2 K(T) 2 X T (0) for arbitrary n E N. [18, 1.2.16 and 3.3.1]. The geometric position of the kerneltype spaces versus the range-type spaces turns out to be intimately related to a certain localized version of SVEP for the operator T and its adjoint T*. An operator T E L(X) is said to have SVEP at a point A E C, if, for every open disc U centered at A, the operator Tu is injective on H(U, X). This notion dates back to Finch [17], and was pursued further, for instance, in [1], [2], [3], [4], [5], and [20]. Evidently, T has SVEP at A precisely when T - A has SVEP at 0, while SVEP for T is equivalent to SVEP for T at A for each A E C. Local spectral theory leads to a variety of characterizations of this localized version of SVEP that involve the kernel-type and range-type spaces introduced above. Our starting point is the following characterization from [3, 1.9]. The result shows, in particular, that every injective operator T E L(X) has SVEP at 0, and may be viewed as a local version of the classical fact that T has SVEP if and only if X T (0) = {O}, [18, 1.2.16]. For completeness, we include a short new proof that uses nothing but local spectral theory. THEOREM
9. For every operator T
T has SVEP at 0 <=} N(T)
E
L(X), the following equivalences hold:
n X T (0) = {O} <=} aT(x) = {O}
for all 0 =f. x E N(T).
Proof. First suppose that T has SVEP at 0, and consider an arbitrary x E N(T) for which aT(x) is empty. Then 0 E pT(X) so that there exists an f E H(U, X) on some open disc U with center 0 for which (T-A)f(A) = x for all A E U. It follows that (T - A)Tf(A) = Tx = 0 for all A E U, and therefore Tf(A) = 0 for all A E U, since T has SVEP at O. Thus x = Tf(O) = 0, and hence N(T) n X T (0) = {O}. Next observe that, for each x E N(T), the definition f(A) := -xl A yields an analytic function for which (T - A)f(A) = x for all non-zero A E C. Thus aT(x) ~ {O} for all x E N(T). Consequently, the second and third assertions are equivalent. Finally suppose that N(T) n XT(0) = {O}, let U be an open disc with center 0, and consider a function f E H(U, X) for which Tu f = O. By [18, 1.2.14], aT(f(A)) = aT(O) = 0 for all A E U. Now, for the power series representation f(A) = L:~=o an An for all A E U, our task is to show that each of the coefficients an E X is zero. For the case n = 0, this is immediate, since ao = f(O) E N(T) nXT (0) = {O}. But then it follows that for all A E U,
THE SPECTRAL THEORY OF OPERATORS ON BANACH SPACES
255
and therefore (T - >.) (at + a2 >. + a3 >.2 + ... ) = 0 first for all non-zero>. E U, and then, by continuity, also for>. = O. Exactly as before, we conclude that at = 0 and hence, by induction, an = 0 for all n ~ O. Thus f == 0 on U, as desired. 0 Since N(T) n K(T) ~ X T ( {O}) n XT(C \ {O}) = X T (0), it clearly follows that N(T) n K(T) = N(T) n X T (0) for every T E L(X). Thus, by Theorem 9, T has SVEP at 0 if and only if N(T) n K(T) = {O}. In particular, if T is surjective, then, as noted above, K(T) = X, so that T has SVEP at 0 precisely when T is injective. This characterization from [3, 1.11] extends a classical result due to Finch [17]. As another immediate consequence of Theorem 9, we obtain the following result. COROLLARY 10. An operator T E L(X) has SVEP at 0 provided that either Ho(T) n K(T) = {O} or N(T) n R(T) = (0). 0 Recent counter-examples in [2] show that, in general, none of the latter conditions is equivalent to SVEP of T at 0, thus disproving a claim made in [20, 1.4]. However, by [1, 2.7], [5, 1.3], and Theorem 12 below, equivalences do hold for certain classes of operators. We now describe how the localized SVEP behaves under duality. For a linear subspace M of X, let Ml. := {cp E X* : cp(x) = 0 for all x E M}, and for a linear subspace N of X*, let l.N := {x EX: cp(x) = 0 for all cp E N}. By the bipolar theorem, l.(Ml.) is the norm-closure of M, and (l.N)l. is the weak-*-closure of N. Moreover, for every T E L(X), it is well known that N(T*) = R(T)l. and N(T) = l.R(T*), while R(T) is a norm-dense subspace of l.N(T*), and R(T*) is a weak-*-dense subspace of N(T)l.. An elementary short proof of the following result may be found in [2,4.1]. PROPOSITION 11. For every operator T E L(X), the following assertions hold: (a) K(T) ~ l.Ho(T*) and K(T*) ~ Ho(T)l.; (b) if Ho(T) + R(T) is norm-dense in X, then T* has SVEP at 0; (c) if Ho(T*) + R(T*) is weak-*-dense in X*, then T has SVEP at o. 0 Even in the Hilbert space setting, the inclusions in part (a) of Proposition 11 need not be identities, and the implications of parts (b) and (c) cannot be reversed in general; see [2] for counter-examples in the class of weighted shifts. However, for suitable classes of operators, the results can be improved. As usual, an operator T E L(X) is said to be a semi-Fredholm operator, if either N(T) is finite-dimensional and R(T) is closed, or R(T) is of finite codimension in X. Also, an operator T E L(X) is said to be semi-regular, if R(T) is closed and N(T) ~ R(T); see [18], [19], and [21] for a discussion of these operators. THEOREM 12. Suppose that the operator T E L(X) is either semi-Fredholm or semi-regular. Then the following assertions hold: (a) R(T) = K(T) = l.Ho(T*) = l.N(T*); (b) R(T*) = K(T*) = Ho(T)l. = N(T)l.; (c) N(T) n R(T) = {O} <=> T has SVEP at 0; (d) N(T*) n R(T*) = {O} <=> T* has SVEP at 0; (e) N(T)
+ R(T) = X<=>
(f) N-;-;:-;:(T=*""7"")-+-:R~(T=*"-;-) w'
+ R(T) = X<=> T* has SVEP at 0; <=> Ho(T*) + R(T*) w' = X* <=> T has SVEP
Ho(T)
= X*
where w* indicates the closure with respect to the weak-*-topology.
at 0,
o
256
T. L. MILLER,
V. G.
MILLER, AND M. M. NEUMANN
Theorem 12 was recently obtained in [2], see also [5]. An important ingredient of the proof is the fact that T has SVEP at 0 if and only Tn has SVEP at 0 for arbitrary n E N. This equivalence is a special case of a spectral mapping formula for the set 6(T) of all A E C at which T fails to have SVEP, namely 6(f(T)) = f(6(T)) for every analytic function f on some open neighborhood of a(T); see [2, 3.1] and also Theorem 18 below. Further developments may be found in [1], [3], [4], [5], [17], and [20]. Here we mention only one simple consequence of Theorem 12 for semi-regular operators from [3, 2.13]. For T E L(X), let PK(T) consist of all A E C for which T - A is semi-regular. The Kato spectrum aK(T) := C \ PK(T) is a closed subset of a(T) and contains oa(T); see [18, 3.1] and [21] for details. We include a short proof of the following result, since the dichotomy for the connected components of the Kato resolvent set PK (T) with respect to the localized SVEP will play an essential role in Section 4. THEOREM 13. Let T E L(X) be semi-regular. Then T has SVEP at 0 precisely when T is injective, or, equivalently, when T is bounded below, while T* has SVEP at 0 precisely when T is surjective. Moreover, for arbitrary T E L(X), each connected component n of PK(T) satisfies either n ~ 6(T) or n n 6(T) = 0. The inclusion n ~ 6(T) OCC1J.rs precisely when n ~ ap(T), or, equivalently, when n n aap(T) i=- 0, while the identity n n 6(T) = 0 occurs precisely when n n ap(T) = 0, or, equivalently, when n \ aap(T) i=- 0.
Proof. If T is semi-regular, then N(T) n n(T) = N(T) and N(T) + R(T) = R(T) = R(T). Hence the first assertions follow from parts (c) and (e) of Theorem 12. For the last claim, it suffices to see that injectivity of T - A for some A E n entails that T - f.J. is injective for every f.J. E n. But this is clear, since, by part (b) of Theorem 12, N(T - f.J.) = J..n(T* -f.J.) and, by [18, 3.1.6 and 3.1.11], n(T* - f.J.) = n(T* -A) for all f.J. E n. 0 It is well known that the approximate point spectrum and the surjectivity spectrum of an arbitrary operator T E L(X) are related by the duality formulas aap(T) = asu(T*) and asu(T) = aap(T*), [18, 1.3.1]. Moreover, by [18, 1.3.2 and 3.1.7], asu(T) = a(T) and aap(T) = aK(T) if T has SVEP, and aap(T) = a(T) and asu(T) = aK(T) if T* has SVEP. The following local version of these results is immediate from Theorem 13. PROPOSITION 14. For every operator T E L(X), the following assertions hold: (a) If A E a(T) \ aap(T), then T has SVEP at A, but T* fails to have SVEP at A; (b) if A E a(T) \ asu(T), then T* has SVEP at A, but T fails to have SVEP at A.
o The next result from [2, 5.2] is a straightforward consequence of Proposition 14. For instance, it follows that 6(T*) is the open unit disc for every non-invertible operator T with property (P) or (B). Further examples including analytic Toeplitz operators, composition operators on Hardy spaces, and weighted shifts may be found in [2]. COROLLARY 15. If aap(T) ~ oa(T), then T has SVEP and 6(T*) = int a(T). Similarly, if asu(T) ~ oa(T), then T* has SVEP and 6(T) = int a(T). 0
THE SPECTRAL THEORY OF OPERATORS ON BANACH SPACES
257
4. Localization of the properties ((:J) and (8) There is a natural extension of the class of decomposable operators for which spectral decompositions are only required with respect to a given open subset U of the complex plane. These operators were introduced by Vasilescu as residually decomposable operators in 1969, shortly after the publication of the seminal monograph [10]. They became also known as S-decomposable operators with S = c \ U, and were studied by Bacalu, Nagy, Vasilescu, and others; see [29, eh.4]. As in [6] and [13], we now say that an operator T E L(X) on a complex Banach space X is decomposable on an open subset U of C provided that, for every finite open cover {Vl , ... , Vn } of C with C \ U ~ Vl , there exist Xl,"" Xn E Lat(T) with the property that X
= Xl + ... + Xn and
a(T I X k ) ~
Vk
for k
= 1, ... , n.
It is known, although certainly not obvious, that, in this definition, it suffices to consider the case n = 2; see [6] and [29]. Evidently, classical decomposability occurs when U = C. On the other hand, every operator T E L(X) is at least decomposable on its resolvent set p(T). Among the remarkable early accomplishments of the theory is the following result due to Nagy [25] from 1979: For every T E L(X), there exists a largest open set U ~ C on which T is decomposable. The complement of this set is Nagy's spectral residuum Sr(T), a closed, possibly empty, subset of a(T). In the present section, we shall employ the recent results of Albrecht and Eschmeier [6] to obtain a short proof for the existence and a useful description of Nagy's spectral residuum. In particular, we shall see how Sr(T) is related to the Kato spectrum aK(T) and the essential spectrum ae(T). For this, we shall work with certain localized versions of property ((:J) and property (8) from [6]. An operator T E L(X) is said to possess Bishop's property ((:J) on an open set U ~ C, if, for every open subset V of U, the operator Tv is injective with closed range, equivalently, if, for every sequence of analytic functions In: V ---+ X for which (T->')In(>\) ---+ 0 as n ---+ 00 locally uniformly on V, it follows that In(>') ---+ 0 as n ---+ 00, again locally uniformly on V. It is straightforward to check that this condition is preserved under arbitrary unions of open sets. This shows that there exists a largest open set on which T has property ((:J), denoted by U{3(T). Its complement S{3(T) := C \ U{3(T) is a closed, possibly empty, subset of a(T). In fact, T satisfies Bishop's classical property ((:J) precisely when S{3(T) = 0. Moreover, the operator T is said to have property (8) on U, if X
= XT(C \ V) + XT(W)
for all open sets V, W ~ C for which C \ U ~ V ~ V ~ W; see [6] and [13]. Quite remarkably, as shown in [6, Th.3], this condition holds precisely when, for each closed set F ~ C and every finite open cover {VI"'" Vn } of F with F \ U ~ VI, it follows that XT(F) ~ XT(V d + ... + XT(V n); see also [18, 2.2.2] for the case U=C, These localized versions of ((:J) and (8) already proved to be useful in the theory of invariant subspaces for operators on Banach spaces, [14]. The following result summarizes the main accomplishments from [6].
258
T. L. MILLER, V. G. MILLER, AND M. M. NEUMANN
THEOREM 16. For every operator T following equivalences hold:
E
L(X) and every open set U
~
C, the
(a) T has (13) on U {::} T* has (8) on U; (b) T has (8) on U {::} T* has (/3) on U;
(c) T is decomposable on U {::} T has both (13) and (8) on U; (d) T has (13) on U {::} T is the restriction of a decomposable operator on U; (e) T has (15) on U {::} T i,~ the quotient of a decomposable operator on U.
0
It is not at all obvious from the definition of (8) that there exists a largest open set, say Uc5(T), on which the operator T has property (8), but this now follows from the corresponding result for (13) by duality. In fact, Uc5(T) = U{3(T*) by part (b) of the preceding result. More precisely, Theorem 16 leads to the following result. COROLLARY 17. For every operator T E L( X), there exists a smallest closed set Sc5(T) so that T has property (8) on its complement. Moreover, Sc5(T) = S{3(T*), S{3(T) = Sc5(T*), and Sr(T) = S{3(T) U Sc5(T) = S{3(T) U S{3(T*) = Sr(T*). 0
Perhaps somewhat surprisingly, it will be possible to obtain general information about the location of S{3(T), and hence of Sc5(T) and Sr(T). For this, another localized version of SVEP will play a crucial role. For consistency, we say that the operator T E L(X) has SVEP on an open set U ~ C, if, for every open subset V of U, the operator Tv is injective, [13]. It is straightforward to check that T has SVEP on U precisely when T has SVEP at each point >. E U, as defined in the previous section. Obviously, there exists a largest open set on which T has SVEP, and the analytic spectral residuum S(T) is defined to be the complement of this set; see [29, 4.3.2] and [30]. Clearly, 6(T) ~ S(T), but, since 6(T) is open and S(T) is closed, equality occurs only in the trivial case when T has SVEP. Nevertheless, as noted in [2], a simple verification shows that 6(T) = S(T) ~ S{3(T). It is interesting to observe that all these residual sets behave canonically with respect to the Riesz functional calculus. As usual, for T E L(X) and any analytic complex-valued function f on an open neighborhood 0 of a(T), the operator f(T) E L(X) is defined by
~
r
f(>.)(>. - T)-l d>', 2m where r denotes an arbitrary contour in 0 that surrounds a(T), [12] or [18, A.2]. The standard spectral mapping theorem asserts that a(f(T)) = f(a(T)). The next result has a similar flavor, and may be viewed as an extension of the fact that the classical versions of SVEP, property (/3), property (8), and decomposability are all preserved under the Riesz functional calculus, [18, 3.3.6 and 3.3.9]. The fact that the Riesz functional calculus respects Bishop's classical property (13) was established by Eschmeier and Putinar [15]. The following proof involves a different approach to this result. f(T) :=
lr
THEOREM 18. Let T E L(X) be an arbitrary operator, let f : 0 -+ C be an analytic function on an open neighborhood 0 of a(T), and suppose that f is nonconstant on each connected component ofO. If E denotes any of the symbols 6, S, S{3, Sc5, or S., then E(f(T)) = f(E(T)).
THE SPECTRAL THEORY OF OPERATORS ON BANACH SPACES
259
Proof. In the case of 6(T), the spectral mapping formula was recently obtained in [2, 3.1]. The result for S(T) is a standard fact that may be found in [29, 4.3.14] and [30, 1.6]. Note, however, that the formula for S(T) is also an immediate consequence of that for 6(T), because 6(T) = S(T). While the existence of the residual set So(T) was most conveniently established by using S{3(T) and the Albrecht-Eschmeier duality between the localized versions of (f3) and (8), for the issue at hand it seems appropriate to switch the order. Indeed, since f(T*) = f(T) *, Corollary 17 ensures that it suffices to prove the claim for So(T). For this, fortunately, we may proceed as in the proof of [18,3.3.6 and 3.3.9], where property (8) is shown to be stable under the Riesz functional calculus. First, consider arbitrary open sets V, W ~ C for which f(So(T)) ~ V ~ V ~ W. Then {f-l(C \ V), f- 1(W)} is an open cover of a(T) for which So(T) ~ f-l(W). Thus, by the characterization of the localized property (8) mentioned above, we obtain that
X = XT(a(T))
= XT
(1-1(C \ V)
n a(T)) + XT (1-1(W) n a(T)) .
Clearly, f- 1(C \ V) n a(T) ~ f- 1(C \ V) n a(T) and, similarly, f-l(W) n a(T) ~ f-l(W) n a(T). Since, by [18,3.3.6], the formula XT (f-l(F) n a(T)) = Xf(T) (F) holds for every closed set F ~ C, we conclude that X = Xf(T) (C \ V)
+ Xf(T) (W).
This shows that f(T) has (8) on C \ f(So(T)), thus C \ f(So(T)) ~ Uo(f(T)), and hence So(f(T)) ~ f(So(T)). Note that this inclusion even holds without the requirement that f be non-constant on each of the connected components of its domain. The reverse inclusion is less obvious, but may be obtained by a suitable modification of the proof of [18, 3.3.9]. Let S := f- 1 (So(f(T))) n a(T). Then the desired inclusion f(So(T)) ~ So(f(T)) means precisely that the decomposition X = XT(C \ V) + XT(W) holds for all open sets V, W ~ C for which S ~ V ~ V ~ W. Evidently, it suffices to show that X = XT(G) + XT(H) for every open cover {G,H} of a(T) for which S ~ G, SnH = 0, and both G and H are compact subsets of n. Ignoring momentarily the exceptional set S, we may proceed word by word along the lines of the proof of [18, 3.3.9] to obtain a finite open cover {WI, ... , W n } of a(T) in n for which fork=I, ... ,n. To handle the residual set, we note that the identity SnH = 0 may be reformulated in the form So(f(T)) n f(a(T) n H) = 0. Hence, by continuity and compactness, there exists an open neighborhood V of So (f(T)) for which V n f(a(T) n H) = 0. This implies that f- 1 (V) n a(T) n H = 0, hence f- 1 (V) n a(T) ~ G, and therefore, by [18, 3.3.6], Xf(T)(V) = XT (J-l(V)
n a(T))
~ XT(G).
Now, since f(T) has (8) on C \ So(f(T)), and since {V, f(W1), ... , f(Wn )} is an open cover of a(f(T)) = f(a(T)) for which So(f(T)) ~ V, we conclude that X
= Xf(T)(a(T)) = Xf(T)(V) + Xf(T)
(f(Wd)
+ ... + Xf(T)
(f(Wn)) '
T.
260
L. MILLER, V. G. MILLER, AND M. M. NEUMANN
again by the basic characterization of the localized version of (8) provided in [6, Th.3]. Thus X = XT(G) + XT(H), as desired. 0 In the following results, we show how to verify property ({3) on the Kato resolvent set and its Fredholm counterpart. THEOREM 19. For an arbitrary operator T E L(X) and every connected component n of PK(T), the following equivalences hold:
T has ({3) on
n {:}
T has SVEP on
n {:} n n O'p(T) = 0 {:} n \ O'ap(T) =F 0j
in particular, T has property ({3) on PK(T) precisely when T has SVEP on PK(T). Proof. Clearly, the first of the displayed conditions implies the second one, and the equivalence of the last three conditions follows from Theorem 13. Conversely, if these three conditions hold, then T - A is injective with closed range for all A E n. Thus f'i,(T - A) = "((T - A) > 0 for all A E n. Moreover, by [18, 3.1.10], for every compact subset K of n, there exists a constant c > 0 such that f'i,(T - A) > 0 for all A E Kj in fact, as shown, for instance, in [21,4.1], the function A t-+ "((T - A) is continuous and strictly positive on PK(T). From this it is immediate that T has ({3) on n. 0 The next result is clear from Corollary 17, Theorem 19, and the well-known identity PK(T) = PK(T*), [18, 3.1.6]. Part (c) of Corollary 20 may be viewed as an extension of the fact that, by [18, 3.1.7], p(T) = PK(T) whenever both T and T* have SVEP. COROLLARY 20. For every operatorT E L(X), the following assertions hold:(a) T has SVEP on PK(T) {:} S{3(T) ~ O'K(T)j (b) T* has SVEP on PK(T) {:} SIi(T) ~ O'K(T)j (c) T and T* have SVEP on PK(T) {:} Sr(T) ~ O'K(T). 0 To derive the companion result for the essential spectrum, we employ the fact that, for every operator T E L(X) and every open subset V of the essential resolvent set Pe(T) := C\O'e(T), the operator Tv has closed range (but need not be injective). This interesting result was recently obtained by Eschmeier [13, 3.1], based on sheaftheoretic methods developed by Putinar [28] to show that quasi-similar operators with property ({3) have the same essential spectrum. In tandem with Corollary 17, we obtain the following extension of [13, 3.9]. COROLLARY 21. For every operator T E L(X), the following assertions hold: (a) T has SVEP on Pe(T) {:} S{3(T) ~ O'e(T)j (b) T* has SVEP on Pe(T) {:} SIi(T) ~ O'e(T)j (c) T and T* have SVEP on Pe(T) {:} Sr(T) ~ O'e(T).
o
We close with an application to the spectral theory of weighted shifts. EXAMPLE 22. Let W := (Wn)nEN"o be a bounded sequence of strictly positive real numbers, and let T E L(X) denote the corresponding unilateral weighted right shift on the sequence space X := fP(N o) for some 1 ::; p < 00. Clearly,
i(T) = lim inf
n-+oo k~O
(Wk· .. Wk+n_d 1 / n
and
r(T) = lim sup (Wk· n-+oo k~O
.. Wk+n_d 1 / n .
THE SPECTRAL THEORY OF OPERATORS ON BANACH SPACES
Since T has no eigenvalues, T has SVEP and asu(T) = a(T) = {A E C : IAI by [18, 1.3.2 and 1.6.15J. Moreover, as noted in [18,3.7.7],
261
s r(T)},
siAl s r(T)} , and therefore, by Corollaries 20 or 21, the annulus {A E C : i(T) siAl s r(T)} contains S(3(T). On the other hand, by [2, 6.1J, 6(T*) = {A E C : IAI < c(T)} , where ae(T) = aK(T) = aap(T) = {A E C : i(T)
c(T):= liminf(wl" n->oo
'Wn)l/n.
Thus, by Corollary 17, it follows that S5(T) = S(3(T*) 2 {A E C : IAI S c(T)}. We finally note that, by [22, 2.7J, condition (f3) on T implies that i(T) = r(T) and aT(x) = a(T) for all non-zero x E X, while, by [22, 3.3J or [23, Prop.5], a certain growth condition of exponential type for the weight sequence w suffices to ensure that T has (f3). 0
References [IJ P. Aiena, M. L. Colasante, and M. Gonzalez, Opemtors which have a closed quasi-nilpotent part, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 130 (2002), 2701-2710. [2J P. Aiena, T. L. Miller, and M. M. Neumann, On a localized single-valued extension property, to appear in Proc. Royal Irish Acad. [3J P. Aiena and O. Monsalve, Opemtors which do not have the single valued extension property, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 250 (2000),435-448. [4J P. Aiena and O. Monsalve, The single valued extension property and the genemlized Kato decomposition property, Acta Sci. Math. (Szeged) 67 (2001), 791-807. [5J P. Aiena and F. Villafane, Components of resolvent sets and local spectml theory, submitted to this volume. [6J E. Albrecht and J. Eschmeier, Analytic functional models and local spectml theory, Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 75 (1997), 323-348. [7J E. Albrecht and W. J. Ricker, Local spectml theory f01· opemtors with thin spectrum, preprint, University of Saarbriicken, 2002. [8J H. Bercovici and S. Petrovic, Genemlized scalar opemtors as dilations, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 123 (1995), 2173-2180. [9J E. Bishop, A duality theory for an arbitmry opemtor, Pacific J. Math. 9 (1959), 379-397. [lOJ I. Colojoara and C. Foi~, Theory of Genemlized Spectml Opemtors, Gordon and Breach, New York, 1968. [11J M. Didas, E(]"n )-subscalar n-tuples and the Cesaro opemtor on HP, Annales Universitatis Saraviensis, Series Mathematicae 10 (2000), 285-335. [12J N. Dunford and J. T. Schwartz, Linear Opemtors III, Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1971. [13J J. Eschmeier, On the essential spectrum of Banach-space opemtors, Proc. Edinburgh Math. Soc. (2) 43 (2000), 511-528. [14J J. Eschmeier and B. Prunaru, Invariant subspaces for opemtors with Bishop's property ({3) and thick spectrum, J. Funct. Anal. 94 (1990), 196-222. [15J J. Eschmeier and M. Putinar, Bishop's condition ({3) and rich extensions of linear opemtors, Indiana Univ. Math. J. 37 (1988), 325-348. [16J J. Eschmeier and M. Putinar, Spectml Decompositions and Analytic Sheaves, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1996. [17J J. K. Finch, The single valued exten.9ion property on a Banach space, Pacific J. Math. 58 (1975),61-69. [18J K. B. Laursen and M. M. Neumann, An Introduction to Local Spectml Theory, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 2000. [19J M. Mbekbta, Genemlisation de la decomposition de Kato aux opemteurs pamnormaux et spectmux, Glasgow Math. J. 29 (1987), 159-175. [20J M. Mbekhta, Sur la theorie spectmle locale et limite des nilpotents, Proc. Amer. Math. Soc. 110 (1990), 621-631.
262
T. L. MILLER, V. G. MILLER, AND M. M. NEUMANN
[21] M. Mbekhta and A. Ouahab, Operateurs s-regulier dans un espace de Banach et theorie spectrale, Acta Sci. Math. (Szeged) 59 (1994), 525-543. [22] T. L. Miller, V. G. Miller, and M. M. Neumann, Local spectral properties of weighted shifts,
to appear in J. Operator Theory. [23] T. L. Miller, V. G. Miller, and M. M. Neumann, Growth conditions and decomposable exten-
sions, to appear in Contemp. Math. [24] T. L. Miller, V. G. Miller, and M. M. Neumann, On operators with closed analytic core, to appear in Rend. Cire. Mat. Palermo (2) 51 (2002). [25] B. Nagy, On S-decomposable operators, J. Operator Theory 2 (1979),277-286. [26] M. M. Neumann, Recent developments in local spectral theory, Rend. Circ. Mat. Palermo (2) Suppl. 68 (2002), 111-131. [27] M. Putinar, Hyponormal operators are subsealar, J. Operator Theory 12 (1984), 385-395. [28] M. Putinar, Quasi-similarity of tuples with Bishop's property (,8), Integral Equations Operator Theory 15 (1992), 1047-1052. [29] F.-H. Vasilescu, Analytic FUnctional Calculus and Spectral Decompositions, Editura Aeademiei and D. Reidel Publishing Company, Bucharest and Dordreeht, 1982. [30] P. Vrbova., On local spectral properties of operators in Banach spaces, Czechoslovak Math. J. 23 (98) (1973),483-492. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS, MISSISSIPPI STATE UNIVERSITY, MISSISSIPPI STATE, MS 39762, USA E-mail address: neumannOmath.msstate.edu
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328, 2003
Abstract harmonic analysis, homological algebra, and operator spaces Volker Runde ABSTRACT. In 1972, B. E. Johnson proved that a locally compact group G is amenable if and only if certain Hochschild cohomology groups of its convolution algebra Ll(G) vanish. Similarly, G is compact if and only if Ll(G) is biprojective: In each case, a classical property of G corresponds to a cohomological propety of Ll(G). Starting with the work of Z.-J. Ruan in 1995, it has become apparent that in the non-commutative setting, i.e. when dealing with the Fourier algebra A(G) or the Fourier-Stieltjes algebra B(G), the canonical operator space structure of the algebras under consideration has to be taken into account: In analogy with Johnson's result, Ruan characterized the amenable locally compact groups G through the vanishing of certain cohomology groups of A(G). In this paper, we give a survey of historical developments, known results, and current open problems.
1. Abstract harmonic analysis, ...
The central objects of interest in abstract harmonic analysis are locally compact groups, i.e. groups equipped with a locally compact Hausdorff topology such that multiplication and inversion are continuous. This includes all discrete groups, but also all Lie groups. There are various function spaces associated with a locally compact group G, e.g. the space Co(G) of all continuous functions on G that vanish at infinity. The dual space of Co(G) can be identified with M(G), the space of all regular (complex) Borel measures on G. The convolution product * oftwo measures is defined via (1,11-* v):= LLf(XY)dJ.L(X)V(Y)
(J.L,V E M(G), f E Co(G))
and turns M(G) into a Banach algebra. Moreover, M(G) has an isometric involution given by
(I,J.L*):= Lf(x-1)dJ.L(X)
(J.L E M(G), f E Co(G)).
1991 Mathematics Subject Classification. 22D15, 22D25, 43A20, 43A30, 46H20 (primary), 46H25, 46L07, 46M18, 46M20, 47B47, 47L25, 47L50. Key words and phrases. locally compact groups, group algebra, Fourier algebra, FourierStieltjes algebra, Hochschild cohomology, homological algebra, operator spaces. Financial support by NSERC under grant no. 227043-00 is gratefully acknowledged. © 263
2003 American Mathematical Society
264
VOLKER RUNDE
The most surprising feature of an object as general as a locally compact group is the existence of (left) Haar measure: a regular Borel measure which is invariant under left translation and unique up to a multiplicative constant. For example, the Haar measure of a discrete group is simply counting measure, and the Haar measure of ]RN, is N-dimensional Lebesgue measure. The space Ll(G) of all integrable functions with respect to Haar measure can be identified with a closed *-ideal of M(G) via the Radon-Nikodym theorem. Both M(G) and Ll(G) are complete invariants for G: Whenver Ll(G 1 ) and £1(G 2 ) (or M(Gt} and M(G 2 )) are isometrically isomorphic, then G 1 and G 2 are topologically isomorphic. This means that all information on a locally compact group is already encoded in Ll (G) and M(G). For example, Ll(G) and M(G) are abelian if and only if G is abelian, and Ll (G) has an identity if and only if G is discrete. References for abstract harmonic analysis are [Fol], [H-R], and [R-St]. The property of locally compact groups we will mostly be concerned in this survey is amenability. A a mean on a locally compact group G is a bounded linear functional m: LOC(G) ---+ C such that (1, m) = Ilmil = 1. For any function I on G and for any x E G, we write LxI for the left translate of I by x, i.e. (Lxf)(y) := I(xy) for y E G. DEFINITION 1.1. A locally compact group G is called amenable if there is a (left) translation invariant mean on G, i.e. a mean m such that
(¢, m) = (L x ¢, m)
(¢ E LOC(G), x E G).
EXAMPLE 1.2. (1) Since the Haar measure of a compact group G is finite, LOC(G) C £1(G) holds. Consequently, Haar measure is an invariant mean on G. (2) For abelian G, the Markov-Kakutani fixed point theorem yields an invariant mean on G. (3) The free group in two generators is not amenable ([Pat, (0.6) Exanlple]). Moreover, amenability is stable under standard constructions on locally compact groups such as taking subgroups, quotients, extensions, and inductive limits. Amenable, locally compact groups were first considered by J. v. Neumann ([Neu]) in the discrete case; he used the term "Gruppen von endlichem MaB". The adjective amenable for groups satisfying Definition 1.1 is due to M. M. Day ([Day]), apparently with a pun in mind: They are amenable because they have an invariant mean, but also since they are particularly pleasant to deal with and thus are truly amenable - just in the sense of that adjective in everyday speech. For more on the theory of amenable, locally compact groups, we refer to the monographs [Gre], [Pat], and [Pie].
2. homological algebra, ... We will not attempt here to give a survey on a area as vast as homological algebra, but outline only a few, basic cohomological concepts that are relevant in connection with abstract harmonic analysis. For the general theory of homological algebra, we refer to [C-E], [MacL], and [Wei]. The first to adapt notions from homological algebra to the functional analytic context was H. Kamowitz in [Kam]. Let 2l be a Banach algebra. A Banach 2l-bimodule is a Banach space E which is also an 2l-bimodule such that the module actions of 2l on E are jointly continuous.
ABSTRACT HARMONIC ANALYSIS A derivation from 2l to E is a (bounded) linear map D: 2l D(ab) = a . Db + (Da) . b
265
--+
E satisfying
(a, bE !2l);
the space of all derivation from 2l to E is commonly denoted by ZI(!2l, E). A derivation D is called inner if there is x E E such that Da = a·x-x·a
(a E !2l).
The symbol for the subspace of ZI (!2l, E) consisting of the inner derivations is B 1 (2l,E); note that B 1 (!2l,E) need not be closed in ZI(!2l,E). DEFINITION 2.1. Let !2l be a Banach algebra, and let E be a Banach 2l-bimodule. Then then the first Hochschild cohomology group 'HI (2l, E) of 2l with coefficients in E is defined as 'H 1 (!2l, E) := ZI(!2l, E)/B 1 (2l, E). The name Hochschild cohomology group is in the honor of G. Hochschild who first considered these groups in a purely algebraic context ([Hoch 1] and [Hoch 2]). Given a Banach !2l-bimodule E, its dual space E* carries a natural Banach 2l-bimodule structure via (x,a· ¢) := (x· a,¢)
and
(x,¢· a) := (a· x,¢)
(a E !2l, ¢ E E*, x E E).
We call such Banach !2l-bimodules dual. In his seminal memoir [Joh 1], B. E. Johnson characterized the amenable locally compact groups G through Hochschild cohomology groups of Ll(G) with coefficients in dual Banach £l(G)-bimodules ([Joh 1, Theorem 2.5]): THEOREM 2.2 (B. E. Johnson). Let G be a locally compact group. Then G is amenable if and only if'Hl(Ll(G),E*) = {O} for each Banach Ll(G)-bimodule E. The relevance of Theorem 2.2 is twofold: First of all, homological algebra is a large and powerful toolkit - the fact that a certain property is cohomological in nature allows to apply its tools, which then yield further insights. Secondly, the cohomological triviality condition in Theorem 2.2 makes sense for every Banach algebra. This motivates the following definition from [Joh 1]: DEFINITION 2.3. A Banach algebra 2l is called amenable if 'Hl(!2l, E*) = {O} for each Banach 2l-bimodule E. Given a new definition, the question of how significant it is arises naturally. Without going into the details and even without defining what a nuclear C* -algebra is, we would like to only mention the following very deep result which is very much a collective accomplishment of many mathematicians, among them A. Connes, M. D. Choi, E. G. Effros, U. Haagerup, E. C. Lance, and S. Wassermann: THEOREM 2.4. A C* -algebra is amenable if and only if it is nuclear. For a relatively self-contained exposition of the proof, see [Run, Chapter 6]. Of course, Definition 2.3 allows for modifications by replacing the class of all dual Banach 2l-bimodules by any other class. In [B-C-D], W. G. Bade, P. C. Curtis, Jr., and H. G. Dales called a commutative Banach algebra !2l weakly amenable if and only if 'HI (2l, E) = {O} for every symmetric Banach !2l-bimodule E, i.e. satisfying (a E !2l, x E E). a·x=x·a
266
VOLKER RUNDE
This definition is of little use for non-commutative 21. For commutative 21, weak amenability, however, is equivalent to 'Jtl(21, 21*) = {O} ([B-C-D, Theorem 1.5]), and in [Joh 2], Johnson suggested that this should be used to define weak amenability for arbitrary 21: DEFINITION 2.5. A Banach algebra 21 is called weakly amenable if 'Jtl(21, 21*) =
{O}. REMARK 2.6. There is also the notion of a weakly amenable, locally compact group ([C-H]). This coincidence of terminology, however, is purely accidental. In contrast to Theorem 2.2, we have: THEOREM 2.7 ([Joh 3]). Let G be a locally compact group. Then £l(G) is weakly amenable. For a particularly simple proof of this result, see [D-Gh]. For M(G), things are strikingly different: THEOREM 2.8 ([D-Gh-H]). Let G be a locally compact group. Then M(G) is weakly amenable if and only if G is discrete. In particular, M (G) is amenable if and only if G is discrete and amenable. Sometime after Kamowitz's pioneering paper, several mathematicians started to systematically develop a homological algebra with functional analytic overtones. Besides Johnson, who followed Hochschild's original approach, there were A. Guichardet ([Gui]), whose point of view was homological rather than cohomological, and J. A. Taylor ([Tay]) and - most persistently - A. Ya. Helemskil and his Moscow school, whose approaches used projective or injective resolutions; Helemskil's development of homological algebra for Banach and more general topological algebras is expounded in the monograph [He} 2]. In homological algebra, the notions of projective, injective, and flat modules play a pivotal role. Each of these concepts tranlates into the functional analytic context. Helemskil calls a Banach algebra 21 biprojective (respectively biflat) if it is a projective (respetively flat) Banach 21-bimodule over itself. We do not attempt to give the fairly technical definitions of a projective or a flat Banach 21-bimodule. Fortunately, there are equivalent, but more elementary characterizations of biprojectivity and biflatness, respectively. We use ®-y to denote the completed projective tensor product of Banach spaces. If 21 is a Banach algebra, then 21 ®-y 21 has a natural Banach 21-bimodule structure via a·(x®y):=ax®y and (x®y)·a=:x®ya (a, x, y E 21). This turns the multiplication operator
A: 21 ®-y 21
-+
21,
a ® b f-+ ab
into a homomorphism of Banach 21-bimodules. DEFINITION 2.9. Let 21 be a Banach algebra. Then: (a) 21 is called biprojective if and only if A has bounded right inverse which is an 21-bimodule homomorphism. (b) 21 is called biftat if and only if A * has bounded left inverse which is an 21-bimodule homomorphism.
ABSTRACT HARMONIC ANALYSIS
267
Clearly, biflatness is a property weaker than biprojectivity. The following theorem holds ([Hell, Theorem 51]): THEOREM 2.10 (A. Ya. Helemskil). Let G be a locally compact group. Then Ll (G) is biprojective if and only if G is compact. Again, a classical property of G is equivalent to a cohomological property of Ll(G). The question for which locally compact groups G the Banach algebra Ll(G) is biflat seems natural at the first glance. However, any Banach algebra is amenable if and only if it is biflat and has a bounded approximate identity ([Hel 2, Theorem Vii.2.20]). Since Ll(G) has a bounded approximate identity for any G, this means that Ll (G) is biflat precisely when G is amenable. Let G be a locally compact group. A unitary representation of G on a Hilbert space jj is a group homomorphism 7r from G into the unitary operators on jj which is continuous with respect to the given topology on G and the strong operator topology on B(jj). A function G-+C,
with
~, TJ
Xf-+(7r(x)~,1J)
E jj is called a coefficient function of 7r.
EXAMPLE 2.11. The left regular representation A of G on L2(G) is given by A(X)~ := LX-l~
(x E G, ~ E L2(G)).
DEFINITION 2.12 ([Eym]). Let G be a locally compact group. (a) The Fourier algebra A(G) of G is defined as A(G) := {f: G
-+
C : f is a coefficient function of A}.
(b) The Fourier-Stieltjes algebra B( G) of G is defined as B( G) := {f: G
-+
C : f is a coefficient function of a unitary representation of G}.
It is immediate that A(G) c B(G), that B(G) consists of bounded continuous functions, and that A(G) C Co(G). However, it is not obvious that A(G) and B(G) are linear spaces, let alone algebras. Nevertheless, the following are true ([Eym]): • Let C*(G) be the enveloping C*-algebra of the Banach *-algebra Ll(G). Then B(G) can be canonically identified with C*(G)*. This turns B(G) into a commutative Banach algebra. • Let VN(G) := A(G)" denote the group von Neumann algebra of G. Then A(G) can be canonically identified with the unique predual of VN(G). This turns A( G) into a commutative Banach algebra whose character space is G. • A(G) is a closed ideal in B(G). If G is an abelian group with dual group r, then the Fourier and FourierStieltjes transform, respectively, yield isometric isomorphisms A( G) ~ Ll (r) and B(G) ~ M(r). Consequently, A(G) is amenable for any abelian locally compact group G. It doesn't require much extra effort to see that A(G) is also amenable if G has an abelian subgroup of finite index ([L-L-W, Theorem 4.1] and [For 2, Theorem 2.2]). On the other hand, every amenable Banach algebra has a bounded approximate identity, and hence Leptin's theorem ([Lep]) implies that the amenability of A(G) forces G to be amenable. Nevertheless, the tempting conjecture that A( G) is amenable if and only if G is amenable is false:
VOLKER RUNDE
268
THEOREM 2.13 ([Joh 4]). The Fourier algebra of SO(3) is not amenable. This leaves the following intriguing open question: QUESTION 2.14. Which are the locally compact groups G for which A(G) is amenable? The only groups G for which A( G) is known to be amenable are those with an abelian subgroup of finite index. It is a plausible conjecture that these are indeed the only ones. The corresponding question for weak amenability is open as well. B. E. Forrest has shown that A( G) is weakly amenable whenever the principal component of G is abelian ([For 2, Theorem 2.4]). One can, of course, ask the same question(s) for the Fourier-Stieltjes algebra: QUESTION 2.15. Which are the locally compact groups G for which B(G) is amenable? Here, the natural conjecture is that those groups are precisely those with a compact, abelian subgroup of finite index. Since A( G) is a complemented ideal in B( G), the hereditary properties of amenability for Banach algebras ([Run, Theorem 2.3.7]) yield that A( G) has to be amenable whenever B( G) is. It is easy to see that, if the conjectured answer to Question 2.14 is true, then so is the one to Question 2.15. Partial answers to both Question 2.14 and Question 2.15 can be found in [L-L-W] and [For 2]. 3. and operator spaces Given any linear space E and n E N, we denote the n x n-matrices with entries from E by Mn(E); if E = C, we simply write Mn. Clearly, formal matrix multiplication turns Mn(E) into an Mn-bimodule. Identifying Mn with the bounded linear operators on n-dimensional Hilbert space, we equip Mn with a norm, which we denote by I· I· DEFINITION 3.1. An operator space is a linear space E with a complete norm II· lin on Mn(E) for each n E N such that (R 1) II
~ I~
Iln+m
= max{llxll n, IIYllm}
(n, mEN, x E Mn(E), Y E Mm(E))
and
(R 2) EXAMPLE 3.2. Let fJ be a Hilbert space. The unique C*-norms on Mn(13(SJ)) 13(fJn) turn 13(SJ) and any of its subspaces into operator spaces.
~
Given two linear spaces E and F, a linear map T: E --+ F, and n E N, we define the the n-th amplification T(n) : Mn(E) --+ Mn(F) by applying T to each matrix entry. DEFINITION 3.3. Let E and F be operator spaces, and let T E 13(E, F). Then: (a) T is completely bounded if IITllcb := sup nEN
IIT(n) IIB(Mn(E),Mn(F))
<
00.
ABSTRACT HARMONIC ANALYSIS
269
(b) T is a complete contraction if IITlicb ~ 1. (c ) T is a complete isometry if T( n) is an isometry for each n EN. The following theorem due to Z.-J. Ruan marks the beginning of abstract operator space theory: THEOREM 3.4 ([Rna 1]). Let E be an operator space. Then there is a Hilbert space Sj and a complete isometry from E into B(Sj). To appreciate Theorem 3.4, one should think of it as the operator space analogue of the elementary fact that every Banach space is isometrically isomorphic to a closed subspace of C(O) for some compact Hausdorff space O. One could thus define a Banach space as a closed subspace of C(O) some compact Hausdorff space O. With this definition, however, even checking, e.g., that £1 is a Banach space or that quotients and dual spaces of Banach spaces are again Banach spaces is difficult if not imposssible. Since any C* -algebra can be represented on a Hilbert space, each Banach space E can be isometrically embedded into B(Sj) for some Hilbert space Sj. For an operator space, it is not important that, but how it sits inside B(Sj). There is one monograph devoted to the theory of operator spaces ([E-R]) as well as an online survey article ([Wit et al.]). The notions of complete boundedness as well as of complete contractivity can be defined for multilinear maps as well ([E-R, p. 126]). Since this is somewhat more technical than Definition 3.3, we won't give the details here. As in the category of Banach spaces, there is a universallinearizer for the right, i.e. completely bounded, bilinear maps: the projective operator space tensor product ([E-R, Section 7.1]), which we denote by ®. DEFINITION 3.5. An operator space 2l which is also an algebra is called a completely contractive Banach algebra if multiplication on 2l is a complete (bilinear) contraction. The universal property of ® ([E-R, Proposition 7.1.2]) yields that, for a completely contractive Banach algebra 2l, the multiplication induces a complete (linear) contraction ~: 2l®2l --+ 2l. EXAMPLE 3.6. (1) For any Banach space E, there is an operator space maxE such that, for any other operator space F, every T E B(E,F) is completely bounded with IITlicb = IITII ([E-R, pp. 47-54]). Given a Banach algebra 2l, the operator space max2l is a completely contractive Banach algebra ([E-R, p. 316]). (2) Any closed subalgebra of B(Sj) for some Hilbert space Sj is a completely contractive Banach algebra. To obtain more, more interesting, and - in the context of abstract harmonic analysis - more relevant examples, we require some more operator space theory. Given two operator spaces E and F, let
CB(E, F) := {T: E
--+
F : T is completely bounded}.
It is easy to check that CB(E, F) equipped with 11·llcb is a Banach space. To define an operator space structure on CB(E, F), first note that Mn(F) is, for each n E N, an operator space in a canonical manner. The (purely algebraic) identification
Mn(CB(E, F)) := CB(E, Mn(F))
(n E N)
VOLKER RUNDE
270
then yields norms 1I·lln on the spaces Mn(CB(E, F)) that satisfy (R 1) and (R 2), which is not hard to verify. Since, for any operator space E, the Banach spaces E* and CB(E, C) are isometrically isomorphic ([E-R, Corollary 2.2.3]), this yields a canonical operator space structure on the dual Banach space of an operator space. In partiuclar, the unique predual of a von Neumann algebra is an operator space in a canonical way. We shall see how this yields further examples of completely contractive Banach algebras. We denote the W* -tensor product by ®. DEFINITION 3.7. A Hop/-von Neumann algebra is a pair (rot, V), where rot is a von Neumann algebra, and V is a co-multiplication: a unital, injective, w*continuous *-homomorphism V: rot --+ rot®rot which is co-associative, i.e. the diagram rot
v
rot®rot
---+
1
vl rot®rot
V®id!lJl
I
id!lJl®V
rot®rot®rot
commutes. EXAMPLE 3.8. Let G be a locally compact group. (1) Define V: £oo(G) --+ £oo(G x G) by letting
(V»(xy) := >(xy)
(> E £oo(G), x, y E G).
Since £oo(G)®£oo(G) ~ £oo(G x G), this turns £oo(G) into a Hopf-von Neumann algebra. (2) Let W*(G) be the enveloping von Neumann algebra of C*(G). There is a canonical w* -continuous homomorphism w from G into the unitaries of W* (G) with the following universal property: For any unitary representation 7r of G on a Hilbert space, there is unique w* -continuous *homomorphism (J: W*(G) --+ 7r(G)" such that 7r = (J 0 w. Applying this universal property to the representation G
--+
W*(G)®W*(G),
x
yields a co-multiplication V: W*(G)
1--+
--+
w(x) ® w(x) W*(G)®W*(G).
Given two von Neumann algebras rot and 1)1 with preduals rot* and 1)1*, their W*-tensor product rot®1)1 also has a unique predual (rot®I)1)*. Operator space theory allows to identify this predual in terms of rot* and 1)1* ([E-R, Theorem 7.2.4]): (rot®I)1)* ~ rot*ci~m*. Since VN(G)® VN(H) ~ VN(G x H) for any locally compact groups G and H, this implies in particular that A(G x H) ~ A(G)®A(H).
Suppose now that rot is a Hopf-von Neumann algebra with predual rot*. The comultiplication V : rot --+ rot®rot is w· -continuous and thus the adjoint map of a complete contraction V. : rot*®rot. --+ rot.. This turns rot. into a completely contractive Banach algebra. In view of Example 3.8, we have:
ABSTRACT HARMONIC ANALYSIS
271
EXAMPLE 3.9. Let G be a locally compact group. (1) The multiplication on L1(G) induced by \7 as in Example 3.8.1 is just the usual convolution product. Hence, L1 (G) is a completely contractive Banach algebra. (2) The multiplication on B( G) induced by \7 as in Example 3.8.2 is pointwise multiplication, so that B( G) is a completely contractive Banach algebra. Since A (G) is an ideal in B (G) and since the operator space strucures A ( G) has as the predual of VN(G) and as a subspce of B(G) coincide, A(G) with its canonical operator space structure is also a completely contractive Banach algebra. REMARK 3.10. Since A(G) fails to be Arens regular for any non-discrete or infinite, amenable, locally compact group G ([For 1]), it cannot be a subalgebra of the Arens regular Banach algebra B(f)). Hence, for those groups, A(G) is not of the form described in Example 3.6.2. We now return to homological algebra and its applications to abstract harmonic analysis. An operator bimodule over a completely contractive Banach algebra Il is an operator space E which is also an !!-bimodule such that the module actions of Il on E are completely bounded bilinear maps. One can then define operator Hochschild cohomology groups 01t 1 (!!, E) by considering only completely bounded derivations (all inner derivations are automatically completely bounded). It is routine to check that the dual space of an operator !!-bimodule is again an operator Il-bimodule, so that the following definition makes sense: DEFINITION 3.11 ([Rua 2]). A completely contractive Banach algebra Il is called operator amenable if 01t 1 (Il,E*) = {O} for each operator Il-bimodule E. The following result ([Rua 2, Theorem 3.6]) shows that Definition 3.11 is indeed a good one: THEOREM 3.12 (Z.-J. Ruan). Let G be a locally compact group. Then G is amenable if and only if A( G) is operator amenable. REMARK 3.13. A Banach algebra!! is amenable if and only if max!! is operator amenable ([E-R, Proposition 16.1.5]). Since L1(G) is the predual of the abelian von Neumann algebra LOO(G), the canonical operator space structure on L1(G) is maxL1(G). Hence, Definition 3.11 yields no information on L1(G) beyond Theorem 2.2. The following is an open problem: QUESTION 3.14. Which are the locally compact groups G for which B(G) is operator amenable? With Theorem 2.8 and the abelian case in mind, it is reasonable to conjecture that B(G) is operator amenable if and only if G is compact. One direction is obvious in the light of Theorem 3.12; a partial result towards the converse is given in [R-Sp]. Adding operator space overtones to Definition 2.5, we define: DEFINITION 3.15. A completely contractive Banach algebra Il is called operator weakly amenable if 01t 1 (!!, Il *) = {O}.
VOLKER RUNDE
272
In analogy with Theorem 2.7, we have: THEOREM 3.16 ([Spr]). Let G be a locally compact group. Then A(G) is operator weakly amenable.
One can translate Helemskir's homological algebra for Banach algebras relatively painlessly to the operator space setting: This is done to some extent in [Ari] and [Woo 1]. Of course, appropriate notions of projectivity and flatness play an important role in this operator space homological algebra. Operator biprojectivity and biflatness can be defined as in the classical setting, and an analogue - with ® instead of Q$)-y - of the characterization used for Definition 2.9 holds. The operator counterpart of Theorem 2.10 was discovered, independently, by O. Yu. Aristov and P. J. Wood: THEOREM 3.17 ([Ari], [Woo 2]). Let G be a locally compact group. Then G is discrete if and only if A(G) is operator biprojective.
As in the classical setting, both operator amenability and operator biprojectivity imply operator biflatness. Hence, Theorem 3.17 immediately supplies examples of locally compact groups G for which A( G) is operator biflat, but not operator amenable. A locally compact group is called a [SIN]-group if Ll(G) has a bounded approximate identity belonging to its center. By [R-X, Corollary 4.5], A(G) is also operator biflat whenever G is a [SIN]-group. It may be that A( G) is operator biflat for every locally compact group G: this question is investigated in [A-R-Sp]. All these results suggest that in order to get a proper understanding of the Fourier algebra and of how its cohomological properties relate to the underlying group, one has to take its canonical operator space structure into account.
References O. Yu. Aristov, Biprojective algebras and operator spaces. J. Math. Sci. (to appear). O. Yu. Aristov, V. Runde, and N. Spronk. Operator biflatness of the Fourier algebra. In preparation. [B-C-D] W. G. Bade, P. C. Curtis, Jr., and H. G. Dales, Amenability and weak amenability for Beurling and Lipschitz algebras. Proc. London Math. Soc. (3) 55 (1987), 359-377. [C-E] H. Cartan and S. Eilenberg, Homological algebra. Princeton University Press, Princeton, 1956. M. Cowling and U. Haagerup, Completely bounded multipliers of the Fourier algebra [C-H] of a simple Lie group of real rank one. Invent. Math. 96 (1989), 507-549. [D-Gh-H] H. G. Dales, F. Ghahramani, and A. Va. HelemskiY, The amenability of measure algebras. J. London Math. Soc. 66 (2002), 213-226. M. M. Day, Means on semigroups and groups. Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949), [Day] 1054-1055. [D-Gh] M. Despic and F. Ghahramani, Weak amenability of group algebras of locally compact groups. Ganad. Math. Bull. 37 (1994), 165-167. E. G. Effros and Z.-J. Ruan, Operator spaces. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 2000. [E-R] [Eym] P. Eymard, L'algebre de Fourier d'un groupe localement compact. Bull. Soc. Math. France 92 (1964), 181-236. G. B. Folland, A course in abstract harmonic analysis. CRC Press, Boca Raton, [Fol] Florida, 1995. B. E. Forrest, Arens regularity and discrete groups. Pacific J. Math. 151 (1991), [For 1] 217-227. B. E. Forrest, Amenability and weak amenability of the Fourier algebra. Preprint [For 2] (2000). [Gre] F. P. Greenleaf, Invariant means on locally compact groups. Van Nostrand, New York-Toronto-London, 1969. [Ari] [A-R-Sp]
ABSTRACT HARMONIC ANALYSIS
[Gui]
273
A. Guichardet, Sur I'homologie et la cohomologie des algebres de Banach. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. A 262 (1966), 38-42. [Her] C. S. Herz, Harmonic synthesis for subgruops. Ann. Inst. Fourier (Grenoble) 23 (1973),91-123. [H-R] E. Hewitt and K. A. Ross, Abstract harmonic analysis, I and II. Springer Verlag, Berlin-Heideberg-New York, 1963 and 1970. [Hell] A. Ya. Helemskil', Flat Banach modules and amenable algebras. Trans. Moscow Math. Soc. 47 (1985), 199-224. [HeI2] A. Ya. Helemskil, The homology of banach and topological algebras (translated from the Russian). Kluwer Academic Publishers, Dordrecht, 1989. G. Hochschild, On the cohomology groups of an associative algebra. Ann. of Math. [Hoch 1] (2) 46 (1945), 58-67. [Hoch 2] G. Hochschild, On the cohomology theory for associative algebras. Ann. of Math. (2) 47 (1946), 568-579. B. E. Johnson, Cohomology in Banach algebras. Mem. Amer. Math. Soc. 127 (1972). [Joh 1] B. E. Johnson, Derivations from Ll(G) into Ll(G) and LOO(G). In: J. P. Pier (ed.), [Joh 2] Harmonic analysis (Luxembourg, 1987), pp. 191-198. Lectures Notes in Mathematics 1359. Springer Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 1988. [Joh 3] B. E. Johnson, Weak amenability of group algebras. Bull. London Math. Soc. 23 (1991),281-284. [Joh 4] B. E. JOHNSON, Non-amenability of the Fourier algebra of a compact group. J. London Math. Soc. (2) 50 (1994),361-374. [Kam] H. Kamowitz, Cohomology groups of commutative Banach algebras. Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 102 (1962), 352-372. [L-L-W] A. T.-M. Lau, R. J. Loy, and G. A. Willis, Amenability of Banach and C"-algebras on locally compact groups. Studia Math. 119 (1996), 161-178. H. Leptin, Sur l'algebre de Fourier d'un groupe localement compact. C. R. Acad. Sci. [Lep] Paris, Ser. A 266 (1968), 1180-1182. S. MacLane, Homology. Springer Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 1995. [MacL] J. von Neumann, Zur allgemeinen Theorie des MaBes. Fund. Math. 13 (1929), 73-116. [Neu] A. L. T. Paterson, Amenability. American Mathematical Society, Providence, 1988. [Pat] J. P. Pier, Amenable locally compact groups. Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1984. [Pie] H. Reiter and J. D. Stegeman, Classical harmonic analysis and locally compact [R-St] groups. Clarendon Press, Oxford, 2000. [Rua 1] Z.-J. Ruan, Subspaces of C"-algebras. J. Funct. Anal. 76 (1988), 217-230. [Rua2] Z.-J. Ruan, The operator amenability of A(G). Amer. J. Math. 117 (1995), 14491474. Z.-J. Ruan and G. Xu, Splitting properties of operator bimodules and operator ame[R-X] nability of Kac algebras. In: A. Gheondea, R. N. Gologan and D. Timotin, Operator theory, operator algebras, and related topics, pp. 193-216. The Theta Foundation, Bucharest, 1997. v. Runde, Lectures on amenability. Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1774. Springer [Run] Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 2002. V. Runde and N. Spronk, Operator amenability of Fourier-Stieltjes algebras. Preprint [R-Sp] (2001). N. Spronk, Operator weak amenability of the Fourier algebra. Proc. Amer. Math. [Spr] Soc. 130 (2002), 3609-3617. [Tay] J. A. Taylor, Homology and cohomology for topological algebras. Adv. in Math. 9 (1970), 137-182. [Wei] C. A. Weibel, An introduction to homological algebra. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1994. [Wit et al.] G. Wittstock et al., What are operator spaces? - An online dictionary. URL: http://wwv.math.uni-sb.de/~ag-wittstock/projekt2001.html (2001). [Woo 1] P. J. Wood, Homological algebra in operator spaces with applications to harmonic analysis. Ph.D. thesis, University of Waterloo, 1999. P. J. Wood, The operator biprojectivity of the Fourier algebra. Canadian .1. Math. [Woo 2] (to appear).
274
VOLKER RUNDE
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL AND STATISTICAL SCIENC MONTON,
AB,
CANADA
T6G 2Gl
E-mail address:vrundeClualberta.ca
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328, 2003
Relative Tensor Products for Modules over von Neumann Algebras David Sherman ABSTRACT. We give an overview of relative tensor products (RTPs) for von
Neumann algebra modules. For background, we start with the categorical definition and go on to examine its algebraic formulation, which is applied to Morita equivalence and index. Then we consider the analytic construction, with particular emphasis on explaining why the RTP is not generally defined for every pair of vectors. We also look at recent work justifying a representation of RTPs as composition of unbounded operators, noting that these ideas work equally well for LP modules. Finally, we prove some new results characterizing preclosedness of the map (~, 7) f-> ~ 181",7).
1. Introduction
The purpose of this article is to summarize and explore some of the various constructions of the relative tensor product (RTP) of von Neumann algebra modules. Alternately known as composition or fusion, RTPs are a key tool in subfactor theory and the study of Morita equivalence. The idea is this: given a von Neumann algebra M, we want a map which associates a vector space to certain pairs of a right M-module and a left M-module. If we write module actions with subscripts, we have (XM,M!i)) f-> X 0M!i). This should be functorial, covariant in both variables, and appropriately normalized. Other than this, we only need to specify which modules and spaces we are considering. In spirit, RTPs are algebraic; a ring-theoretic definition can be found in most algebra textbooks. But in the context of operator algebras, the requirement that the output be a certain type of space - typically a Hilbert space - causes an analytic obstruction. As a consequence, there are domain issues in any vector-based construction. Fortunately, von Neumann algebras have a sufficiently simple representation theory to allow a recasting of RTPs in algebraic terms. The analytic study of RTPs can be related nicely to noncommutative £P spaces. Indeed, examination of the usual (£2) case reveals that the technical difficulties 2000 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary: 46LIO; Secondary: 46M05. Key words and phrases. relative tensor product, von Neumann algebra, bimodule. © 275
2003 American Mathematical Society
276
DAVID SHERMAN
come from a "change of density". (We say that the density of an LP-type space is lip.) Once this is understood, it is easy to handle LP modules [JS] as well. Modular algebras ([Y], [S]) provide an elegant framework, so we briefly explain their meaning. The final section of the paper investigates the question, "When is the map (~, 1]) f--+ ~ ®
2. Notations and background The basic objects of this paper are von Neumann algebras, always denoted here by M, N, or P. These can be defined in many equivalent ways: • C*-algebras which are dual spaces. • strongly-closed unital *-subalgebras of B(i)). B(i)) is the set of bounded linear operators on a Hilbert space i); the strong topology is generated by the seminorms x f--+ Ilx~ll, ~ E i); the * operation is given by the operator adjoint. • *-closed subsets of B(i)) which equal their double (iterated) commutant. The commutant of a set S c B(i)) is {x E B(i)) I xy = yx, 'l:/y E S}. As one might guess from the definitions, the study of von Neumann algebras turns on the interplay between algebraic and analytic techniques. Finite-dimensional von Neumann algebras are direct sums of full matrix algebras. At the other extreme, commutative von Neumann algebras are all of the form Loo(X, J-l) for some measure space (X, J-l)' so the study of general von Neumann algebras is considered "noncommutative measure theory." Based on this analogy, the (unique) predual M* of M is called Ll(M); it is the set of normal (= continuous in yet another topology, the a-weak) linear functionals on M c B(i)), and can be thought of as "noncommutative countably additive measures". A functional r.p is positive when x> 0 =} r.p(x) 2: 0; the set of positive normal functionals is denoted M;t. The support s( r.p) of a positive normal linear functional r.p is the smallest projection q E M with r.p(l - q) = O. So if M is abelian, r.p corresponds to a measure and q is the (indicator function of the) usual support. For simplicity, all modules in this paper are separable Hilbert spaces (except in Section 6), all algebras have separable predual, all linear functionals are normal, and all representations are normal and nondegenerate (MSJ or SJM is all of SJ). Two projections p, q in a von Neumann algebra are said to be (Murray-von Neumann) equivalent if there exists v E M with v*v = p, vv* = q. Such an element v is called a partial isometry, and we think of p and q as being "the same size". Subscripts are used to represent actions, so XM indicates that X is a right M-module, i.e. a representation of the opposite algebra MOP. It is implicit in the term "bimodule", or in the notation Mi)N, that the two actions commute. The phrase "left (resp. right) action of' is frequently abbreviated to L (resp. R) for operators or entire algebras, so that we speak of L(x) or R(M). Finally, we often write Moo for the von Neumann algebra of all bounded operators on a separable infinite-dimensional
RELATIVE TENSOR PRODUCTS
277
Hilbert space, and Moc(M) for the von Neumann tensor product Moc®M. One can think of this as the set of infinite matrices with entries in M; we will denote by eij the matrix unit with 1 in the ij position and 0 elsewhere. The (left) representation theory of von Neumann algebras on Hilbert spaces is simple, so we recall it briefly. (Most of this development can be found in Chapters 1 and 2 of [JoS].) First, there is a standard construction, due to Gelfand-Neumark and Segal (abbreviated GNS), for building a representation from 'P E Mt. To each x E M we formally associate the vector x'P 1/ 2 (various notations are in use, e.g. 7]",(x) or A",(.'1:), but this one is especially appropriate ([C2] V.App.B, [S])). We endow this set with the inner product
< x'P1/2, Y'P 1/ 2 >= 'P(Y* x), and set fJ", to be the closure in the inherited topology, modulo the null space. The left action of M on fJ", = M'P1/2 is bounded and densely defined by left composition. When 'P is faithful (meaning x > 0 => 'P(x) > 0), the vector 'P 1/ 2 = I'P1/2 is cyclic (M'P1/2 = fJ",) and separating (x =f. 0 => X'P1/2 =f. 0). Now all representations with a cyclic and separating vector are isomorphic - a sort of "left regular representation"; we will denote this by ML 2 (M). It is a fundamental fact that the commutant of this action is antiisomorphic to M, and when we make this identification we call ML2(M)M the standard form of M. If 'P is not faithful, the GNS construction produces a vector 'Pl/2 which is cyclic but not separating, and a representation which is isomorphic to ML2(M)s('P) ([T2], Ch. VIII, IX). Now let us examine an arbitrary (separable, so countably generated) module MfJ. Following standard arguments (e.g. [TI] I.9), fJ decomposes into a direct sum of cyclic representations M(M~n), each of which is isomorphic to the GNS representation for the associated vector state w~n (=< ·~n, ~n ». With qn = s(w~J, we have MfJ ~ EBMM~n ~ EBMfJw~n ~ EB M L 2(M)qn. (Here and elsewhere, "~" means a unitary equivalence of (bi)modules.) Since this is a left module, it is natural to write vectors as rows with the nth entry in L 2(M)qn:
We will call such a decomposition a row representation of MfJ. Here e nn are diagonal matrix units in Moo, so (Eqn ®e nn ) is a diagonal projection in Moc(M). The left action of M is, of course, matrix multiplication (by 1 x 1 matrices) on the left. The module (L2(M)L2(M) ... ) will be denoted R2(M) (for "row"). Since the standard form behaves naturally with respect to restriction - L2(q,Nq) ~ qL 2(,N)q as bimodules - it follows that L2(Moo(M)) is built as infinite matrices over L2(M) (see (3.3)). Thus R2(M) can be realized as ellL 2(Moo (M)). PROPOSITION 2.1. Any countably generated left representation of M on a Hilbert space is isomorphic to R 2(M)q for some diagonal projection q E Moc(M). Any projection ,in Moc(M), diagonal or not, defines a module in this way, and two such modules are isomorphic exactly when the projections are equivalent. In fact
(2.2)
278
DAVID SHERMAN
So isomorphism classes correspond to equivalence classes of projections in lVIoo(M), which is the monoid V(Moo(M)) in K -theoretic language [W-O}. The direct sum of isomorphism ciasses of modules corresponds to the sum of orthogonal representatives in V(Moo(M)), giving a monoidal equivalence.
We denote the category of separable left M-modules by Left L 2(M). For us, the most important consequence of (2.2) is that (2.3)
C.(MR2(M)q) = R(qMoo(M)q),
where "c." stands for the commutant of the M-action. (In particular, the case = ell is just the standard form.) The algebra qMoo(M)q is called an amplification of M, being a generalization of a matrix algebra with entries in M. Of course everything above can be done for right modules - the relevant abbreviations are C 2(M), for "column," and Right L 2(M). Example. Suppose M = M3(C). In this case the standard form may be taken as M3L2(M3hf3; L2(M3) ~ (M3, < .,. », where < x, y >= Tr(y*x). Note that this norm, called the Hilbert-Schmidt norm, is just the e2 norm of the matrix entries, and that the left and right multiplicative actions are commutants. (If we had chosen a nontracial positive linear functional, we would have obtained an isomorphic bimodule with a "twisted" right action ... this is inchoate Tomita-Takesaki theory.) The module R2(M3) is M 3xoo , again with the Hilbert-Schmidt norm, and the commutant is Moo(M3) ~ Moo. According to Proposition 2.1, isomorphism classes of left M 3-modules should be parameterized by equivalence classes of projections in Moo. These are indexed by their rank n E (1:+Uoo); the corresponding isomorphism class of modules has representative M 3xn . In summary, we have learned that any left representation of M3 on a Hilbert space is isomorphic to some number of copies of C 3. The same argument shows that V(Moo(Mk)) ~ (1:+ U 00) for any k. Properties of the monoid V ( Moo (M)) determine the so-called type of the algebra. For a factor (a von Neumann algebra whose center is just the scalars), there are only three possibilities: (1:+ U 00), (lR.+ U 00), and {O,+oo}. These are called types I, II, III, respectively; a fuller discussion is given in Section 7. q
3. Algebraic approaches to RTPs When R is a ring, the algebraic R-relative tensor product is the functor, covariant in both variables, which maps a right R-module A and left R-module B to the vector space (A ®alg B)/N, where N is the subspace generated algebraically by tensors of the form ar ® b - a ® rb. In functional analysis, where spaces are usually normed and infinite-dimensional, one obvious amendment is to replace vector spaces with their closures. But in the context of Hilbert modules over a von Neumann algebra M, this is still not enough. Surprisingly, a result of Falcone ([FJ, Theorem 3.8) shows that if the RTP L2(M) ®M L2(M) is the closure of a continuous (meaning III(~ ® 7])11 < ClI~IIII7]11) nondegenerate image ofthe algebraic M-relative tensor product, M must be atomic, Le. M ~ EBnB(f.>n). We will discuss the analytic obstruction further in Section 5. For now, we take Falcone's theorem as a directive: do not look for a map which is defined for every pair of vectors. If we give up completely on a vector-level construction, we can at least make the functorial
RELATIVE TENSOR PRODUCTS
279
DEFINITION 3.1 (Sa). Given a von Neumann algebra M, a relative tensor product is a junctor, covariant in both variables,
RightL 2(M) x LeJtL2(M)
(3.1)
->
Hilber·t:
(n,.ft)
f-+
n ®M.ft,
which satisfies (3.2)
as bimodules. Although at first glance this definition seems broad, in fact we see in the next proposition that there is exactly one RTP functor (up to equivalence) for each algebra. The reader is reminded that functoriality implies a mapping of intertwiner spaces as well, so it is enough to specify the map on representatives of each isomorphism class. In particular we have the bimodule structure '£:(j) .••ll(n
®M .ft)C(M.ll)·
PROPOSITION 3.2. Let n ~ P C 2(M) E Right L2 M od(M) and.ft ~ R 2(M)q E Left L2Mod(M) Jor some projections p,q E Moo(M). Then
n ®M.ft ~ P L2(Moo(M))q with natural action oj the commutants. PROOF. By implementing an isomorphism, we may assume that the projections are diagonal: p = LPi ®eii, q = Lqj ®ejj. Using (3.2) and functoriality, we have the bimodule isomorphisms
n ®M.ft ~ (EBPi L2(M)) ®M (EBL2(M)qj) ~
E9Pi L2(M) ®M L2(M)qj ~ E9Pi L2(M)qj ~ p L2(Moo(M))q. i,j
i,j D
Visually, (3.3) where of course the £2 sums of the norms of the entries in these matrices are finite. After making the categorical definition above, Sauvageot immediately noted that it gives us no way to perform computations. We will turn to his analytic construction in Section 5; here we discuss an approach to bimodules and RTPs due to Connes. In his terminology a bimodule is called a correspondence. (The best references known to the author are [C2l and [Pl, but there was an earlier unpublished manuscript which is truly the source of Connes fusion.) Consider a correspondence MnN. Choosing a row representation R2(M)q for n, we know that the full commutant of L(M) is isomorphic to R(qMoo(M)q). This gives us a unital injective *-homomorphism p : N '---+ qMoo(M)q, and from the map p one can reconstruct the original bimodule (up to isomorphism) as M(R 2(M)q)p(N)'
280
DAVID SHERMAN
What if we had chosen a different row representation R 2 (M)q' and obtained P' : N ---+ q'Moo(M)q'? By Proposition 2.1, the module isomorphism MR 2(M)q ~ MR 2(M)q'
(3.4)
is necessarily given by the right action of a partial isometry v between q and q' in Moo(M). Then P and P' differ by an inner perturbation: p(x) = v*p'(x)v. We conclude that the class of M - N correspondences, modulo isomorphism, is equivalent to the class of unital injective *-homomorphisms from N into an amplification of M, modulo inner perturbation. (These last are called sectors in subfactor theory.) The distinctions between bimodules, morphisms, and their appropriate equivalence classes are frequently blurred in the literature; our convention here is to use the term "correspondence" to mean a representative *-homomorphism for a bimodule. Notice that a unital inclusion N eM gives the bimodule ML 2(M)N. The RTP of correspondences is extremely simple. PROPOSITION 3.3. Consider bimodules MYJN and N.ftP coming from correspondences PI : N '----> qMoo(M)q and P2 : P '----> q'Moo(N)q'. The bimodule M(YJ®N.ft)P is the correspondence PI 0 P2, where we amplify PI appropriately.
We pause to mention that it is also fruitful to realize correspondences in terms of completely positive maps. We shall have nothing to say about this approach; the reader is referred to [P] for basics or [A2] for a recent investigation. 4. Applications to Morita equivalence and index An invertible *-functor from Left L2 M od(N) to Left L2 M od(M) is called a Morita equivalence [R]. Here a *-functor is a functor which commutes with the adjoint operation at the level of morphisms. One way to create *-functors is the following: to the bimodule MYJN, we associate (4.1) FSj: Left L2 Mod(N)
---+
Left L2 Mod(M);
N.ft 1---+ (MYJN) ®N (N.ft).
The next theorem is fundamental. THEOREM 4.1. When L(M) and R(N) are commutants on YJ, the RTP functor FSj is a Morita equivalence. Moreover, every Morita equivalence is equivalent to an RTP functor.
This type of result - the second statement is an operator algebraic analogue of the Eilenberg-Watts theorem - goes back to several sources, primarily the fundamental paper of Rieffel [R]. His investigation was more general and algebraic, and his bimodules were not Hilbert spaces but rigged self-dual Hilbert C*-modules, following Paschke [Pal. From a correspondence point of view, rigged self-dual Hilbert C*-modules and Hilbert space bimodules give the same theory; the equivalence is discussed nicely in [A1]. (And the former is nothing but an L oo version of the latter, as explained in [JS].) Our Hilbert space approach here is parallel to that of Sauvageot [Sa], though modeled more on [R], and is streamlined by our standing assumption of separable preduals. We will need DEFINITION 4.2. The contragredient of the bimodule MYJN is the bimodule NfJM' where fJ is conjugate linearly isomorphic to fj (the image of ~ is written (J, and the actions are defined by n~m = m*~n*.
RELATIVE TENSOR PRODUCTS
281
LEMMA 4.3. Suppose L(M) and R(N) are commutants on fl. Then
NfJM ®M MflN ~ NL2(N)N. PROOF. If Mfl ~ MR 2(M)q, then N ~ qMoo(M)q by (2.3), and fJM qC 2 (M)M. By Proposition 3.2 and the comment preceding Proposition 2.1,
NfJM ®M MflN ~ N(qL2(Moo(M))q)N ~ NL2(qMoo(M)q)N ~ NL2(N)N. D Lemma 4.3 was first proven by Sauvageot (in another way). In our situation it means
FfJ
0
FSj(Nfi) ~ L2(N) ®N Nfi ~ Nfi.
(Here we have used the associativity of the RTP, which is most easily seen from the explicit construction in Section 5.) We conclude that Fi) 0 FSj is equivalent to the identity functor on Left L2Mod(N), and by a symmetric argument FSj 0 Fi) is equivalent to the identity functor on Left L2Mod(M). Thus FSj is a Morita equivalence, and the first implication of Theorem 4.1 is proved. Now let F be a Morita equivalence from Left L2 M od(N) to Left L2 M od(M). Then F must take NR2(N) to a module isomorphic to MR2(M), because each is in the unique isomorphism class which absorbs all other modules. (This is meant in the sense that NR2(N) ffiNfl ~ NR2(N); R2(N) is the "infinite element" in the monoid V (Moo (N)).) Being an invertible *-functor, F implements a *-isomorphism of commutants - call it a, not F, to ease the notation: (4.2) Apparently we have (4.3) Before continuing the argument, we need an observation: isomorphic algebras have isomorphic standard forms. Specifically, we may write L2(Moo(N)) as the GNS construction for tp E Moo(N)t and obtain the isomorphism (a-1)t : L2(Moo(N)) ..::. L2(Moo(M)), (a-1)t : xtp1/2 ........ a(x)(tp 0 a- 1)1/2. Note that (a- 1 )t(x~y) = a(x)[(a- 1 )t(~)la(y). Now consider the RTP functor for the bimodule
MflN =
u- 1 (M)a- 1(et'{)C 2(N)N.
By Proposition 3.2 and the comment preceding Proposition 2.1, its action is
R2(N)q ........
17-1 (M)a- 1 (et'{)L2(Moo (N))q (17;:)'
Met'{ L 2(Moo (M))a(q)
~ MR 2(M)a(q) ~ F(R 2(N)q).
We conclude that F is equivalent to FSj, which finishes the proof of Theorem 4.1. Notice that (4.2) and (4.3) can also be used to define a functor; this gives us COROLLARY 4.4. For two von Neumann algebras M and N, the following are equivalent: (1) M and N are Morita equivalent;
DAVID SHERMAN
282
(2) Moo(N) ~ Moo(M); (3) there is a bimodule Mf)N where the actions are commutants of each other; (4) there is a projection q E Moo(M) with central support 1 such that
qMoo(M)q
~
N.
(The central support of x E M is the least projection z in the center of M satisfying x = zx.) Example continued. M3 and M5 are Morita equivalent. This can be deduced easily from condition (2) or (4) of the corollary above. It also follows from the (Hilbert) equivalence bimodule M3HS(M3X5)Ms, where "HS" indicates the HilbertSchmidt norm; this bimodule gives us an RTP functor which is a Morita equivalence. Regardless of the construction, the equivalence will send (functorially) n copies of C 5 to n copies of C 3 . Apparently Morita equivalence is a coarse relation on type I algebras - it only classifies the center of the algebra (up to isomorphism). At the other extreme, Morita equivalence for type III algebras is the same as algebraic isomorphism; Morita equivalence for type II algebras is somewhere in the middle ([RJ, Sec. 8). For a bimodule Mf)N where the algebras are not necessarily commutants, the functor (4.1) still makes sense. To get a more tractable object, we may consider the domain and range to be isomorphism classes of modules:
(4.4)
71'1) :
V(Moo(N)) ---. V(Moo(M));
F1)(R 2(N)q) = Mf)N ®N R2(N)q ~ R2(M)7I'1) ([q]). We call this the bimodule morphism associated to f), a sort of "skeleton" for the correspondence. It follows from Proposition 3.3 that if the bimodule is p : N '---+ qMoo(M)q, then 71'1) is nothing but poo, the amplification of p to Moo(N), restricted to equivalence classes of projections. This has an important application to inclusions of algebras. We have seen in M is equivalent to a bimodule ML2(M)N. Section 3 that a unital inclusion N When the correspondence p is surjective, the module generates a Morita equivalence via its RTP functor, and the induced bimodule morphism is an isomorphism of monoids. When N i= M, it is natural to expect that the bimodule morphism gives us a way to measure the relative size, or index, of N in M. (For readers unfamiliar with this concept, the index of an inclusion N c M is denoted [M : N] and is analogous to the index of a subgroup. The kernel of this idea goes back to Murray and von Neumann, but the startling results of Jones [J] in the early 1980's touched off a new wave of investigation. We recommend the exposition [K] as a nice starting point.) For algebras of type I or II, the index can be calculated in terms of bimodule morphisms. (There are also broader definitions of index which require a conditional expectation (=norm-decreasing projection) from M ontoN.) This amounts largely to rephrasing and extension of the paper [Jol] , and we do not give details here. Very briefly, let 71' : V(Moo(M)) ---. V(Moo(M)) be the bimodule morphism for
t.
(4.5)
RELATIVE TENSOR PRODUCTS
283
When M is a factor, 11" is a monoidal morphism on the extended nonnegative integers (type I) or extended nonnegative reals (type II). It must be multiplication by a scalar, and this scalar is the index. If M is not a factor, the index is the spectral radius of 11", provided that V(Moo(M)) is endowed with some extra structure (at present it is not even a vector space). Example. Consider the correspondence
The image of M6L2(M6) under the RTP functor for (4.5) is
~ M6 L2 (M6)M3 ®M3 M3 L2 (M6) (now counting the dimensions of the Hilbert spaces) ~
M6HS(M12X3)M3 ®M3 M3 HS (M3xd ~ M6HS(M12X12) ~ M6HS(M6X24).
We have gone from 6 copies of (:6 to 24 copies; that is, 61-+24. Apparently the index is 4, which is also the ratio of the dimensions of the algebras. 5. Analytic approaches to RTPs
As mentioned in Section 3, we cannot expect the expression ~ ®M T/ to make sense for every pair of vectors ~,T/. In essence, the problem is that the product of two L2 vectors is Ll, and an Ll space does not lie inside its corresponding L2 space unless the underlying measure is atomic. Densities add, even in the noncommutative setting, and so the product in (3.3) "should" be an Ll matrix. To make this work at the vector level, we need to decrease the density by 1/2 without affecting the "outside" action of the commutants ... and the solution by Connes and Sauvageot ([Sa], [C2]) is almost obvious: choose a faithful cp E Mt and put cp-l/2 in the middle of the product. That is, (5.1) This requires some explanation. Fix faithful cp E Mt and row and column representations of 5) and .It as in (2.1). We define
D(S;, 1") ~ {
(::~:;:)
E S; ,
~>~Xn ex;"" in M}
V(5), cp) is dense in 5), and its elements are called cp-left bounded vectors [C1]. Now by (5.1) we mean the following: for ~ E V(5), cp), we simply erase the symbol cpl/2 from the right of each entry, then carry out the multiplication. The natural domain is V(5), cp) x .It. Visually, .
284
(5.2)
DAVID SHERMAN
( ( ::::;:) ,(" "' '" ))
~ (::::;:) (,-"') (" "' '" ) ~ (X;"»,
For cp =I- 1jJ E Mt, we cannot expect € ®cp TJ = € ®,p TJ even if both are defined, although the reader familiar with modular theory will see that (5.3)
€ ®cp TJ = (€cp-l/2)TJ = (€cp-l/21jJl/21jJ-l/2)TJ = €(Dcp : D1jJ)i/2 ®,p TJ.
(An interpretation of the symbols cpl/2, cp-l/2 as unbounded operators will be discussed in the next section.) Now we define S) ®cp .!'t to be the closed linear span of the vectors € ®cp TJ inside L2(Moo(M)). Up to isomorphism, this is independent of cp. (We know this because of functoriality; the "change of weight" isomorphism is densely defined by (5.3).) The given definition for V(S), cp) c S) makes it seem dependent on the choice of column representation. That this is not so can be seen by noting (as in (3.4)) that the intertwining isomorphism is given by L( v) for some partial isometry v E Moo(M). But let us also mention a method of defining the same RTP construction without representing S) and.!'t. First notice that V(S), cp) can also be defined as the set of vectors € for which 7rf(€) : L 2(M)M -+ S)M. cpl/2x 1-+ €x, is bounded. (A more suggestive (and rigorous) notation would be L(€cp-l/2).) Now we consider an inner product on the algebraic tensor product V(S), cp) ®.!'t, defined on simple tensors by (5.4) The important point here is that 7rt(€2)*7rf(6) E .c(L2(M)M) = M. The closure of V(S), cp) ®.!'t in this inner product, modulo the null space, is once again S) ®cp .!'t. (If we do choose a row representation as in (5.2), we have
The paper [F] contains more exposition of this approach, including some alternate constructions. 6. Realization of the relative tensor product as composition of unbounded operators
In this section we briefly indicate how (5.1) can be rigorously justified and extended. Readers are referred to the sources for all details. In his pioneering theory of noncommutative LP spaces, Haagerup [H] estab-. lished a linear isomorphism between Mt and a class of positive unbounded operators affiliated with the core of M. (The core, well-defined up to isomorphism, is the crossed product of M with one of its modular automorphism groups.) We will denote the operator corresponding to the positive functional cp by cp also. These operators are r-measurable (see the next section), where r is the canonical trace
RELATIVE TENSOR PRODUCTS
285
on the core, and so they generate a certain graded *-algebra: positive elements of LP(M) are defined to be operators of the form '{)1/ p . The basic development of this theory can be found in [Tej; our choice of notation is influenced by [Yj, where it is called a modular algebra. The composition of two L2 operators is an Ll operator, and it turns out that (5.1) can be rigorously justified [Sj as an operator equation. (This is not automatic, as operators like ,{)-1/2 are not 7-measurable and require more delicate arguments.) In fact, there is nothing sacred about half-densities. With the recent development of noncommutative LP modules [JS], one can allow relative tensor products to be bifunctors on Right U(M) x Left Lq(M), with range in a certain L'" space. The mapping is densely-defined by
~ ®cp 1/ ~ (~,{)~-*-~)1/. In the case of an RTP of L oo modules (or more generally, Hilbert C*-modules), the middle term is trivial and there is no change of density. This explains why there are no domain issues in defining a vector-valued RTP of Hilbert C*-modules [Rj. Let us mention that the recent theory of operator bimodules, in which vectors can be realized as bounded operators, allows a variety of relative tensor products over C*-algebras [APj. This can be naturally viewed as a generalization of the theory of Banach space tensor products, which corresponds to a C*-algebra of scalars. 7. Preclosedness of the map
(~, 1/)
1-+
~
®cp 1/
Our purpose in this final section is to study when the relative tensor map is preclosed. This is a weaker condition than that of Falcone, who studied (effectively) when the map was bounded. We begin with a base case: a fa.ctor, two standard modules, and a simple product. With the usual notation Bcp for V(L 2 (M), '{)), the relevant map is
Bcp x L2(M) :3 (~, 1/) 1-+ ~ ®cp 1/ E L 2(M). This is bilinear: we take "preclosed" to mean that if ~n -+ ~ E Bcp, 1/n -+ 1/, ~n ®cp 1/n -+ (, then necessarily ( = ~ ®cp 1/. We will also consider several variations: changing the domain to an algebraic tensor product, allowing non-factors, and allowing arbitrary modules. Readers unfamiliar with von Neumann algebras will find this section more technical, and any background we can offer here is sure to be insufficient. Still, we introduce the necessary concepts in hopes that the non-expert will at least find the statements of the theorems accessible. A weight is an "unbounded positive linear functional": a linear map from M+ to [0, +ooj. We will always assume that weights are normal, so Xc< / x strongly => '{)(xc<) / '{)(x); and semifinite, so {x E M+ I '{)(x) < oo} is a-weakly dense in M+. We can still define RTPs for faithful weights, but now Bcp = {x'{)I/2 I '{)(x*x) < oo} C L 2(M). For details of the representations associated to weights, see [T2j. A weight 7 which satisfies 7(XY) = 7(YX) on its domain of definition will be called a trace (more properly called a "tracial weight"). An algebra which admits a faithful trace 7 is semifinite; if in addition we can have 7(1) < 00, it is finite. This facilitates the following classification of factors: a factor with n orthogonal
DAVID SHERMAN
286
minimal projections is type In (possibly n = 00); a semifinite factor without minimal projections is type III if finite and type 1100 if not; a factor which is not semifinite is type III. The reader will note that this refines our previous definitions of type, as a trace is exactly the object which orders the equivalence classes of projections. Obviously, there is much more to be said, and most of it can be found in [Tl]. For a faithful trace T on semifinite M, it is useful to consider the T-measure topology [N]. This is a uniform topology with neighborhoods of 0 given by
N(6, f) = {x E M 13p E P(M) with T(P.L) < 6, Ilxpll < fl. The closure of M in this topology can be identified as a space of closed, denselydefined operators affiliated with M. It is denoted VJ1(M) and actually forms a *-algebra to which T extends naturally. (The T-measurability of an operator T is equivalent to the assertion that T(e(A).L) < 00 for some spectral projection e(A) of ITI, so we get that VJ1(M) = M if M is atomic.) It follows from modular theory that every weight on (M, T) is of the form Th ="T(h·)" for some closed, densely-defined, and positive operator h. In case h is not T-measurable, this is to be interpreted as 1 / 2) where h = h(1 lim T(h e1/ 2 . he ' e
e-+ O
Finally, the presence of a faithful trace
LP(M, T) = {T
E
T
+ ch)-l .
allows us to introduce the spaces
VJ1(M) I T(ITIP) =
IITIIP < oo},
which are antecedent to Haagerup's. Exposition can be found in [N]. Here we will only need L2(M, T), which is a standard form and in particular isomorphic as a left module to any faithful GNS representation SJ",. It is easy to check that the norm topology in L2(M, T) is stronger than the T-measure topology. THEOREM 7.1. Let M be a factor. The map
(7.1) is preclosed iff M
~'" x L2(M) - L2(M) :
= (M, T)
(~, TJ)
1-+
~ 0'" TJ
is semifinite and h- 1 is T-measurable, where
= Th.
PROOF. The proof is by consideration of cases.
M is type III: Choose a projection eo so
But
1I(I/n)Vn
RELATIVE TENSOR PRODUCTS
287
M = (M,r) is semifinite and h- 1 is not r-measurable: First note that the measurability of h- 1 does not depend on the choice of r. Writing h = J >.de(>.) , the hypothesis is that r(e(>.)) = 00, V>.. Choose a projection eo with cp(eo) < 00 and r(eo) < 00. Then e(1/n 3) has a subprojection en which is equivalent to eo. The above construction again shows that the map is not preclosed, except that
M = (M, r) is semifinite and h- 1 is r-measurable: We assume (7.2) and want to show ( n = {x E M
= xTJ. Set
I xh 1/ 2 E L2(M,r)};
nIP
= {x
E
M
I cp(x·x) < oo},
both of which are strongly dense in M. (The bar stands for graph closure.) Then 7r : ncpl/2 ~ L2(M, r);
xcpl/2
1-+
Xhl/2
densely defines a left module Hilbert space isomorphism from fJ IP to L2(M, r); denote its extension by 7r as well. Recalling that h- 1 / 2 is r-measurable by assumption,
p: nIP ~ !m(M); x 1-+ 7r(Xcpl/2)h- 1/ 2 is well-defined and the identity map on n. It is also strong-measure continuous: Xa
~ X '* Xa cpl/2 ~ Xcpl/2
'* 7r(xacpl/2) £ 7r(xcpl/2)
'* 7r(Xacpl/2) ~ 7r(Xcpl/2) '* 7r(xacpl/2)h-l/2 ~ 7r(Xcpl/2)h-1/2, where we used that multiplication is jointly continuous in the measure topology. We may conclude that p is the identity on all of nIP' Implementing the isomorphism 7r, (7.2) becomes
(7.3)
7r(Xncpl/2) ~ 7r(Xcpl/2),
7r(TJn) ~ 7r(TJ),
Xn7r(TJn) ~ 7r(().
The convergences in (7.3) are also in measure; by the foregoing discussion we have
Xn7r(TJn) = 7r(x ncpl/2)h- 1/ 27r(TJn) ~ 7r(xcpl/2)h- 1/ 27r(TJ) = X7r(TJ) in measure as well. The measure topology is also Hausdorff, so 7r(() = X7r(TJ) and therefore ( = XTJ. D The map p suggests a schematic recovery of the "operators" in fJ IP : (7.4) Such operators are densely-defined but in general not closable (or may have multiple closed extensions [Sk]). Not surprisingly, then, the right-hand side of (7.4) may be only formal. The condition on h in Theorem 7.1 makes the equality (7.4) rigorous, as the products on the right-hand side are well-defined r-measurable operators. Note that hand h- 1 are automatically r-measurable when M is finite, and in
DAVID SHERMAN
288
this case all multiplications and isomorphisms between GNS representations stay within W1(M), and all operators are closed - a version, somewhat oblique, of the T-theorem of Murray and von Neumann. THEOREM 7.2. Let M be a factor, and consider 23"" 0alg L2(M) as a subspace of the Hilbert space tensor product L2(M) 0 L 2(M). The linear map (7.5)
23"" 0
al g
L2(M)
-+
L 2(M):
L
~n 0 TIn
is preclosed iff M = (M, T) is atomic and T(h- 1 ) < it is actually a bounded map, with norm T(h- 1 )1/2.
1--+
00,
~n 0"" TIn
L
where c.p
= Th.
In this case
PROOF. When M is type III, the map is not preclosed by the previous theorem. We will therefore fix a trace T, set c.p = Th, use the decomposition h = f Ade(A), and view all vectors as elements of L2(M, T). (When M is type I, we assume that T is normalized so that T(p) = 1 for any minimal projection p.) The rest of the proof is again by cases. M is type II: Choose p < e(A) for some A with T(p) = C < 00. For each k, break up p into equivalent orthogonal projections as L~=l p~. Consider the tensors
Tk
= LP~hl/2 0
p~
1--+
LP~
= p.
Since the p~ are orthogonal,
JJTkJJ2 =
LT(p~h)T(p~) ~ L (~c) (~) = A~2
-+
0
and the map is not preclosed. M is type leo and T(e(A)) = 00 for some A: Fix an orthogonal sequence of minimal projections {Pn}, Pn < e(A). The equivalence gives partial isometries with v~vn = PI, VnV~ = Pn· Then
2
1~
1~
JJTkJJ = k 2 L...J T(Pnh)T(Pl) ~ k2 L...JA =
A
k
-+
0
and the map is not preclosed. In the only remaining situation, M is type I and h is diagonalizable. Let {An} be the eigenvalues (with repetition), arranged in nondecreasing order. We will write all matrices with respect to the basis of eigenvectors. If Sk
(7.6)
= L~=l
)..In /'00:
Consider
RELATIVE TENSOR PRODUCTS
289
and the map is not preclosed.
If Sk = L~=l >L / C < 00; that is, T(h- 1 ) < 00: We show that the map is bounded on finite tensors of the form T = L i j eij ® yij. We have
T
1--+
S =
~
~eij
h- 1/ 2 Y ij =
'J
~
\-1/2 Y ij
~eijl'\j
=~ ~
(~\-1/2 ~I'\j
,k
'J
ij ) Yjkeik
.
J
By Cauchy-Schwarz,
:s cl: IY~{12 :s Cl: ly;tl 2= CIITI12. ijk
ijkl
Since such tensors are dense in the Hilbert space tensor product, we may conclude that the norm of the map is C 1 / 2 • But the tensors Tk from (7.6) show that the norm is at least Cl/2. 0
:s
We now extend Theorem 7.1 to the non-factor case. A general von Neumann algebra is a direct integral of factors (see [Tl] for details), and weights on the algebra disintegrate as well. PROPOSITION
7.3. Let M be a von Neumann algebra with central decomposition
frtf! M(w)dIL(W). The map (7.7)
23
-+
L 2(M):
(~, 11)
1--+
~ ®
is preclosed iff M = (M, T) is semijinite and (*) h(W)-1 is T(w)-measurable for JL-a.e. w, where 'P = Th· PROOF. If M contains a summand of type III, the construction from Theorem 7.1, with the added restriction that fn and gn are chosen with equal central support, demonstrates that the map is not preclosed. If there is a trace T for which 'P = Th and h- 1 is T-measurable, then the argument in Theorem 7.1 still shows that the map is preclosed. We will see that this possibility is equivalent to (*). First note that (*) is independent of the trace chosen, as the choice of a different trace changes a.e. h(w) by a constant factor. If (*) does not hold, fix any trace T, write 'P = Th, and let {e(A)} be the spectral projections of h. By hypothesis, we can find a nonzero central projection z with ze(A) a properly infinite projection for all A. The second construction of Theorem 7.1 shows that the map is not preclosed, where we choose all en, including eo, with central support z. Now suppose that (*) holds. We may choose a trace T which factors as 70 q" where q, is an extended center-valued trace and 7 is a trace on the center with 7(1) < 00. Let hand {e(A)} be as before. Now by assumption, the function
z(w) = max{l/n I T(w)(e(l/n)(w)) < I} is a.e. defined, non-zero, and finite. It is measurable by construction, so z and z-1 represent elements of the extended center. Now write 'P = (Tz ) z - 1 h. Let f be the
290
DAVID SHERMAN
spectral projection of z-lh for [0,1]. We have f(w) = e(z(w))(w), so T(W)(f(W)) < 1. Then
o PROPOSITION
7.4. Let M be a factor with left module Mit and right module
SjM' The map
(7.8) is preclosed only under the same conditions as in Theorem 7.1; i.e. M = (M, T) is semijinite and h- 1 is T-measurable, where
~ (:~~~~:), (11~ 11~ ~ ( :~::~:) · . ... )
·
·
k-+oo.
(111712 ... ),
k-+oo
(X:"7j)
k~ (ij), -+00
.
we also have L2 convergence in each coordinate. By Theorem 7.1, (ij = Xi"7j' When h- 1 is not T-measurable, M must be 100 or 1100 , In this case M Moo(M), and we do not need row and column matrices: Sj ~ ql L2(M) and it ~ L2(M) q2 for appropriate projections ql, q2' Fix equivalent finite projections ft ~ ql, h ~ q2 with v*v = ft, vv* = h. By assumption e(1/n 3 ) is infinite for all n; let gn be a subprojection equivalent to the fi with vin Vin = fi, vinvin = 9n. Then
11(1/n)v2nI1 2 = (1/n 2 )T(h) --> 0, and the map is not preclosed.
o References [AI] [A2] [AP] [C1] [C2] [F] [H] [Jol]
C. Anantharaman-Delaroche, Atomic correspondences, Indiana Univ. Math. J. 42 (1993), no. 2, 505-531. C. Anantharaman-Delaroche, Amenability of bimodules and opemtor algebms, in Opemtor algebms and quantum field theory, Internat. Press, Cambridge, MA, 1997, 225-235. C. Anantharaman-Delaroche and C. Pop, Relative tensor products and infinite C*-algebras, J. Operator Theory 47 (2002), 389-412. A. Connes, On the spatial theory of von Neumann algebms, J. Funct. Anal. 35 (1980), 153-164. A. Connes, Noncommutative geometry, Harcourt Brace & Co., San Diego, 1994. T. Falcone, L2-von Neumann modules, their relative tensor products and the spatial derivative, Illinois J. Math. 44 (2000), no. 2,407-437. U. Haagerup, LP-spaces associated with an arbitmry von Neumann algebm, Algebres d'operateurs et leurs applications en physique mathematique, CNRS 15 (1979), 175-184. P. Jolissaint, Index for pairs of finite von Neumann algebms, Pac. J. Math. 146 (1990), 43-70.
RELATIVE TENSOR PRODUCTS
[J] [JoS] [JS] [KR] [K] [N] [Pal [P] [R] [Sa] [S] [Sk] [Tl] [T2] [Te] [W] [y]
291
V. Jones, Index for subfactors, Invent. Math. 72 (1983), 1-25. V. Jones and V. Sunder, Introduction to subfactors, London Mathematical Society Lecture Note Series 234, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1997. M. Junge and D. Sherman, Noncommutative LP modules, J. Operator Theory, to appear. R. Kadison and J. Ringrose, FUndamentals of the theory of operator algebras I,ll, Graduate Studies in Mathematics 15, 16, AMS, Providence, 1997. H. Kosaki, Index theory for operator algebras, Sugaku Expositions 4 (1991), no. 2, 177-197. E. Nelson, Notes on non-commutative integration, J. Funct. Anal. 15 (1974), 103-116. W. Paschke, Inner product modules over B*-algebras, Trans. AMS 182 (1973),443-468. S. Popa, Correspondences, notes, 1986. M. Rieffel, Morita equivalence for C*-algebras and W*-algebras, J. Pure and Appl. Algebra 5 (1974), 51-96. J.-L. Sauvageot, Sur Ie produit tensoriel relatif d'espaces de Hilbert, J. Operator Theory 9 (1983), 237-252. D. Sherman, Applications of modular algebras, in preparation. C. Skau, Positive self-adjoint extensions of operators affiliated with a von Neumann algebra, Math. Scand. 44 (1979), 171-195. M. Takesaki, Theory of Operator Algebras I, Springer-Verlag, New York, 1979. M. Takesaki, Theory of Operator Algebras II, Springer-Verlag, to appear. M. Terp, LP-spaces associated with von Neumann algebras, notes, Copenhagen University, 1981. N. E. Wegge-Olsen, K -theory and C*-algebras, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1993. S. Yamagami, Algebraic aspects in modular theory, Publ. RIMS 28 (1992), 1075-1106. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, UNIVERSITY E-mail address: dashermalDmath. ui uc . edu
OF
ILLINOIS, URBANA, IL 61801-2975
Contemporary ~1athematics
Volume 328. 2003
Uniform Algebras Generated by Unimodular Functions Stuart J. Sidney ABSTRACT. Our main result is the following reduction theorem: If A is a uniform algebra on X that is generated by unimodular functions, in order to verify the strong corona property for A on its spectrum E(A), it suffices to verify it when the corona data are unimodular functions from A. This is a step in the direction of finding a simpler proof of Carleson's Corona Theorem [C], and of extending it to higher dimensions. The main tool is a proof that the algebra of bounded sequences from A, regarded as a Banach algebra of continuous functions on the Stone-Cech compactification of ]\I! x X. is itself a uniform algebra generated by unimodular functions.
1. Introduction
One of the jewels of twentieth-century analysis is Lennart Carleson's Corona Theorem, which asserts that the open unit disc lDl in the complex plane is dense in the maximal ideal space or spectrum of H OO = HOO(lDl), the Banach algebra of bounded analytic functions on lDl in the supremum norm; here each point ( of lDl is identified with the complex homomorphism "evaluation at (." The publication of this result in 1962 [C] generated a search for a more transparent proof, and for comparable theorems with other domains (both in complex dimension 1 and in higher dimensions) in place of the disc. Progress has been made in both directions, but all proofs of Carleson's theorem are still fairly involved, and the other domains to which it has been extended are I-dimensional. One approach to the problem was introduced in the 1960s by a group at the Institut Fourier in Grenoble, France under the leadership of Alain Bernard. It involves a sequence algebra naturally associated to a uniform algebra. In this paper we shall revisit the Grenoble approach and add to it some new results that we hope will lead toward its eventual sucess. Our main result is the following: THEOREM 1 (Reduction Theorem). Let A be a uniform algebra on a compact Hausdorff space X. Assume that A is generated as a Banach algebra by the unimodular (on X) functions in A. Then in order to verify the strong corona property for A on its spectrum ~(A), it suffices to verify it for unimodular corona data. 2000 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 46JlO; Secondary 46E15, 46E25, 46J15. Key words and phrases. Uniform algebra, corona property, corona data, unimodular.
© 293
2003 American Mathematical Society
294
s. J. SIDNEY
The terms strong corona property and corona data will be defined below. Note that functions in A that we are calling unimodular take values of modulus 1 on X, but (in general) only of modulus:::; 1 on E(A). Such functions are often called inner. Observe that for the disc algebra (see below), the reduction theorem says that the strong corona property need only be verified for corona data consisting of
finite Blaschke products. In section 2 we recall the relationship between corona problems of density in spectra, and corona problems of solving systems of equations in a uniform algebra. Section 3 introduces sequence algebras and presents a proof that the property of being generated by unimodular functions passes from a uniform algebra to its associated sequence algebra. In section 4 we prove the reduction theorem.
2. Background on corona problems The key abstract result that is just about always used in tackling corona problems is the following easy consequence of elementary Gelfand theory. PROPOSITION 2. Let A be a uniform algebra and let E be a subset of its spectrum E(A). Then E is dense in E(A) if and only if whenever h, ... , fn are finitely many functions in A and there is a positive constant 8 such that max{lh(x)I, ... , Ifn(x)l} ~ 8 for every x E E, it follows that there are functions gl, ... ,gn in A such that hgl + ... + fngn = l.
In this proposition, the fJ are known as corona data (for A on E), and the assertion equivalent to density of E is the corona property (again, of A on E). In particular, if A is a uniform algebra on X, then X = E(A) if and only if A enjoys the following property: whenever h, ... , fn are finitely many functions in A that do not all vanish simultaneously at any point of X, there exist functions gl, ... ,gn in A for which hgl + ... + fngn = 1. Carleson actually proved a stronger version of the corona property for HOO on Jl)), one in which there are bounds on the gj: DEFINITION 1. A uniform algebra A has the strong corona property on a subset E of E(A) if for all positive integers n and positive numbers 8 < 1 there are finite constants C(n, 8) such that whenever h, ... ,fn are functions in A satisfying IlfJ II :::; 1 and maxj IfJ(x)1 ~ 8 for all x E E, there exist functions gl, . .. , gn in A that satisfy E j fJgj = 1 and Ilgjll :::; C(n,8).
Clearly if A has the strong corona property on E then A has the corona property on E, so E is dense in E(A). In this definition, the fJ are strong corona data for A on E. Consider now the disc algebra A(Jl))) consisting of all continuous complex-valued functions on the closed unit disc ii} that are analytic on Jl)). It is standard, and not hard to prove, that E(A(Jl)))) = ii}, and so A(Jl))) has the corona property on ii} (equivalently, on Jl))). Suppose one can show that the disc algebra actually has the strong corona property on Jl)) with constants C(n,8). If h, ... , fn are strong corona data for H OO on Jl)) for some 8, we can for each natural number k produce strong corona data hk, ... fnk for A(Jl))) and this same 8 such that for each j, fJk -+ fJ pointwise on Jl)) as k -+ 00 (for instance, fJk(() = fJ((l - k- 1 )()). By assumption there are functions glk, ... , gnk in A(Jl))) such that E j fJkgjk = 1 and Ilgjkll :::; C(n,8). By a normal families argument, we may assume that for each j
UNIMODULAR FUNCTIONS
295
there is gj in Hoc such that gjk ---- gj pointwise as k ---- 00, and clearly I:j hgj = 1 and Ilgjll :::; C(n,8). We see that HOC enjoys the strong corona property with the same constants as the disc algebra. (Conversely, the reader may show that if Hoc has the strong corona property on J]), then A(J]}) also has it on J]}, with any choice of constants greater than those for HOC.) The above argument works just as well on many complex domains S1 other than the unit disc J]}, in particular on unit balls and polydiscs in Cd. For these domains it is elementary that the spectrum of A(S1), the algebra of continuous functions on Ii that are analytic on S1, is just fl, and the same argument as for S1 = J]} shows that if A(S1) enjoys the strong corona property on S1 then so does HOC(S1), the algebra of bounded analytic functions on S1. Clearly the reduction theorem applies to the polydisc algebra A = A(S1) when S1 is the unit polydisc (and X is taken to be the torus consisting of points in Cd all of whose coordinates have modulus 1). Thus the reduction theorem aims directly at the goal of proving the corona theorem for polydisc algebras, namely, that the polydisc S1 is dense in the spectrum of HOO(S1). One last word before moving on to Bernard's technique. A natural question proposed by Walter Rudin ([Bil, page 347) asks whether, inasmuch as every uniform algebra has the corona property on its spectrum, perhaps it also has the strong corona property on its spectrum. That is, in fact, the conclusion that the sequence spaces we are about to study was designed to prove. Unfortunately, an ingenious example produced by another member of the Grenoble team, Jean-Pierre Rosay [RJ, shows that not every uniform algebra has the strong corona property. Furthermore, Brian Cole ([Gal, chapter 4) has exhibited an open Riemann surface R that is not dense in the spectrum of HOO(R). 3. Bernard's sequence algebras and unimodular functions To any uniform algebra A we associate the unital Banach algebra A consisting = (h) with h E A and IIJII == sUPk Ilhll < 00. If A is of those sequences a uniform algebra on X (where X is any compact subset of E(A) that contains the Silov boundary of A), then every J E A may be naturally identified with the bounded continuous function on N x X that takes the value h(x) at the point (k, x) of N x X, and so with a continuous function (also denoted J) on X = ,B(N x X), the Stone-tech compactification of N x X. In this way, A becomes a uniformly closed algebra of continuous functions on X that contains the constant functions; in general, A need_not separate the points of so is a uniform algebra on some quotient space of X, but not necessarily on X itself. These sequence algebras and corona problems are related by the following result, the original raison d 'etre for the study of A:
J
x,
PROPOSITION 3. If A is a uniform algebra, A has the strong corona property on E(A) if and only ifN x E(A) is dense in E(A). PROOF. One direction is trivial: If A has the strong corona property on E(A), then A has the strong corona property on N x E(A) with the same constants. To go in the opposite direction, suppose that A does not have the strong corona property on E(A), so for some nand 8 no appropriate constant C(n,8) exists. Each natural number k cannot serve as C(n,8), so there are flk,"" fnk in A for which Ilhkll :::; 1 and maxj Ihkl ~ 8 throughout E(A), but if gl, ... ,gn are
296
S . .1. SIDNEY
functions in A for which Lj /jkgj = 1, then maxj !!gj!! > k. Let ij = (fjk)k, so i j E A, lIijll ::; 1, and maxj !ij! ~ 8 throughout N x E(A). There can be no ih (glk)k, ... , 9n (gnk)k in A for which Lj i j 9j 1, for this equality would mean that for each k we would have Lj fjkgjk = 1, and for k > maxj IIgjll this would yield maxj IIgjk II > k > maxj 119j 1/, which is impossible. Thus N x E( A) cannot be dense in E(A). D
=
=
=
Proposition 3 offers the potential to prove strong corona theorems by proving density of N x E(A) in E(A). It was hoped that a "soft" Banach algebra argument might accomplish this. However, such an argument never materialized, as (in view of Rosay's example) it could not in complete generality. Instead, A found a central role in the theory of functions that operate on function spaces. The seminal document here is Bernard's paper [Be], and a recent introductory account of both the relation to corona problems and the applications to functions that operate may be found in [HS]. That the Grenoble program cannot work in general does not imply that it cannot work in special situations. Our goal in this paper is to begin movement toward a positive outcome in one important special situation, namely, that in which the uniform algebra is generated by unimodular functions. Let us now establish some notation. If A is a uniform a~ebra on X, we let U denote the set of unimodular functions in A and we let U denote the set of all functions i = (ik) such that ik E U for every k; viewed as functions on X, ii consists of precisely the unimodular (on X) functions in A. We shall need the following "trick" developed by Bernard in a context related to ours but not involving sequence algebras. LEMMA 4 (Bernard trick). [BGM] Suppose v is in the subalgebra (equivalently, linear subspace) of A generated algebraically by U, and that IIvll < 1. There are functions u E U s'u.ch that u'iJ E A. Take such a u, and for real numbers 0 let v(8) Then 0
I--->
= 'U'
-
i8
uv - e . . 1 - u'iJe t8
v(8) is a continuous mapping from the real line into U, and v
=.2.27r
r
21r
io
v(8) dO.
This lemma, an immediate consequence of the Cauchy integral formula, was used in [BGM] to obtain easily the fact that if U generates A as a Banach algebra then the closed unit ball of A is the closed convex hull of U. We shall use it in pretty much the same way to prove the second part of the following result: THEOREM 5. Let A be a uniform algebra on X, and suppose that U generates A as a Banach algebra. Then A separates the points of X (and so is a uniform algebra on X), and is generated as a Banach algebra by indeed, the closed unit ball of A is the closed convex hull of
ii.
ii;
PROOF. The hypotheses imply that U separates the points of X, and then an easy argument (see for instance Lemma 4.12 in [GI]) shows that the absolute values of the functions in the algebra generated algebraically by U, and so the absolute
UNIMODULAR FUNCTIONS
297
values of the functions in A, are uniformly dense in the set of non-negative realvalued continuous functions on X. An argument used by Bernard in [Be] for the Dirichlet algebra case trivially works here as well to give the fact that A separates the points of X. To tackle the second part of the statement, first note that if 0 < r < 1, then continuity of 0 1--+ v(9) and convergence of the integral in the lemma are uniform over all v as in the lemma that satisfy Ilvll < r. Now suppose W = (Wk) is in the open unit ball of A, and take r < 1 such that Ilwll < r. By the hypotheses we may approximate w as closely as we wish on N x X, and so on X, by a function ii = (Vk) E A such that for each k, Vk is in the subalgebra of A generated algebraically by U, and Ilvk II < r. For each k choose Uk and define vi9) as in the lemma, so 0 1--+ vi9) is a continuous mapping of the real line into U, and Vk
=
1 211'
10r
21r
(9) Vk
dO,
the continuity and convergence being uniform in k. For each 0 we have ii(9) (vi9») E U, the mapping 0 1--+ ii(9) is continuous, and most important,
ii =
r 211' 10
~
21r
ii(9) dO.
Thus ii lies in the closed convex hull of U.
o
4. Proof of the reduction theorem We first require a simple lemma, which will be applied to to A and U.
A and U rather than
LEMMA 6. Let A be a uniform algebra on X, and suppose A is generated as a Banach algebra by its subset U of unimodular (on X) functions. If c.p and 1jJ are distinct elements ofE(A) and c.p ¢. X, then there exists u E U such that u(c.p) = 0 =Iu(1jJ). PROOF. c.p has a representing measure J.L on X which cannot be a point mass, so some v E U must be nonconstant on the support of J.L, hence Iv(c.p)1 < 1. Composing v with a Mobius transformation, we may suppose v(p) =I- O. If v(1jJ) =I- v(c.p), let W = v; if v(1jJ) = v(c.p), multiply v by an element of U that separates 1jJ and c.p to get w. In either case, W E u, Iw(c.p) I < 1, and w(1jJ) =I- w(c.p). Composing w with an appropriate Mobius transformation produces the required u. 0 We now prove the Reduction Theorem. PROOF OF REDUCTION THEOREM. We are given that A is a uniform algebra on X generated by its set U of unimodular elements, and that there are always constants C(n, 0) such that whenever Ul, ... ,Un are elements of U such that maxj IUjl ?: 0 throughout E(A), it follows that there are gl,'" ,gn in A satisfying ~j Ujgj = 1 and Ilgj II ::; C(n,o). According to Proposition 3, we must deduce that N x E(A) is dense in E(A). Suppose c.p E E(A). If c.p E X then there is nothing to prove, so assume c.p ¢. X. By Theorem 5 and Lemma 6, for each 1jJ E E(A) other than c.p there is an element of U that is zero at c.p and nonzero at 1jJ. Thus if W is any neighborhood of c.p in
298
S. J. SIDNEY
I:(A), standard topological arguments provide finitely many functions U and a number 0 < 8 < 1 such that Uj (
{1P
E I:(A) :
ut. ... ,Un in
IUj (1/1) I < 8 \lj} C W. If W n (N x I:(A)) = 0
Let Uj = (Ujk)k where Ujk E U. then for each k, maxj IUjk(1/1) I ~ 8 for every 1/1 E I:(A), so there are 91k, ... ,9nk in A that satisfy Lj Ujk9jk = 1 and 1!9jkll ::; C(n,8). Letting [}J = (9jk)k E A, we have Lj Uj9j = 1 on N x I:(A), so on I:(A); but this is impossible at the point <po Thus W n (N x I:(A)) i=- 0 after all, completing the proof of the theorem. 0
References [Be] A. Bernard, Espaces des parties rt~elles des elements d'une algebre de Banach de fonctions, J. Functional Anal. 10 (1972), 387-409. [BGM] A. Bernard, J. B. Garnett and D. E. Marshall, Algebras generated by inner functions, J. Functional Anal. 25 (1977), 275-285. [Bi] F. Birtel, editor, Function algebras, Scott-Foresman, Fair Lawn, N. J., 1966. [e] L. Carleson, Interpolations by bounded analytic functions and the corona problem, Ann. of Math. 76 (1962), 547-559. [Ga] T. W. Gamelin, Uniform algebras and Jensen measures, London Math. Soc. Lecture Note Series 32, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England, 1978. [GI] I. Glicksberg, Measures orthogonal to algebras and sets of antisymmetry, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 105 (1962), 415-435. [HS] S. Hwang and S. J. Sidney, Sequence spaces of continuous functions, Rocky Mountain J. Math. 31 (2001), 641-659. [R] J.-P. Rosay, Sur un probleme pose par W. Rudin, C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris Ser. A-B 267 (1968), A922-A925. DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS, UNIVERSITY OF CONNECTICUT, STORRS, CONNECTICUT 062693009
Contemporary Mathematics Volume 328, 2003
Analytic Functions on Compact Groups and their applications to almost periodic functions Thomas Tonev and S. A. Grigoryan ABSTRACT. This is a survey on some recent developments in the theory of uniform algebras of continuous functions on compact groups, that are invariant under group shifts. Contents:
I. Analytic Functions on Groups 1. Almost periodic functions 2. Shift invariant algebras on groups II. Shift Invariant Algebras on Groups 1. Rad6's and Riemann's theorems for analytic functions on groups 2. Extension of linear multiplicative functionals of shift invariant algebras on groups 3. Automorphisms of shift invariant algebras on groups 4. Primary ideals of algebras of analytic functions on solenoidal groups 5. Asymptotic almost periodic functions III. Inductive limits and Shift Invariant Algebras on Solenoidal Groups 1. Inductive limits of disc algebras on G-discs 2. Inductive limits of algebras on subsets of G-discs 3. Gleason parts of inductive limits of disc algebras on G-discs 4. Inductive limits of HOC spaces on G-discs 5. HOC spaces on solenoidal groups 6. Bourgain algebras and inductive limits of algebras
I. Analytic functions on groups 1. Almost periodic functions. Almost periodic functions were introduced by H. Bohr [4] who has established their basic properties. Other results were obtained by Besicovitch [2] and Jessen [26]. Bohr discovered almost periodicity in the course of his study of Dirichlet series of analytic functions. For a deeper insight on almost periodic functions we refer the reader to the books of Loomis [29], and 1991 Mathematics Subject Classification. Primary 46J15; Secondary 30H05, 46J10. Key words and phrases. Uniform algebra, compact group, shift invariant algebra. The authors acknowledge the support of a NSF Cooperative Research Grant in Modern Analysis @ 2003 American Mathematical Society
299
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
300
Corduneanu [I1J. Unless otherwise said, all continuous functions in the sequel will be considered complex valued. A continuous function f on the real line lR. is said to be almost periodic if for every E > 0 there is an L > 0 such that within every interval I c lR., III 2: L there is an x E I such that max If(t) - f(t + x)1 < E (H. Bohr [4]). According to the tEIR
famous theorem of Bochner [3J, f is almost periodic on lR. if and only if the set of all its translates h(x) = f(x + t), t E lR. is relatively uniformly compact in BC(lR.), the space of bounded continuous functions on R Equivalently, f is almost periodic if it can be approximated uniformly on lR. by exponential polynomials, i.e. by functions n
L
akeiskX, where ak are complex, and Sk are real numbers. It is easy to k=l see that the set AP(lR.) of all almost periodic functions on lR. is an algebra over C. Actually, under the uniform norm AP(lR.) is a commutative Banach algebra with unit. of type
Dirichlet coefficients a{, A E lR. of an almost periodic function f(x) on lR. are
l1
the numbers a{ = lim -T T--+oo
Y T
+ f(x)e-i>,xdx, where the limit, and its value in the
Y
right hand side exists independently on y E R Dirichlet coefficients a{ are nonzero for count ably many A'S at most, which are called Dirichlet exponents of f(x). The set sp (I) of all Dirichlet's exponents of f(x) is called the spectrum of f. Hence, sp (I) = {A E lR. : a{ =f. O} is a countable set. It is customary to express the fact that Ak are the Dirichlet exponents of f(x) and the numbers = are the Dirichlet coefficients of f(x) for any k = 1,2, ... by a power series notation, namely
A' at
00
f(x) '"
L A'ei>'k X. This series, not necessarily convergent, is called the Dirichlet
k=l series of f(x). If all Dirichlet coefficients of a f E AP(lR.) are zero, then, as it is easy to see, f == O. Consequently, the correspondence between almost periodic functions and their Dirichlet series is injective. E~ery almost periodic function f on lR. can be extended as a continuous function f on the Bohr compactification J3lR. of R The Fourier coefficients c[ of the extended in this way function 1 on J3lR. equal the Dirichlet coefficients A' of f. Moreover, the maximal ideal space MAP(IR) of the algebra of almost periodic functions on lR. is homeomorphic to the Bohr compactification J3lR. of R For every A C lR., by APA(lR.) we denote the space of all almost periodic Ajunctions, namely, almost periodic functions on lR. with spectrum contained in the set A, i.e.
APA(lR.) = {f E AP(lR.) : sp (I) C A}. Note that every f E APA(lR.) can be approximated uniformly on lR. by exponential n
A-polynomials, i.e. by exponential polynomials of type
L akei8kX, Sk k=l
E A.
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
301
2. Shift invariant algebras on groups. Let G be a compact abelian group, and let S be an additive subsemigroup of its dual r = 8, containing the origin. Linear combinations over C of functions of type Xa , a E S are called S -polynomials on G. Denote by As the set of all continuous functions on G whose Fourier coefficients c!
=
J
f(g)xa(g) da are zero for any a outside
r\s.
Here a is the normalized Haar
G
measure on G. The functions in As are called S-functions on G. Any S-function on G can be approximated uniformly on G by S-polynomials, and vice versa. The set As is a uniform algebra on the group G. A uniform algebra A on G is G-shift invariant if, given an f E A and 9 E G, the translated function fg(h) = f(gh) belongs to A. Every algebra of S-functions is invariant under shifts by elements of G. Vice versa, every G-shift invariant uniform algebra on G is an algebra of S-functions for some uniquely defined subsemigroup S C 8 (Arens, Singer [1]). Algebras As of S-functions are natural generalization of polydisc algebras A(']['n), n E N. With G = ']['n, = 8 = zn, and S = Z+.' the algebra As in fact coincides with the algebra Azn = A(']['n) on the torus ']['n, and Z+-functions
r
+
are traces on ,][,n of usual analytic functions in n variables in the polydisc continuous up to the boundary ']['n.
W,
The maximal ideal space Ms of As is the set H(S) = Hom (S, ~), and the Shilov boundary BAs is the group G (Arens-Singer [1]). H(S) is a semigroup under the pointwise operation (cp1/1)(a) = cp(a)1/1(a), a E S. The Gelfand transforms of elements f E As are continuous functions on Ms, and the space As = {i: f E As} is a uniform algebra on Ms.
i
As shown by Arens and Singer (e.g. Gamelin [14]), As is a maximal algebra if and only if the partial order generated by the semigroup S in 8 is Archimedean. Note that in this case 8 c JR and there is a natural embedding of the real line JR into G so that the restrictions of S-functions on this embedding are almost periodic functions that admit analytic extension on the upper half-plane II over JR. Moreover, an algebra of type As is antisymmetric if and only if the semigroup S does not contain nontrivial subgroups, i.e. if S n (-S) = {O} (Arens, Singer [1]). A compact group G is said to be solenoidal, if there is an isomorphism of the group JR of real numbers into G with a dense range. Equivalently, a compact group is solenoidal if and only if there is an isomorphism from 8 into R Note that the Stone-Chech compactification (3T = of T is a solenoidal group for every additive subgroup r of JR. If G is a solenoidal group, then its dual group r = 8 is isomorphic to a subgroup of R If r is not dense in JR, then it is isomorphic to Z. In this case G is isomorphic to the unit circle '][', S c Z+, and therefore the elements of the algebra As can be approximated uniformly on '][' by polynomials. Hence they can be extended on the unit disc lJ)) as analytic functions, and therefore Ms = ~, while As ~ A(lJ))). If r is dense in JR, then the maximal ideal space Ms has a more complicated nature.
r;,
In the case when S c JR+ and S u (-S) = r, the S-functions in As, are called analytic, or generalized analytic functions in the sense of Arens-Singer on G. As
302
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
mentioned before, if S = R+ the group G coincides with the Bohr compactification ,BR of R In this case the maximal ideal space of the algebra AIR+ is the set ll}a = ([0,1] x G)/( {O} x G), which is called the G-disc, or big disc over G. The algebra Ar+ = Ar+ (lI}a) is called also the G-disc algebra, or the big disc algebra. The points in the G-disc ll}a are denoted by r· g, where r E [0,1] and 9 E G =,BR We identify the points of type 0 . g, 9 E G, and the resulting point we denote by w. Hence, w = O· 9 for every 9 E G. The points of type 1· g, 9 E G, we denote by g. Since R is dense in G, the set (0,1] x R is dense in the G-disc ll}a. Equivalently, the upper half-plane n ~ (0,1] x R can be embedded as a dense subset of the G-disc ll}a. Below we summarize some of the basic properties of the G-disc algebra Ar+ (lI}a), where r+ = r n [0,00) (cf. Gamelin [14]). (i) Mr+ = ll}a. (ii) 8A r +(lI}a) = G. (iii) A local maximum principle holds on Ar+(lI}a), namely, for every analytic r+-function f(r . g) on ll}a, for every compact set U c ll}a, and for each ro . go E U we have If(ro . go)l:::; max If(r. g)l· r·gEbU
(iv) Every f E LP(G, da), 1 :::; p :::; 00 can be approximated in the LP(G, da)norm by sp (f)-polynomials. In particular, every f E As can be approximated uniformly on G by S-polynomials. (v) Ar+(lI}a) is an analytic algebra, i.e. every analytic r+-function which vanishes on a non-void open subset of ll}a vanishes identically on ll}a. (vi) Any real-valued analytic r+-function is constant. (vii) Ar+ (lI}a) is a Dirichlet algebra; (viii) A r + (lI}a) is a maximal algebra. (ix) The upper half-plane n can be embedded as a dense subset of the G-disc ll}a.
Examples 1. (a) Let G be a solenoidal group, and S is an additive subsemigroup ofR, containing the origin. Note that the restriction of a character Xa E Gon R is the function eiax , x E R. As an algebra generated by the characters Xa, a E S on G, the algebra As of analytic S-functions is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra APs(R) of almost periodic S-functions on R, generated by the functions eiax , x E R, a E S. (b) It is easy to see that As, S C R is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra on '][' \ {I} generated by the singular functions ea :~~, a E S via a Mobius transformation. In the case when S C R+, As is isometrically isomorphic to the subalgebra .!.ll He; of H OO generated by the functions ea .- 1 , a E S on II} \ {I}. (c) The portion over Jij \ {O} of the Riemann surface is densely embeddable into the G-disc ll}a.
Slog
of the function log z
Example 1 b) implies the following PROPOSITION 1. Let G be a solenoidal group, such that its dual group r = is a dense subgroup of R, and let S be an additive subsemigroup of r+ = r
G n
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
303
[0,00), containing the origin. Then the algebra As of analytic S-functions on G is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra of almost periodic S-functions on R DEFINITION 1. Let S be a semigroup of G. The weak enhancement [S]8 of S is the set of elem ts a E G for which there is a rna E N such that na E S for every n ~ rna. The stron enhancement [S]8 of S is the set of elements a E G for which there is a rna EN su that rnaa E S. S is weakly enhanced, or strongly enhanced if [S]w = S, or [S]8 = respectively. Note that S c [S]w C [S]8 C weakly and strongly enhanced.
G.
If S
c G and S U (-S)
=
G,
then S is both
PROPOSITION 2 [23]. For an a E G\ S by Sa denote the semigroup Sa = S +Na. Then MSa = Ms if and only if a E [S]w. As an immediate consequence we obtain that M[sJw = Ms for every semigroup S c G. Also, if S, reG are two subsemigroups of G such that S + (-S) = r + (-r) = G, and if [S]w = [r]w then Ms = Mr· PROPOSITION 3 [23]. Let S e r e G be two subsemigroups of G such that S + (-S) = G and Mr = Ms. IE ASa is analytic for some a E r \ S, then Ms = MSa (and therefore a E [S]w according to the previous proposition). In particular, [S]w = [r]w if Ms = Mr·
II. Shift invariant algebras on groups 1. Rad6's and Riemann's theorems for analytic functions on groups. Let U be an open set in the maximal ideal space MA of a uniform algebra A. A continuous function on U is said to be A-holomorphic on U if for every x E U there is a neighborhood V of x so that can be approximated uniformly on V by Gelfand transforms of functions in A. A uniform algebra A is said to be analytic on its maximal ideal space MA if whenever a function f E A vanishes on an open subset of MA \ 8A then f vanishes identically on MA. If a G-shift invariant algebra As is analytic, then S does not contain subgroups other than {O}, i.e. Sn( -S) = {O}. Throughout this section we will consider all algebras to be analytic, and that S + (-S) = G.
f
DEFINITION 2. A uniform algebra A satisfies Rad6 's property, if every function continuous on MA and A-holomorphic on MA \ Z(f) belongs to A.
The classical theorem of Rad6 asserts that the disc algebra A(j())) possesses Rad6's property. However, it fails for the algebra Ao(j())) of functions f E A(j())) with vanishing at 0 derivatives. Observe that this algebra is of type As with S = {O, 2, 3, 4 ... }, whose weak enhancenment is Z+ =/:. S. THEOREM 1 (Grigoryan, Ponkrateva, Tonev [23]). The algebra As possesses Rad6's property if and only if the semigroup S is weakly enhanced.
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
304
DEFINITION 3. A uniform algebra A C C(MA) is integrally closed in C(MA) if every continuous function on MA satisfying a polynomial equation of type xn + alX n - 1 + ... + an = 0, aj E A belongs to A. Integrally closed in C(MA) uniform algebras were studied extensively by Glicksberg [15]. Examples of integrally closed in C(MA) algebras are the disc algebra, the polydisc algebra, the algebra of analytic S-functions on a G-disc over a group G with ordered dual. THEOREM 2 [23]. The algebra As is integrally closed in C(MA) if and only if the semigroup S is weakly enhanced. DEFINITION 4. A uniform algebra A possesses Riemann's property if, given a function 9 E A with Z(g) n 8A = 0, then every bounded A-holomorphic function on MA \ Z(g) belongs to A. The classical theorem of Riemann asserts that the disc algebra A(lJ))) possesses Riemann's property. Note that single points in the complex plane are zeros of certain analytic functions. DEFINITION 5. The bounded enhancement [S]b of S is the set of elements a E which there are b, c E S with a = b - c, such that Xb/X c is bounded on Ms \ Z(X C ), where Z(X) = {m E Ms : m(x) = o} is the zero-set of X. A semigroup S is said to be boundedly enhanced if [S]b = S.
G for
THEOREM 3 (Grigoryan, Ponkrateva, Tonev [23]). The algebra As possesses Riemann's property if and only if the semigroup S is boundedly enhanced. A uniform algebra A possesses the weak Riemann property if, given a function n 8A = 0, then every bounded A-holomorphic function on MA \ Z(g) can be extended continuously on MA. One can show in a similar way that a G-shift invariant algebra As possesses the weak Riemann property if and only if the weak and the strong enhancements of S coincide [23].
9 E A with Z(g)
2. Extension of linear multiplicative functionals of shift invariant algebras on groups. Let S be an additive semigroup which contains 0, and possesses the cancellation property, i.e. a = c whenever a + b = c + b for some bE S. In this case S is a subsemigroup of a group. Denote by r = S - S the group generated by S. Consider a subsemigroup P ::::> S of r such that P + (-P) = r, and Pn (-P) = {O}. P generates a partial (pseudo-) order on r, by b»- a if and only if b - a E P. Note that every non-negative semicharacter e E Hom (P, [0, 1]) is monotone decreasing on P with respect to the order generated by P. Indeed, if b »- a for some a, bE r+, then b = a + p for some pEP. Therefore, e(b) = e(a)e(p) ::; e(a) since e(c) ::; 1 on P. Consequently, if a non-negative semicharacter e is extendable on + as an element in Hom (P, [0, 1]), then ~!ly is monotone decreasing onSCP. / .
r
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
305
PROPOSITION 4 (Grigoryan, Tonev [25]). A positive semicharacter e E H(S) is extendable on r+ as a positive semicharacter if and only if e is monotone decreasing on S with respect to the order generated by P.
Proof. Let the positive semicharacter eon S be monotone decreasing. If bE r+, then b = a - c for some a,c E S, a >- c, and e(b) = e(a)je(c) is a well defined and natural homomorphic extension of (} on r+. Clearly, e(a) ~ e(c) if and only if e(b) ~ 1, i.e. if and only if e is a positive semicharacter on r+. THEOREM 4 [25]. Non-vanishing semicharacters rp on S can be extended as (non-vanishing) semicharacters on r+ if and only if eveIY positive semicharacter e E H+(S) is monotone decreasing on S with respect to the order generated by P.
Proof. Let rp E H (S), rp =I- O. The function ')'(a) = {rp(a)jlrp(a)1 ')'( -a) = Ih(a) can be extended naturally on the group ;Y(b) =
~~:j
for a E S for a E (-S)
r as a character of r by
whenever b = a - c E r, a, c E S.
Thus, rp = Irpl~ = (!')' extends on r+ (as an element of H(r+)) if and only if e = Irpl does. By the above proposition this happens if and only if e is monotone decreasing on S with respect to the order on S generated by P. Let S c JR, and P = JR+. Define eg = Lio} E H+(S) to be the characteristic function of {O} in S, namely eg (0) = 1, eg (a) = 0 for every a E S \ {O}. Note that e~+ is the only vanishing semicharacter on r+. Consequently, if S is an additive subsemigroup of JR+ containing 0 and P = JR+, then a vanishing semicharacter e E H(S) is extendable on r+ if and only if e = eg. Therefore not every vanishing semicharacter e E H (S) possesses a semicharacter extension on a larger semigroup. PROPOSITION 5 [25]. Let S c P = JR+. A non-negative semicharacter e E H(S) is uniquely extendable on r+ as a non-negative semicharacter on r+ if and only if e is monotone decreasing on S with respect to the order generated by P.
Proof. Assume that a semicharacter e is monotone decreasing and e( a) = 0 for some a E S. Then e(na) = 0 for every n E N, and the monotonicity argument shows that e(a) = 0 for all a E S \ {O}. In this case e = eg extends naturally on r + to the semicharacter e = e~+ . Recently by S. Grigoryan, and independently - Sherstnev [31], have generalized Proposition 5 for arbitrary semigroups S with cancellation property. Namely, a nonnegative semicharacter r on S can be extended (non-uniquely) as a (non-negative) semicharacter on a supsemigroup E :::::> S if and only if r is monotone decreasing with respect to the order on S generated by E.
306
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
Example 2 (cf. Tonev [32]). Let v > 0 be a positive number. Consider the semigroup rv = {O} U [v,oo) c R Clearly, r = rv - rv = lR., and r+ = lR.+. Since x(a + b) = x(a)x(b) ::; x(a) for every a, b E r v , every semicharacter X on rv is monotone decreasing. Therefore, it is extendable on lR.+, namely as the characteristic function l?~+ of the origin {O}. Example 3. Let a be an irrational number. Consider the 2-dimensional semigroup 80. = {n+ma : n, m E Il+} C R Here the group generated by 80. is ro. = 80.-80. = {n+ma: n,m Ell}, while (ro.)+ = ro.nlR.+ = {n+ma ~ 0: n,m Ell}. Clearly, 80. -=I- (ro.)+' For instance the positive number a - [a] E (ro.)+ \ 80.' For a fixed a E (0,1) the function I'(n + ma) = an, n + ma E 80. is a homomorphism from 80. to (0,1] C iTh". However, I' is not monotone decreasing on 8. Indeed, I'(ma) = 0, while I'(n) = an> 0 for every n > ma. The natural (and only possible) homomorphic extension 1 of I' on (ro.)+ is given by 1(n + ma) = an, n,m E Il,n+ma ~ O. However, 1 ¢ H((ro.)+), since, for instance, 1(a- [a]) = a-[o.] > 1. PROPOSITION 6 (Grigoryan, Tonev [25]). The maximal ideal space Ms of the algebra As of analytic 8-functions on G = r = 8 - 8 with spectrum in 8 C lR.+ is homeomorphic to the maximal ideal space Mr+ = iTh"c of the algebra Ar+ of analytic r+-functions on G if and only if all positive semicharacters on 8 are monotone decreasing.
r,
As an immediate consequence we get the following PROPOSITION 7 [25]. The maximalideal space MAPs(JR) ofthe algebra APs(lR.) of almost periodic functions with spectrum in a semigroup 8 C lR.+ is homeomorphic to the G-disc iTh"c, where G = if and only if all positive semicharacters on 8 are monotone decreasing.
r,
Since the upper half plane II = {z E C : 1m Z ~ O} can be embedded densely in the maximal ideal space Ms of the algebra As (and, together, of APs(lR.)) if and only if MAs = iTh"c, then the upper half plane II is densely embeddable in the maximal ideal space MAPs(JR) of the algebra APs(lR.) of almost periodic functions with spectrum in 8 if and only if all positive semicharacters on 8 are monotone her [6], II is densely embedable in MAPs decreasing. Note that, as shown by B if and only if every additive posit' e function 0 on 8 is of type O(a) = yoa for some Yo E [0,00), or O(a) = 00, for a O. . .!.±!.
For an a E 8 let 'Pa E Hoo be the singular function 'Pa(z) = eW 1-. on the unit disc j[)). Recall that HS' is the Banach algebra on j[)) generated by the functions 'Pa(z), a E 8 equipped by the sup-norm on j[)). As mentioned in Example 1 b), HS' is a subalgebra of Hoo, which is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra As of analytic 8-functions on G = (8 - 8)~. PROPOSITION 8 (Grigoryan, Tonev [25]). The unit disc j[)) is dense in the maximal ideal space of the algebra HS' if and only if all positive semicharacters on 8 are monotone decreasing.
Let P be a semigroup of r that generates a partial order on r, and suppose that 8 C E are additive subsemigroups of P that contain the origin, and such that
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
307
[S] .. :J E, i.e. Na nSf. 0 for every a E E. Then every non-negative semicharacter E H(S) can be extended naturally on E as a monotone decreasing semicharacter, namely by ~(a) = [(!(na)]l/n. (!
PROPOSITION 9 [25]. If SeE are subsemigroups of P such that E C [S]s, then every semicharacter c.p E H(S) on S is uniquely extendable on E as a semicharacter in H(E), and therefore, Ms = ME.
In particular, if S is a subsemigroup of IR such that [S]s :J r+, then the upper half plane II is densely embedable in the maximal ideal space M APs (lR) of the algebra APs(lR) of almost periodic functions on IR with spectrum in S. PROPOSITION 10 [25]. If S is a subsemigroup of IR such that [S]s :J r+, then the algebra H'S does not have corona, i.e. the unit disc ID> is dense in its maximal ideal space MH:;'. PROPOSITION 11 [25]. Let S be a subsemigroup of R Then ME = Mr+ = ll}c for every semigroup E with SeE c 1R+ if and only if [S]s = r+, i.e. for every a E r+ = r n [0,00) there is an n E N such that na E S.
Note that under the hypotheses of this proposition, the semicharacters on all semigroups E with SeE c 1R+ are uniquely extendable on r+ as semicharacters on r+.
3. Automorphisms of shift invariant algebras on groups. Assume that = {O}, i.e. that S contains no non-trivial subgroups. Under this condition the algebra As is antisymmetric. An element £ E Ms = H(S) is an idempotent homomorphism of S if £2 = £. Let Is be the set of all idempotents in H(S) that are not identically equal to 0 on S. It is easy to see that Is is a subsemigroup of H(S). Clearly, an idempotent homomorphism can take values 0 or 1 only. Denote by Z. the zero set {a E S : £(a) = O}, and by E. - the support set {a E S: £(a) = I} of £ E Is. It is easy to see that if £ is an idempotent homomorphism of S, then E. is a semigroup of S, Z. is a semigroup ideal in S, Z. U E. = S, and Z. n E. = 0.
Sn (-S)
12 [20]. Let As be a G-shift invariant algebra on G, where £ E Is possesses a representing measure supported on a subgroup of G. PROPOSITION
SeC. Every idempotent homomorphism
Note that every idempotent homomorphism of S can be extended un~ely to an idempotent homomorphism on the strong saturation [S]8 of S, i.e. I{, '= IIS]. for every subsemigroup SeC. An automorphism on a shift-invariant algebra As is an isometric isomorphism c.p : As --+ As that maps As onto itself. The conjugate mapping c.p* of c.p defined by ( c.p* (m) ) (f) = m ( c.p(f) ), is a homeomorphism of the maximal ideal space M s onto itself. For instance, the conjugate mapping c.p* of an automorphism c.p of the disc algebra A(ID» = Az+ is a Mobius transformation of the unit disc, i.e. c.p*(z)
=G
z - Zo
1- ZoZ
,
IGI = 1, Izol <
l.
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
308
Note that if the origin 0 is a fixed point of a Mobius transformation cp*, then cp*(z) = Cz for some constant C with ICI = 1. It is easy to see that this is also the case with the automorphisms of the subalgebra Ao(lD») = {J E A(lIJ» : 1'(0) = O} of the disc algebra A(lIJ», i.e. the conjugate mapping of any automorphism of the algebra Ao(lIJ» fixes the origin. Observe that the conjugate mapping of an automorphism cp : As --+ As maps idempotent homomorphisms of S to idempotent homomorphisms of S, i.e. cp* : Is --+ Is. Indeed, (cp*(t))2(f) = (t(cp(f)))2 = t(cp(f))) = (cp*(t)) (f), i.e.
(cp*(t))2 = (cp*(t)). An automorphism cp of a G-shift invariant algebra As is said to be inner, if there is aTE Hom (S, S) and an element 90 E G such that cp(X a) = Xa(90) . XT(a) for every Xa E S. Every automorphism cp of the disc algebra A(lIJ» with conjugate of type cp*(z) = Cz, ICI = 1 is inner. Indeed, for every z E IDi we have (cp(f))(z) = f(cp*(z)) = f(Cz). For Xn E Z+ : Xn(z) = zn, n ~ 0 we get (cp(Xn))(z) = (cp*(z)t = (Cz)n = cnXn(z), hence cp(Xn) = cnXn = Xn(c)xn, i.e. cp is an inner automorphism. Arens and Singer [1] have shown that every automorphism cp of the algebra As is inner in the case when G is a solenoidal group and S is a semigroup in JR with SU (-S) = G. 5 (Grigoryan, Pankrateva, Tonev [20]). If G is a solenoidal group, then either As ~ A(lIJ», or every automorphism of the algebra As is inner. THEOREM
Proof. If the group S generated by S is not dense in JR, then the algebra As is a subalgebra of the disc algebra A(lIJ». If As =1= A(lIJ», then As C Ao(lIJ». In the same way as for the algebra Ao(lIJ» one can see that in this case every automorphism is the composition by a Mobius transformation, fixing the origin, i.e. every automorphism is inner. If the group S generated by S is dense in JR, then the algebra As is a subalgebra of the S-~gebra As. If cp is an automorphism of As then the bounded analytic
il == 1 on JR, since ~(j(z)) = ~(z) =
function cp(Xa)(z) does not have zeros in II. Moreover, Icp(x a) 0
Ixal == 1 on G = BAs. By the Besicovitch theorem [2], Ce is % = CXs(j(z)), where s ~ 0, C E C, ICI = 1. It is easy to see that s E S, and that the mapping
T :
r ----+ S : Xa
1-----+
XS is a homomorphism from S to S.
4. Primary ideals of algebras of analytic functions on solenoidal groups. Characterizing various types of ideals is an important and interesting topic in uniform algebra theory. A proper ideal of an algebra is said to be a primary ideal if it is contained in only one maximal ideal of the alg a. By f r .g below will be denoted the maximal ideal of functions in nish at the point r . 9 E IDi. Recall that every primary ideal J of the disc algebra A(lIJ» which is contained in some maximal ideal of type f%O' Izol < 1, admits the representation J = un A(lIJ» , where u(z) is the unimodular function
z -
1-
Zo
_. ZOZ
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
309
6 (Grigoryan [18]). Let r = lR. and S = Il~+ If J is a primary ideal of the algebra As that is contained in I w , then either J = Xs(J) Iw. or, J = Xs(J) As; Every primary ideal I of As that is contained in a maximal ideal of type I r .g , 1'· 9 E Jl))c has a finite codimension in As. THEOREM
Let M{3 = HJ (lR.) . exp( ij3C I ) • l!t t 2 '
13 2:: O.
Note that M{3 :) M{3' for
13 2::
13' 2:: O. 7 [18]. Let J be a primary ideal of As that is contained in Ie = Ije (0)' Then there exists a 13 2:: 0 such that J.l.. = (As).l.. + C80 + M{3. THEOREM
5. Asymptotic Almost. Periodic~Ftmctions. A function f E BC(lR.) is asymptotic almost periodic, i~an almost periodic function j(x) on lR., such that limn~oo If(x n ) - j(xn)1 = 0 for every sequence {xn}~=l ---+ ±oo. Since h(x) = f(x) - j(x) E Co (lR.) , we have that for every asymptotic almost periodic function f 011 lR. there are unique E AP(lR.) and h E Co(lR.) such that f = + h. One can show that
J
J
THEOREM 8. Let G = j3lR. be the the Bohr compactification ofR The maximal ideal space M APo (1R) of the algebra of asymptotic almost periodic functions APo(lR.) is homeomorphic to the Cartesian product G x T.
Let r be an additive subgroup of lR., and let APr(lR.) be the set of almost periodic r-functions. Clearly, APr(lR.) EB Co(lR.) is a uniform sub algebra of APo(lR.) , containing Co (lR.). It is not hard to see that every antisymmetric subalgebra of APo(lR.) that contains Co(lR.) is of this type. THEOREM 9. Let A be an uniform subalgebra of APo(lR.) which is invariant under lR.-shifts. Then there is a subgroup r c lR., and a closed subalgebra Ao of Co (lR.) , such that (a) The algebra APr(lR.) of almost periodic r-functions is a closed subalgebra of A. (b) A = APr(lR.) EB Ao. (c) Ao is an ideal in A. DEFINITION
f
E APo(lR.) and
6. A function f E BC(lR.) is analytic asymptotic almost periodic if f possesses a bounded analytic extension on the upper half-plane
II. Clearly, the set AAPo(lR.) of analytic asymptotic almost periodic functions on lR. is an antisymmetric uniform algebra under the sup-norm on lR., and AAPo(lR.) C APo(lR.). Note that AAP(lR.) ~ AIR+ ~ AFlR+ (lR.). Consequently, MIR+ is the G-disc K»c over the group G = j3R We have also the following results. THEOREM 10. The maximal ideal space phic to the Cartesian product K»{31R x K».
MAAPo(lR)
of AAPo(lR.) is homeomor-
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
310
11. Let G be a solenoidal group, such that its dual group r = G is a dense subgroup oflR, and let S be an additive subsemigroup of r+ containing the origin, with [S]s = r+. Tlwn there is a continuous projection from MH'X> onto the maximal ideal space M AAPo (lR) ~ ~G x~. THEOREM
12. The maximal ideal space of any subalgebra of AAPo(lR) of type AAPs(lR) EB B, where S c lR+ and B C Co(lR)n HoI (II), is the set M.4APs (IR)EBB THEOREM
=~G
X MB.
In particular, the upper half-plane II is not dense in the maximal ideal space of any subalgebra AAPs(lR) EB B of AAPo(lR) which contains properly AAPs(lR); The unit disc II} is not dense in the maximal ideal space of any subalgebra of the algebra [ea~ ,a E S] EB B c Hoc n A(~ \ {1}), where S is an additive semigroup in lR, and B =f. {a} is a subalgebra of the space {J E C(1l') : 1(1) = a}. A function 1 E BC(lR) is called weakly almost periodic, if the set of alllR-shifts, It(x) = I(x + t), t E lR is relatively weakly compact in BC(JR) (e.g. Eberline [13], Burckel [7]). If W AP(lR) denotes the set of weakly almost periodic functions onlR, then AP(lR) C APo(lR) c W AP(lR). In fact, W AP(lR) = AP(lR) EB C([-oo, 00])11R. Similarly to Theorem 11, one can show the following THEOREM 13. The maximal ideal space MAWAP(IR) of AW AP(lR) of analytically extendable on II weakly almost periodic functions on lR is homeomorphic to tile Cartesian product ~~IR x {([a, 1] x [0,1])/([0,1] x {a})}.
The space AW AP(lR) orp is isometrically isomorphic to the subalgebra of HOC n =.±! A(II} \ {I}) generated by the functions ea z-1, a E lR+ and the set of continuous functions on 1l' \ {I} that possess both one sided limits at 1. -
III. Inductive limits and shift invariant algebras on solenoidal groups 1. Inductive limits of disc algebras on G-discs. Let A C lR+ be a basis in lR over Q, and lR = lim r h Il)' where --->h.n)EJ
'
Let P h .n ) = r(Y, n)+ = r h .n ) U [0,00). If Ap(-Y.n) is the algebra of analytic P h .n )functions on G, one can show that AIR+ = [ lim A p ("Y,n ) (II}G)]. A similar expression --+ h,n)EJ
holds for the algebra As, S c lR+. Uniform algebras that can be expressed as inductive limits of disc algebras A(II}) are of special interest. Consider the inverse sequence {~kH' T;H }k=I' ~k = ~ and T;H(z) = Zdk on ~k' The limit lim {~k+l,T;+I} of the inverse sequence ......... k ..... oc
{~k+l,T;H}, is the GA-disc ~G,\ = ([0,1] x GA)/({O} x GA) over the group GA = TA . There arises a conjugate inductive sequence {A(~k)' i~H}f of algebras A(~) ~
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
A('Jl') with connecting homomorphisms iZ+l: A(Jijk)
---+
311
A(Jijk+d defined by
(iZ+1(f))(Z) = (f(z))d k , i.e. iZ+ 1 = (7:+ 1)*. The elements of the component algebras A(Jijd can be interpreted as continuous functions on G J1. The uniform closure A(Jijc,\) = [ {A(Jijk), iZ+l}] in C(JijCA) of
!!!!!
k ....... oo
the inductive limit of the system {A(Jijk), i~+1 }k=1 and the corresponding restricted {A('Jl' k), iZ+l }] are isometrically isomorphic to the GJ1-disc algebra algebra
[!!!!!
k ....... oo
A rA +, i.e., to the algebra of analytic r,1+-functions on the GJ1-disc (e.g. [21]). Consider an inductive sequence of disc algebras
where the connecting homomorphisms iZ+ 1 : A('Jl'k) ---+ A('Jl'k+l) are embeddings with Mi~+l(A(ll'k)) = Jij and 8(iZ+ 1 (A('Jl'k))) = 'Jl'. There are finite Blaschke products
Bk :
JD) ---+ JD),
Bk(Z)
= eiIJk
IT (
1=1
z-
~~~) )
1 - zl
, Izfk)1 < 1, such that iZ+l
=
Bie for
z
every kEN, i.e. i~+1(f) = ! 0 B k. Let B = {Bdk=l be the sequence of finite Blaschke products corresponding to iZ+ 1 , i.e. (Bk)*(Z) = iZ+1(z). Let A = {dk}~1 be the sequence of orders of Blaschke products {Bdk=l and let rJ1 c IQl be the group generated by l/mk, k = 0,1,2, ... , where mk = I1~=1 dj, mo = 1. Consider the inverse sequence Jijl ~ Jij2 ~ Jij3 ~ Jij4 ~ ...
The inverse limit VB
+--
VB·
= lim {Jijk+1, Bd is a Hausdorff compact space. The limit +k-oo
of the composition system {A(Jijk), ,B~+1 HO of disc algebras A(Jijk) and connecting homomorphisms ,B~+1 = Bie : A(Jijk) ---+ A(Jijk+1): (,BZ+l(f))(zk+d = !(Bk(Zk+d) is an algebra of functions on VB whose closure [lim {A(Jijk),,B~+1}] ---t
= A(VB )
k ....... oo
in C(V B ) we call a Blaschke inductive limit algebra. It is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra [lim {A('Jl' k), ,B~+1 }]. ---t
k ....... oo
PROPOSITION 13 (Grigoryan, Tonev [21]). Let B = {Bdk=l be a sequence of finite Blaschke products and let A(V B ) = [lim {A(JD)k), Bn] be the corresponding ---t k ....... oo
inductive limit of disc algebras. Then (i) A(VB) is a uniform algebra on the compact set VB = lim {Jijk+l, Bd. +k ....... oo
(ii) The maximal ideal space of A(VB) is VB. (iii) A(VB ) is a Dirichlet algebra. (iv) A(VB ) is a maximal algebra.
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
312
(v) The Shilov boundary of A('DB) is a group isomorphic to GA, and its dual 00
group is isometric to the group rA
~
U (l/mk)Z c
Q, where mk
k=O
=
THEOREM 14 [21]. Let G be a solenoidal group, i.e. G is a compact abelian group with dual group G isomorphic to a subgroup r of JR.. The G-disc algebra Ar+ is a Blaschke inductive limit of disc algebras if and only if r is isomorphic to a subgroup ofQ. THEOREM 15 [21]. Let B = {Bdk"=1 be a sequence of finite Blaschke products on ~, each with at most one singular points zak ) and such that Bk(Zak+ 1») = zak ). Then the algebra A('DB ) is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra A(rA)+ with A = {ddk"=1' where dk = ordBk.
In particular, if every Blaschke product Bk in the above theorem is a Mobius transformation, then the algebra A('DB) is isometrically isomorphic to the disc algebra A z = A(lI'). 2. Inductive limits of algebras on subsets of G-discs. Let lDJ[I",1J = {z E C : r ~ JzJ ~ I}, and blDJ[r,1J = {z E C : JzJ = r or JzJ = I} is the topological boundary of lDJ[r,1J. Denote by A(lDJ[r,1J) the uniform algebra of continuous functions on the set ~[r,1J that are analytic in its interior. Note that A(lDJ[r,1J) = R(lDJ[r,1J), the algebra of continuous rational functions on lDJ[r,1J. By a well known result of Bishop, the Shilov boundary of A(lDJ[I·,1J) is blDJ[r,lJ, and the restriction of A(lDJ[r,1J) on blDJ[r,1J is a maximal algebra with codim (Re (A(lDJ[r,1 J)JbllJ)lr.!J)) = 1. These results can be extended to the case of analytic r+-flllctions on solenoid groups (e.g. S. Grigoryan [19]). Let G be a solenoidal group, and its dual group is denoted as r c JR.. Let lDJ~,1J = [r,l] x G, 0 < r < 1 be the [r,I]-annulus in the G-disc ~G, [I" 1J [I" 1J [r 1J and let A(lDJa' ) = R(lDJa' ) be the G-annulus algebra on lDJa' ,generated by the functions a E r. Let A = {d k } k"=1 be a sequence of natural numbers and T~+1 (z) = zd k , and let r be a fixed number, 0 < r ~ 1. For every kEN consider the sets
xa,
where mk = I17=1 dl, mo = 1, and E1 = iij[r,1 J• There arises an inverse sequence
of compact subsets of iij. Consider the conjugate composition inductive sequence
where the embedings
iZ+ 1 : A(Ek)
-+
A(Ek+d are the conjugates of zd k , namely,
(iZ+1 0 J)(z) = J(zd k ). Let GA denote the compact abelian group whose dual group
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
rA
=
GA
313
is the subgroup of Q generated by A. The algebra [lim {A(Ek)' iZ+1}] ---+
k-+oo
is isomorphic to A([J)~,11). THEOREM 16 [21]. Let Fn+1 = B:;;l(Fn), Fl = [J)~,11. If the Blaschke products Bn do not have singular points on the sets Fn for any n E N, then D~,11 ~ [J)~,11, and the algebra A(D~,11) = [lim {A(Fn), B~}] is isometrically isomorphic to the ---+
n-+oo
G-annulus algebra A([J)~,11). Below we summarize some of the basic properties of the algebra A(D~,11) (see [21]). (a) The maximal ideal space of A(D~,11) is homeomorphic to the set [J)~,11. (b) The Shilov boundary of A(D~,11) is the set b[J)~,11 = {r, I} x G. (c) A(D~,11) is a maximal algebra on its Shilov boundary. (d) co dim (Re(A(D~,11)lb]IJ)[r"I)) = 1. G
Let B = {B I , B 2, ... , B n , ... } be a sequence of finite Blaschke products on ii} and let 0 < r < 1. Let D n+ l = B:;;l (Dn), Dl = [J)[O,r1 = {z E [J) : Izl ::; r}. Consider Tn\[O,r1
llJI
~
D2
~
D.3
~
D.........fu. 4
-n[O,r1
.•. VB
of subsets of [J). The inductive limit A(D~,r1) = [lim {A(Dn), B~}] is a uniform ---+
n-+oo
algebra on its maximal ideal space ~ {Dn, Bn-tlDn} = D~,r1
c DB.
k-+oo
PROPOSITION 14 [21]. LetB = {B l ,B2,B3, ... } be a sequenceoffinite Blaschke products on ii} and let 0 < r < 1. Suppose that the set Dn does not contain singular points of B n- l for every n E N. Then (i) There is a compact set Y such that D~,r1 = ~ {D n+ l , BnIDn+l} n-+oo
M A(D~.rl) is homeomorphic to the Cartesian product [J)[O,r1 x Y. (ii) A(D~,r1) is isometrically isomorphic to an algebra of functions f(x,y) E C([J)[O,r1 x Y), such that f(· ,y) E A([J)[O,r1) for every y E Y.
(iii) A(D~,r1) 1]IJ)[o.rl x {y} ~ A([J)[O,r]) for every y E Y. The proof makes use of the fact that every finite Blaschke product of order n generates an n-sheeted covering over any simply connected domain V c [J) free of singular points of B. Proposition 14 implies that the one-point Gleason parts of the algebra A(D~,r]) are the points of the Shilov boundary bD~,r1 ~ 'll'r x Y. PROPOSITION 15 [21]. Let B = {B I , B 2, B3,"'} be a sequence offinite Blaschke products on ii}, and let 0 < r < 1. Suppose that (a) For every n E N the points of the set :F = (Bl 0 B2 0 ' " 0 Bn_d-l(O) are the only singular points for B n- l in Dn (b) All points in (a) have one and the same order dn - l > 1.
314
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
Then (i) There is a compact Y such that
V~·r] = ~ {Ir»n+1' BnID,,+!} = M A(V~.rl) k-+oo
is homeomorphic to the Cartesian product Ir»~:] x Y, where A = {dd~1 is the sequence of the orders of B k . (ii) The algebra A(V~,r]) on V~,r] is isometrically isomorphic to an algebra of functions f(x, y) E C(Ir»~:] x Y), such that f( . ,y) E A(Ir»~:]) for every yEY. (iii) A(V~,r])IIIli[(l.rlx{y}
= A(Ir»~:]) for every y
E Y.
The set Y in Propositions 14 and 15 is homeomorphic to the set {{yn}~=I' Yn E (Bl 0 B2 0 ' " 0 Bn_t}-I(O)}. Proposition 15 implies that there are no single-point Gleason parts of the algebra A(V~,r]) within the set M A(V~.rl) \ bV~,r] U {w} x Y, where w is the origin of the G A-disc ll}a/l' As an immediate consequence we obtain that A(V~,r]) is isomorphic to a Gdisc algebra if and only if the set Y consists of one point. In particular, in the above setting the algebra A(V~'1']) is isomorphic to a G-disc algebra if and only if every Blaschke product Bn has a single singular point z6n ) in D~) such that B n (Z6 n») = z6n+1) for all n hig enough. 3. Gleason parts of inductive limits of disc algebras on G-discs. The celebrated theorem by Wermer [36] asserts that in every non-single-point Gleason part of the maximal ideal space of a Dirichlet algebra can be embedded an analytic disc. Therefore it is of particular interest to locate single-point Gleason parts of an algebra, and especially those of them that do not belong to the Shilov boundary. While every point in the Shilov boundary is a separate Gleason part (e.g. Gamelin [14]), the opposite is not always true, i.e. there are single-point Gleason parts outside the Shilov boundary. For instance, if G is a solenoid group with a dense in lR. dual group, then the origin w = ({O} x G)/( {O} x G) E Ir»a of the G-disc Ir»a is a single-point Gleason part for the G-disc algebra Ar+. Of course w (j. 8 Ar+ = G.
Given a sequence of Blaschke products B = {Bn}~=1 on ll}, consider the Blaschke inductive limit algebra A(V B ) = [lim {A(ll}k) , Bn] on the compact ---> k-+oo
set VB = lim {ll}k, Bk-d. Recall that the Shilov boundary of A(VB ) is the group f--
k-+oo
TB = lim {1l'k' Bk-d. Let Br be the set of all Blaschke products on ll} whose zeros f-k-+oo
are inside the disc Ir»[O,r] ones at O.
= {Izl
~ r}, and let B~
c Br
be the set of the vanishing
PROPOSITION 16 [21]. Let B be a finite Blaschke product with B(O) = O. Consider the sequence B = {B, B, ... }. If the Blaschke inductive limit algebra A(VB) = [lim {A(Ir»k) , Bd]' Ir»k = Ir», Bk = B is isometrically isomorphic to a ---> k-+oo
G-disc algebra, then necessarily B(z) = cz", where c E Ir»,
lei =
1, and n E N.
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
315
THEOREM 17 (Grigoryan, Tonev [21]). Let B be a finite Blaschke product on IDJ. The Blaschke inductive limit algebra A(D B ) is isometrically isomorphic to a G-di8c algebra if and only if B(z) is conjugate to a power z'" of z, i.e. if and only if there is an mEN and a Mobius transformation 7 : IDJ --t IDJ such that (7- 1 OB 0 7)(Z) = zm.
m
THEOREM 18 [21J. Suppose that Bn E and ordBn > 1 for every Then tllere is only one single-point Gleason part in the set DB \ TB.
17,
E N.
In particular, if B E Sr, B(O) =f. 0, and Bk(z) = zd k BCk, dk > 1 then there is only one single-point Gleason part in the set DB \ TB. The proof of Theorem 18 involves a thorough study of one-point Gleason parts of the algebras involved. 4. Inductive limits of Hoo-spaces on G-discs. Let I = {iZ+ 1}k'=1 be a sequence of homomorphisms iZ+l : HOO(IDJ) --t HOO(IDJ). Consider the inductive sequence HOO(lDJd -iL H OO (1DJ 2) 2L HOO(IDJ3) -.fL ... of algebras HOO(lDJ k ) ~ HOO(IDJ). Every adjoint mapping (iZ+l)* : Mk f-- Mk+l maps the maximal ideal space Mk+l of HOO(IDJk+d into the maximal ideal space Mk of HOO(lDJ k ). The inverse limit
Ml
1;2)" ~1_
M2
1;3)" ~2_
M3
1;4)* ~3_
M4
1;5)" ~4_
••• f - -
DI
is the maximal ideal space of the inductive limit algebra
HOO(DI) = [lim {HOO(lDJk),i~+I}J. ---+ k-+oo Recall that the open unit disc IDJ is a dense subset of every Mk. In general, the mappings (i~+l)* are not obliged to map IDJ k+1 onto itself. The most interesting situations, though, are when they do. Here we suppose that the mappings (iZ+l)* are inner non-constant functions on IDJ. For instance, algebras of type H oo (D I ) are the algebras [lim {H OO (lDJ k), (zdk)*}dkEAJ = HOO(D A) c H OO (IDJ CA ), and also ---+ k-+oo the algebras of type HOO(DB) = [~{HOO(IDJd, Bk}], where B = {Bdk'=1 is k-+oo a sequence of finite Blaschke products Bk : IDJ --t IDJ. Note that HOO(DB) is a commutative Banach algebra of functions on DB. Let A = {dd~1 be the sequence of orders of Blaschke products {Bd~1 from the mentioned above example, and let rA C Q be the group generated by l/mk, k = 0,1,2, ... , where mk = I1~=1 d/, mo = 1. THEOREM 19 [21J. Let B = {B k }k'=1 be a sequence of finite Blaschke products on ~, each with at most one singular points zbk ), and such that Bk(zbk+ 1») = zbk ). Then the algebra HOO(D B ) is isometrically isomolphic to the algebra HOO(DA) for A = {ddk'=1 with dk = ordBk. For instance, if the Blaschke products Bk are of type Bk(Z) = zd k 'Pdz), where 'Pk are Mobius transformations and dk > 1, then the algebra HOO(D B ) is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra HOO(D A), where A = {1/dd~I' If every Blaschke
316
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
product Bk in Theorem 19 is a Mobius transformation, then the algebra HOO(DB) is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra H oo . Indeed, the last theorem implies that HOO(D B ) ~ HOO(DA) with A = {I, I, ... }. Therefore rA = Z and GA = T. Let iP = {'P1, 'P2, ... ,'Pk, ... } be a sequence of non-constant inner functions on ][)l. Consider the inverse sequence ][)l1 +---'£l. ][)l2 where][)lk
~][)l.
~
][)l3
~
][)l4
~
...
Denote by Dq, its inverse limit. The inductive limit lim {HZ", 'PkH" ---t
k-+oo
of the adjoint composition inductive sequence
Hf" 1.4 H2'
~
H'3
~
... 10 'Pk,
of algebras HZ" = HOO(][)lk) ~ HOO(][)l), where 'PkU) = is a subalgebra of BC(Dq,), the algebra of bounded continuous functions on the set Dq,. The closure HOO(Dq,) of lim {H OO , 'Pk} in BC(Dq,) is a commutative Banach subalgebra of ---t
k-+oo
HOO(][)le). Its elements are referred to as iP-hyper-analytic lunctions on Dq,. Recall that according to the classical corona theorem for the space HOO on the unit circle (Carleson [8]), given h, ... , /k, functions in Hoo with L~=lllil :::: a > 0 on ][)l, there exist functions gl, ... ,gk in Hoo such that L~=lligj = 1 on ][)l; If IIIi 1100 :::; 1, then 9j can be chosen to satisfy the estimates II 9j II :::; C (k, a) for some constant C(k, a) > O. Next theorem is the corona problem for the algebra HOO(Dq,). THEOREM 20 (Grigoryan, Tonev [21]). If h, 12, ... , In, IIIi II :::; 1, are iP-hyperanalytic functions on Dq, for which Ih(x)1 + ... + I/n(x)1 :::: 8 > 0 for each x E Dq" then there is a constant K(n,8) and iP-hyper-analytic functions gl, ... , gn on Dq, with Ilgj II :::; K(n, 8), such that the equality h (x )gl (x) + ... + In (x )gn (x) = 1 holds for every point x in the set Dq,. In the case when iP = {Z2, z3, ... , zn+1 ... } the corresponding set Dq, coincides with the open big disc ][)le over the compact abelian group G = ij, and the algebra HOO(Dq,) coincides with the set He of hyper analytic functions. In this case Theorem 20 reduces to the corona theorem for the algebra He of hyper-analytic functions on G with estimates (cf. Tonev [32]). 5. Hoo-spaces on solenoidal groups. Let G be a solenoidal abelian group, i.e. r = G c R Let HOO(][)le) be the algebra of bounded functions in the open G-disc ][)le that can be approximated on compact subsets of][)le by functions 1, I E Ar+. For every I E HOO(][)le), the limits
f*(g) = lim I(r)(g), where I(r)(g) = r-+1
f(r. g)
exist for almost all 9 E G, and f* E Hoo (G, a). The space of functions f*, I E HOO(][)le) we denote again by HOO(][)le). The algebra HOO(][)le) we interpret as a subspace of the set of functions in LOO(G,a) that are boundary values of continuous functions on ][)le, equipped with the norm 11/1100 = lim sup I/(r)(g)l. Denote
r-+1 gEe
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
317
by 'HOC(lD>a) the weak*-closure of Ar+ in LOC(G,a) (cf. Gamelin [14]). Clearly HOC(lD>a) is a closed subalgebra of 'HOC (lD>a). Let I be a directed set. We consider a family {rdiEI of subgroups of r indexed by I, such that ril C r i2 whenever il -< i2. Let r = limri , and H~(lD>a) denotes --+ iEI the space of functions f E Hoc (lD>a) with sp (I) C ri . The family {Hr: (lD>a) hEI of subalgebras in HOC(lD>a) is ordered by inclusion. Denote by Hr(lD>a) the closure of the set U H~(lD>a) = limH~(lD>a) with respect to the norm II . lIoc. Hr(lD>a) iEI ~ is the set of I-hyper-analytic functions on lD>a. In a similar way we define the algebra 'Hf(lD>a) as the II . Iloc-closure of the inductive limit ~ 'H~(lD>a), where iEI 'H~(lD>a) = {f E 'HOC(lD>a) : sp (I) c rd· THEOREM 21 (Grigoryan, Tonev [22]). Let G be a solenoidal group such that its dual group r = G is the inductive limit of a family {rdiEI of subgroups of r, i.e. r = lim r • Let Hr='• (lD>a) and 'Hr', (lD>a) be the spaces offunctions in Hoc (lD>a) --+ i iEI [resp. in 'HOC(lD>a)] with spectra in ri , i E I. Then the following statements are equivalent. (a) HOO(lD>a) = Hr(lD>a) and 'HOC(lD>a) = 'Hf(lD>a). (b) HOC(lD>a) = U Hr:(lD>a) and 'HOC(lD>a) = U 'H~(lD>a). iEI iEI (c) Every countable subgroup ro in r is contained in some group from the family {rdiEI. Example 4. Let r = Q be the group of rational numbers with the discrete topology. Assume that {rdiEI is an inductive system of subgroups of Q such that Q = lim n. The last theorem implies that if Q itself is not one of the groups in the --+ iEI family {rdiEI, then Hr(lD>a) =I- H""(lD>a). In the case when all subgroups ri , i E I are isomorphic to Z, the algebra Hr(lD>a) coincides with the algebra of hyper-analytic functions (e.g. [34]). As seen above, in this case the space Hr (lD>a) differs from HOC (lD>a). The properties of subalgebras of HOC (lD>a) on general compact groups G are less known. In particular it is not known if they possess a corona, and their maximal ideal spaces and Shilov boundaries lack a good description. Example 5. Let r = R and let A C R+ be a basis in R over the field Q of rational numbers. Then R = ~ r(-y,n), where (-y,n)EJ
Given an (-y, n) E J, consider the set
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
318
The closure HJ'(lJJJc) of the set
U
H0',n)(lJJJc) under the
II . lloo-norm, i.e.
the
(-y,n)EJ
inductive limit algebra
lim H(oo-y,n )(lJJJc) is a subalgebra of HOC (lJJJc). There arises _ (-y.n)EJ
the question of whether or not the algebra HJ'(lJJJ c ) coincides with HOO(lJJJ c ). THEOREM 22 (Grigoryan, Tonev [22]). The set HJ(lJJJ c ) =
lim H(oo-y,n ) (lJJJ c ) _ (-y,n)EJ
is a proper closed subalgebra of H OO (lJJJ c ).
c HOO(lJJJ c ) is easy (e.g. [12]). Assume that H0',n) (lJJJc). By the previous theorem, the countable
Proof. The inclusion HJ'(lJJJc)
HOO(lJJJ c ) = HJ(lJJJc) =
~ (-y,n)EJ
subgroup Q c IR is a group in the family {rh,n) h-y,n)EJ' which is impossible since r(-y,n) is isomorphic to -Z} for some kEN.
The algebra HOO(lJJJ c ) is isometrically isomorphic to the algebra HfPr+(IR)(IR) C
HOO (1R) of boundary values of almost periodic r+-functions on IR that are analytic in the upper half plane. Similarly, the algebra HJ'(lJJJ c ) is isomorphic to a subalgebra HJ'(IR) of HZ,r+ (R) (1R). As the last theorem shows, these algebras are different. Algebras of type HI (lJJJ c ) were introduced in connection with the corona problem for algebras of analytic r-functions (Tonev [32]). R. Curto, P. Muhly and J. Xia [12J have introduced similar algebras of this type in connection with their study of Wiener-Hopf operators with almost periodic symbols.
6. Bourgain algebras and inductive limits of algebras. Bourgain algebras of a Banach space were introduced in 1987 by J. Cima and R. Timoney [9J as a natural extension of a construction due to J. Bourgain [5J. The concept of tightness of an algebra was introduced by Cole and Gamelin [lOJ. Let A c B be two commutative Banach algebras, and 11" A : B ----t B I A is the natural projection. The mapping Sf: A ----t (f A+A)IA c BIA; Sf: 9 ~ 1I"A(fg) is called the Hankel type operator. DEFINITION 7. An element fEB is said to be (a) a Bourgain element, (b) a wc-element, (c) a c-element for A, if the Hankel type operator Sf : A ----t BIA is correspondingly (a) completely continuous, (b) weakly compact, (c) compact. The Bourgain algebra of A relative to B is the space A~ of all Bourgain elements for A in B [9J. PROPOSITION 17 [35J. If the range Sf(A) = 1I"A(f A) of the Hankel type operator Sf for an fEB is finite dimensional then f E A~ In particular, (As)f(C) = C(G) if As is a maximal algebra and xS \ X is a finite set for a character X E O\S. Indeed, X E (As)f(C) by the above proposition. Since X ~ S, then X ~ As, and consequently (As)f(C) = C(G) by the maximality of A.
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
319
Example 6. Let H be a finite group, G = (H E& Zr and S So' H E& Z+. Then (As)f(G) = C(G).
r- r
r
Note that if = G and XS\ X is finite for every X E then every character X E G has finitely many predecessors in r. As it follows from Proposition 17, (Ar)f(G) = C(G), and therefore the corresponding big disc algebra Ar possesses the Dunford-Pettis property. THEOREM 23 (Yale, Tonev) [35]. Let G =,BJR be the Bohr compactification of lR. The Bourgain algebra (AIR+ )f(G) of the big disc algebra AIR+ is isomorphic to AIR+' Proof. Clearly, JR is a subset of (AIR+ )f(G). Since, as one can easily see, the
seqnence of real valued functions 'Pn(x) = as n
--+
00 for every x
E
11 +2ei ';i 12n
converges pointwisely to
1
2n . JR, then the real valued functIOns 'l/Jn(g) = 11 + X2-a-(g)1
converge pointwisely to 1 as n --+ 00 for every 9 E G. Suppose that X3 E (AIR+ )f(G). Consider the sequence ~n(g) = 'l/Jn(g) -1, where 'l/Jn is as before. {X1~n}n is a weakly null sequence in AR+ since it converges pointwisely to 0 on G. By the Bourgain algebra property there are functions hn E AIR+ such that IIX3X1~n - hnll < l/n for every n, where II . II is the sup norm on G. By integrating over Ker(x~), if necessary, we can assume that hn
then (X',pn)(g)
1 • = qn(X") for some polynomIal qn'
~ (x«g))" ( 1 + ;~(g))
2n the j-th Cesaro mean
af" =
n
= max I(X1~n)(g) gE G = ~Eas IPn (x-a- (g)) ( z)
Fa, j
~
= (1 + z)2n + 2n(1 + z)2n-1 = (2n +
= max I(X 1'I/Jn)(g) gE G
- X1(g) - (x-a- (g)) 3n qn P (z)
~~(g))" ~ Pn(X" (g)).
= max 1(~X1~n)(g) - hn(g)1 gE G
(X3hn)(g)1
ZTO
= (1+Z)2n -2,
SO+S1+"'+S, j +1 J of Pn, where Sk is the k-th
partial sum of Pn, we have 4n(2n + l)a~~(z) 1 + z)(l + z)2n-1. Now II~X1~n - hnll
(1 +
If Pn(z)
zn
X1(g) - X3(g)h n (g)1
(x~ (g)) I = ~tf IPn(Z)_zn_ z3nqn (z)l·
z3n q (z)
P Note that a" " (z) because the Cesaro mean a2n de2n - (z) = a 2nn - pends only on the first 2n terms of the Taylor series. Since the inequality max la~(z)1
zE'lr
f E A(1l') we see that
:::; max If(z)1 holds for every zE'lr
maxlaPn ( zE'lr
2n
z)
-
zn
(z)1
p (z) = maxla n zE'lr 2n
zn
-
z3n q (z) n
(z)1
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
320
However, O"~~(z)_zn (z) = O"~~(z) (z) - zn(n + 1)/(2n + 1) and thus O"~~(z)_zn (-1)
1/2 as n --> 00 for odd n. Hence AIR+ by the maximality of AIR+'
-->
-X3 f/. (AIR+)f(O) and consequently (AIR+)f(O) =
THEOREM 24 (Tonev [33]). Let {AO" }O"EL', {BO" }O"EE be two monotone increasing families of closed subspaces of a commutative Banach algebra B such that BO" are algebras, and AO" c BO" for every 0" E E. Let A = [ U AO"] be a (linear) subO"EE
space, and let B = [ U BO"] be a subalgebra of B. Suppose that for every
0"
E E
O"EE
tllere is a bounded linear mapping r 0" : B --> BO", such that (i) rO"IB" = idB" (ii) rO"(fg) = frO"(g) for every f E BO", 9 E B (iii) sup Ilr0" II < 00. O"EE Then A~ c [ U (AO")~"]. O"EE Proof. Let fEB be a Bourgain element for A. Fix a 0" E E, and consider a weakly null sequence {
IlrO"(f)
-->
O.
Consequently, r 0" (f) is a Bourgain element for AO", i.e. r 0" (f) E (AO")~" for every E E. Note that under the hypotheses every fEB is approximable by the elements rO"(f) in the norm of B. Indeed, let fO"n E BO"n be such that fO"n --> f. Then Ilf-rO"n(f)II::; Ilf-fO"nll+llrO"n(fO"J-rO"..(f)II::; Ilf-fO""II+supllrO"..IlllfO"n -fll· Hence rO"n(f) --> f and, consequently, f E [ U (AO")~"]. O"EE
0"
lim rO", let Hf? = {! E HOO(J]))o) : sp (f) c rO"}. Note that H't:.. is a --+ " O"EE closed sub algebra of HOO(J]))o), and H'f:. c Hr:. if and only if rO" err. Therefore, the family {H'f:. }O"EE of subalgebras of HOO (J]))o) is ordered by the inclusion. Denote by H~ the closure of the set U H'f:. with respect to the norm II . 1100' Theorem O"EE 24 implies that if r = lim rO" and G = f, then the Bourgain elements for H roo are --+ + O"EE approximable in the L 00 - norm on G by Bourgain elements for H'f:., 0" E E. Note that H~, HOO(J]))o), and the weak* closure HOO(G, dO") of Ar+ in LOO(G, dO") are commutative Banach subalgebras of LOO(G,dO"), which are in principle different from each other, except in the case of G = 'll', when they coincide (Grigoryan [19]).
If r
=
The algebra HQ;/n = H OO 0 Xl/n = {! 0 Xl/n: f E HOO} is a closed subalgebra of HOO(J]))o). The closure HQ' of U HQ' with respect to the norm II . 1100 is the + nEN lin algebra of hyper-analytic junctions on G = f3Q (cf. Tonev [34]). By Theorem 24 the Bourgain algebra of is contained in the algebra + C(G).
Hift
Hift
ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS ON COMPACT GROUPS
321
THEOREM 25 (Tonev [33]). If the hypotheses of Theorem 24 are satisfied. then A~c c [ U (AO')~~]; A~ c [ U (AO')~O']; O'EE
(H~J~:(G) .
c [U
O'EE
(H~)~:(G)]; (HrJ~OO(G)
O'EE
In particular, the algebra H~
c [U
(H~)~OO(G)].
O'EE
+ C(,8Q)
contains the spaces (H~)~:({3Q) and
(H~ )~OO({3Q). A uniform algebra A C C(X) is said to be tight [strongly tight] if every f E C(X) is a we-element [resp. c-element] for A, i.e. if (A)~~G) = C(X) [resp. (A)f(G) = C(X)] (cf. Cole, Gamelin [10], also Saccone [30]). Theorem 25 implies that the algebra H~ is neither tight nor strongly tight.
References
1. R. Arens and 1. Singer, Genemlized analytic functions, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 81(1956), 379-393. 2. A. Besicovitch, Almost Periodic Functions, Cambridge University Press, 1932. 3. S. Bochner, Boundary values of analytic funct'ions in seveml variables and of almost periodic functions, Ann. Math., 45(1944), 708-722. 4. H. Bohr, Zur Theorie der fastperiodischen Funktionen, III. Dirichletentwicklung analytischer Funktionen, Acta Math., 47(1926), 237-281. 5. J. Bourgain, The Dunford-Pettis property for the ball algebm, polydiscalgebm and the Sobolev spaces, Studia Math., 77(1984), 245-253. 6. A. Boettcher, On the corona theorem for almost periodic functions, Integral Equations and Operator Theory, 33(1999), 253-272. 7. R. Burckel, Weakly almost periodic functions on semigroups, Gordon and Breach, 1970. 8. L. Carleson, Interpolation by bounded analytic functions and the corona problem, Ann. of Math., 76(1962), 542-559. 9. J. Cima and R. Timoney, The Dunford-Pettis property for certain planar uniform algebms, Michigan Math. J. 34(1987), 66-104. 10. B. Cole and T. W. Gamelin, Tight uniform algebms, J. Funct. Anal. 46(1982), 158-220. 11. C. Corduneanu, Almost Periodic Functions, Interscience, N.Y., 1968. 12. R. Curto, P. Muhly and J. Xia, Wiener-Hopf opemtors and genemlized analytic functions, Integral Equations and Operator Theory, 8(1985), 650-673. 13. W.F. Eberline, Abstmct ergodic theorems and weak almost periodic functions, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc., 67(1949), 217-240. 14. T.W. Gamelin, Uniform Algebms, 2nd ed., Chelsea, New York, 1984. 15. 1. Glicksberg, Maximal algebms and a theorem of Rad6, Pacific J. Math. 14(1964), 919-941. 16. S. Grigoryan, Algebms of finite type on a compact group G, Izv. Akad. Nauk Armyan. SSR, Ser. Mat. 14(1979), No.3, 168-183. 17. S. A. Grigorian, Maximal algebms of genemlized analytic functions (Russian), Izv. Akad. Nauk Armyan. SSR Ser. Mat. 16(1981), no. 5, 358-365.
322
T. TONEV AND S. GRIGORYAN
18. S. A. Grigoryan, Primary ideals of algebras of generalized analytic functions, J. Contemp. Math. Anal. 34, no. 3(1999), 26-43. 19. S. A. Grigorian, Generalized analytic functions, Uspekhi Mat. Nauk 49(1994), 3-42. 20. S. Grigoryan, T. Ponkrateva, and T. Tonev, Inner Automorphisms of Shiftinvariant Algebras on Compact Groups, J. Contemp. Math. Anal., Armen. Acad. ScL, 5(1999), 57-62. 21. S. Grigoryan and T. Tonev, Blaschke inductive limits of uniform algebras, International J. Math. and Math. Sci., 27, No. 10(2001), 599-620. 22. S. A. Grigoryan and T. V. Tonev, Inductive limits of algebras of generalized analytic functions, Michigan Math. J., 42(1995), 613-619. 23. S. A. Grigoryan T. Ponkrateva, and T. V. Tonev, The validity range of two complex analysis theorems, Compl. Variables, (2002). 24. S. Grigoryan and T. Tonev, Inductive limits of algebras of generalized analytic functions, Michigan Math. J., 42(1995), 613-619. 25. S. A. Grigoryan and T. V. Tonev, Linear multiplicative functionals of algebras of S-analytic functions on groups, Lobachevsky Math. J., 9(2001), 29-35. 26. B. Jessen, Uber die Nullstellen einer analytischen fastperiodischen Funktion. Eine Verallgemeinerung der Jensenschen Formel, Math. Ann. 108(1933),485-516. 27. E. R. van Kampen, On almost periodic functions of constant absolute values, J. Lond. Math. Soc. XII, No. 1(1937), 3-6. 28. G. M. Leibowitz, Lectures on Complex Function Algebras, Scott, Foresman and Co., Glenview, IL, 1970. 29. L. Loomis, Introduction in Abstract Harmonic Analysis, Van Nostrand, Princeton, N.J., 1953. 30. S. Saccone, Banach space properties of strongly tight uniform algebras, Studia Math., 114(1995), 159-180. 31. A. Sherstnev, An analog of the Hahn-Banach theorem for commutative semigroups, preprint. 32. T. Tonev, The Banach algebra of bounded hyper-analytic functions on the big disc has no corona, Analytic Functions, Lect. Notes in Math., Springer Verlag, 798(1980), 435-438. 33. T. Tonev, Bourgain algebras and inductive limit algebras, In: Function Spaces (Ed. K. Jarosz), Contemporary Math., AMS, 232(1999), 339-344. 34. T. Tonev, Big-planes, Boundaries and Function Algebras, Elsevier - NorthHolland, 1992. 35. K. Yale and T. Tonev, Bourgain algebras and the big disc algebra, Rocky Mountain J. Math., preprint. 36. J. Wermer, Dirichlet algebras, Duke Math. J., 27(1960), 373-382.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES, UNIVERSITY OF MONTANA, MISSOULA, MONTANA 59812-1032 CHEBOTAREV INSTITUTE OF MATHEMATICS AND MECHANICS, KAZAN, SIA
Rus-